Home

alhambra

1. Child safety aro Z WARNING continued ZA WARNING continued tional circumstances to transport a child on the front passenger seat The seat belt cannot offer its full protection if the belt web is not posi always disable the front passenger airbag gt page 44 tioned correctly All passengers especially children must assume the proper sitting Only one child may occupy a child seat m position and be properly belted in while travelling Never hold children or babies on your lap this can result in potentially fatal injuries to the child Never allow a child to be transported in a vehicle without being properly secured or to stand up or kneel on a seat while travelling In an accident the child could be flung through the vehicle causing possibly fatal injuries to themselves and other occupants Ifchildren assume an improper sitting position when the car is moving they expose themselves to greater risk of injury during a sudden braking manoeuvre or in an accident This is particularly the case if the child is trav elling on the front passenger seat and the airbag system is triggered in an accident this could have consequences including serious injury or death Asuitable child seat can protect your child Make sure that no hard or sharp objects for example toys are on the child seats Risk of injury Never leave a child unsupervised in a child seat or alone in the vehic
2. 214 2821 Index Child Safety lt iissccGasccacwaeesadaaes aed 46 Child SEIE isis hs Haseiasmedieeoradanaaee 48 Categorisation in groups 48 GUP Ai sister anO AAN 49 GOP Zorri nira Ara ENEON 49 GlOUD 3 airea aE EN 49 Groups O and O 23 ccciavdsaciossa sas 48 in front passenger seat 34 Safety notes eres sc iannis sa EEA E 46 SECUN r irs r r EEn E NEEE ERAAN ate 51 Childproof locks sericis risriresarrero ien 94 Cigarette lighter 04 141 Cleaning alloy wheels 197 Cleaning and caring for your vehicle 193 Cleaning chrome e eee eeee 197 Cleaning cloth seat covers 199 Cleaning dash panel 199 Cleaning engine compartment 198 Cleaning fabric trim 0 199 Cleaning leather 04 200 Cleaning plastic parts 199 Cleaning seat belts 0 200 Cleaning windows 2ee eee 196 Cleaning wooden trim 199 CliMatrONiC sersacisvariaiwdeauewner res 152 Air outlet s tacasncncncieeasaeadeag eae 157 CONTOl S asenna EREN EPE 152 faults hud aaeain nna aAa a 158 General notes eee eee eee ee eee 158 Second cooling system 156 LOC PEPEE ETTE E T dado ava a Odes 64 Setting oss caer sccddae nvemagededes adie 67 Goat ROOKS sa iise raised aeii Anan E sia 137 COCKDIE s
3. 187 Exterior Mirrors 2 0 cece eee ee eee 120 196 External aerial 0 000 203 F Fastening ringS cess eeeveeee 16 144 Fastening seat belt 0005 23 Fault in the exhaust system 76 Fault messages 2 cess eee eee 69 QVEIVIOW odepa aroo RECE tase FERES 69 Faults in operation of air conditioning 158 Firstaidkit csaccccsisecsiseesersasseaaae 143 Floor Mats seriero ress Peer Goewea ete 15 Foglights ssissecispesnecesiensen sabents 109 Foot brake Warming lamp sss scsi vec swe aecieanes 75 Four wheel drive 2220000 184 Replacing tyres 2 eee eee eee eee 184 SNOW Chains sits ecauicnss came weaaairs 6 184 Winter tyres siete es osc ccid etre Sareea ia 184 286 Index Front airbags 2 eee eee 37 D SCHPHION 0 555 c2scsebeemer sg eereoees 37 FUNCION codenar eaan 38 Safety Notes ss soso seriis merri eee eee 39 Front passenger airbags 44 Front seats adjusting recccsresesennira t erts ETs 125 heating seberisessissrirricereni ords 126 safety instructions 00e eee 132 Fue Diesels ssosren udit p Ena nade ee acme ies 207 Petrol ssxpsdvidinalginamneaG ENSAR 207 Fuel level Display p tclissacieededascuersiewa nate 66 FUCISCSCIVG prresserks astra duh ed oi naeia 78 Fueltank si icaciavaseacdnsas can eaten els 206 See also Fuel reserve 000 78 Fuel tank cap sici
4. 10 Steering wheel 0s sees eee ee eee 86 Manual gearbox 0eee eee e eee eee 166 Padlalared ca is ccussuvuns eevavesaw na dane 15 Unlocking and locking 40 88 Automatic gearbox 167 Stowing luggage cece eee eee ee 15 E aie sraiewta E E E 88 Handbrake nerens niin aA 173 Seat belts llla 18 Central LOCKING xs jcc sinisse duiseare Seemsatesauwesee 89 Parking distance warning system 174 OAU aretet aprsiiosereied banatacaces 18 Key with remote control sse 00 95 Cruise control system CCS 176 Why wear seat belts cececeeeeeeees 20 Anti theft alarm system 000ee eee 97 Seat beltS ccc cccccccccccccccccccccece 23 Tailgate CE eT er ee 99 Tips and Maintenance gg Belt tension devices eee e eee 31 Windows AT Nae ah A 102 Airbag system 0 cccee cesses eee 33 elearning SUNTOOP aces denaes ebica sete 10 gt Intelligent technology 0e00 179 BHOFINEOUUCHON cisircecscecscsee ccee 33 Lights and visibility 02 109 Brakes oo cc ceccccececcucececcuceveucenes 179 Front airbags 0ceeeeeeeeeeeenes 37 PIGS salty ade Hear aaa thira aaan 109 Driving and the environment 185 Side airbags ecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeecs 40 Visibility PEET Gongs She Re EET 115 RUMAING IN ssc0scvessvscrecsesersesene 185 Curtain airbags 66 cece e cence eens 42 Windscreen WABNGIS kesaen e
5. by the child seat manufacturer a Note Due to space limitation only the two outer seats can be used if two ISOFIX system seats are to be fitted in the second row of seats m Centre seat in the second row of seats with three point roof anchored belt The central seat with three point roof anchored belt is not suited to universal child seats in group 3 The vehicle seat must always be fitted in the direction of travel when securing child restraint systems in weight class 0 or 0 Children must travel in a child seat appropriate to their weight and height Read and always observe information and warnings concerning the use of child seats gt in Safety notes on using child seats on page 46 Please always read and follow the information and warnings provided by the child seat manufacturer Only the use of an officially approved child seat corre sponding to the weight and height of the child is permitted The centre seat with the three point roof anchored belt is suitable for weight classes 0 to 2 gt Seat with ISOFIX retainers Child seats fitted with the ISOFIX system can be used on the centre seat if it is equipped with ISOFIX retainers gt A a Note Due to space limitations no further ISOFIX restraint systems can be fitted in the second row of seats once an ISOFIX system has been fitted to the centre seat m Child safety 53 ISOFIX child seat mounting s
6. eee ee eee 75 ndividual opening of doors 90 nformation messages 0eee ee ees 69 nstrument lighting control 63 nstrument panel cece eee eee 63 NSEMUMENUS sirena 1518 epr E E EEEE 64 ntegrated child seat 00 ee 54 Adjusting belt routing 55 Cleaning the child seat 59 Fastening harness belt 56 Grop A rarse canted a eee aye eases 54 GLOW 2 disceces a acensincson seca gtna annie rora na 57 GOUD Z sasse diepten seni pares 58 Releasing harness belt 4 57 Interior ightscsscesscnicnisisnsiisrrmess 115 Interior lights ccssasrscsosserississrsaass 114 Interior monitoring system 005 98 Intermittent wipe rear window wiper e0e 118 windscreen wiper 0eeeee eee 117 J VACK nine de Weeee ned dese E 239 JUMPEAMS serren erosen anD 249 J mp stating sis seassce vase sea adoteives see tunane 249 K Key tab aicsscaenactasannee dead eew LESEREN 88 Key with remote control 000 95 DUTLONS sears nagian dad neea 95 KOYS ns oc caeentsen aa eis d veda geese ete bes 88 Kick down function 200005 172 L Lifting platform s 0 ccckiweesvaeesaceve 255 Lifting the vehicle 0 255 Lighting of controls 2 eee eee ee eee 63 LIGHTS 63 0 28 ce ag Gide dad adead T ET 109 Load compartment See Luggage compartment
7. Z WARNING Please note the safety warnings referring to working in the engine compartment page 209 Working in the engine compartment The battery providing assistance must have the same voltage as the flat battery 12V and approximately the same capacity see imprint on battery Failure to comply could result in an explosion Never use jump leads when one of the batteries is frozen Danger of explosion Even after the battery has thawed battery acid could leak and cause chemical burns If a battery freezes it should be replaced Keep sparks flames and lighted cigarettes away from batteries danger of explosion Failure to comply could result in an explosion Observe the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the jump leads Do not connect the negative cable from the other vehicle directly to the negative terminal of the flat battery The gas emitted from the battery could be ignited by sparks Danger of explosion Do not attach the negative cable from the other vehicle to parts of the fuel system or to the brake line The non insulated parts of the battery clamps must not be allowed to touch The jump lead attached to the positive battery terminal must not touch metal parts of the vehicle this can cause a short circuit Position the leads in such a way that they cannot come into contact with any moving parts in the engine compartment Do not bend over the batteries This could result
8. 0000 0 Unfastening seat belt with one buckle 00e eee ee Unfastening seat belts with two buckles 00c eee eee Upper right stowage on instrument panel V Vehicle Lifting Vehicle battery Vehicle data cece cece cece eee Vehicle identification data Vehicle identification number Vehicle paint Car care products Vehicle tool kit jack eee eee eee Vehicle tools Storage desis savas E A Sea eats Vehicle wallet storage 04 134 Ventilation slits 0 0 cee ee 16 144 VOltneter vcs sas sanu n eaa 67 W Warming lamp i iii ca ccveas dies devia selene 34 warning lamp diesel particulate filter 77 ESP ised attracts E EEN aaa 183 exhaust gas indicator 76 Warning lampS eee eee eee aons 72 Warning messages cece eee eee 69 Warning triangle 0 143 WAIMINGS acs ees ec cares ed gee isini i isis 71 Washer fluid ee icsacacageanavesasaa see 218 Washing by hand 0005 194 Washing the vehicle 0 194 Washing with high pressure cleaners 195 Water in the windscreen washertank 218 Wear indicators 022e eee 227 Wheel bolt caps sccscscceessasiasssaves 237 Wheel bolts ccc eee eee 238 261 TORQUG orero aroa EEE lt iekCosea amine 228 Wheels chased cnt ae a EER 225 260 Why assume the correct s
9. 15 Loading area See Luggage compartment 143 LOCKS 8 cere ea Cad eTER ed dde AUG ded e s 197 Luggage compartment 15 143 See also Luggage compartment 15 143 Luggage compartment cover 146 M Main beam cece eee eee eee eee 113 Main beam headlights indicator lamp piss cdaagedvere sare cess 75 Manual gearbox sc eee eee eee ee eee 166 Manual mode CliMAtIONIC ove nccrs eae asses 154 Mileage display 00 67 68 Mirrors Exterior mirrors Interior mirror Make up mirrors Mobile phone Modifications Multifunction steering wheel Navigation system 0 ce eee ee eee Net bag Number of seats O Observations Octane number oo ska ideeeavesaeeras DIN EMAMGS dc dvavoyicsce Guat ardeandun arsana iihi Oil propeMtieS sc ciaadicscvadaarerness eae On board computer with multifunction display Check working Message on display One touch closing and opening electric WiNdOWS eee ee eee Overview Control lamps Instrument panel Instruments Multifunction steering wheel 86 Warning lamps s cece eee 72 P Paintwork Polishing siiess dsdes scab aveaeenaades 196 WAXING 6 sie sesnget so gcess eee cee 195 Parking sesamin ated nirs anera Ann NEES 173 Parking aid sesser arrra seniganta snn ERRES 174 Parking distance warning system 174 Parking lights c 0scis icc cdeeeesaeaeda es 11
10. Cc 0 O O E Oo ie pe J HSEINVH1V gnuew SJaUMO COMPLIMENTS BIG_KEV Foreword This owner s manual and the corresponding supplements should be read carefully to familiarise yourself with your vehicle Also the regular care and maintenance and correct handling of the vehicle will contribute to preserve its value For safety reasons note the information concerning accessories modifications and parts exchange If selling the vehicle give all of the onboard documentation to the new owner as this should be kept with the vehicle Contents ls Contents The structure of this manual 5 Operating instructions 63 Roofcarrier 0 1 0 ss esse sees eeee es 148 Cooling and heating box 4 149 Cockpit 0 20se eee eee eee eeeeeee ee 63 Heating Ventilation and Air conditioning 152 Content eee 6 OVEWIEW Sawadukeds EEEn sE TE AIS 63 a aE a ig 152 IFISEFUIMENISE ereraa RAI RT 64 Kod Display in the instrument panel 69 Driving 0rerernnsereesersenannerseses 160 Safety FUPSE ecri npaka 7 Warning lamps 0 eeceeeeeeeeeaee 72 Address sees vee eee eseseessesenecnerees 160 Safe driving 7 On board computer with multifunction display 81 eee Pao bmn apa tree eae Briefintroduction e eee eee eee 7 Steering wheel controls 4 86 Starting and stopping the engine 164 Proper sitting position for occupants
11. Central locking m If and when ous Changing a light Side indicator lamps Bulbs changing Bulbs should be changed by a professional mechanic only Technical knowledge is required to change bulbs This is because in certain cases access can be gained only by removing other vehicle components This applies in particular to bulbs which can be accessed only from the engine compartment We recommend bulbs are changed by a qualified dealership or if this is not possible by a qualified person However if you wish to change the bulb please observe the following Before changing a bulb you must switch off the light light switch in O posi sees Hy LGe idema tion and the turn signal lever must be in the neutral position Always replace damaged bulbs with identical bulbs with the same designa tion The type is inscribed on the bulb either on the glass or on the base You should store spare light bulbs in the vehicle for safety relevant lights Bulbs can be obtained from SEAT Service Centres ZN WARNING The high voltage element of gas discharge lamps must be handled correctly Failure to comply could result in fatal injuries H7 bulbs are pressurised and could explode when they are being changed Risk of injury xa Fig 163 Side indicator Invehicles fitted with gas discharge lamps there is a mortal danger if the high voltage section of the lamp is incorrectly handled When work
12. Ifthe tyre pressure is too low or too high the tyres will wear prema turely and the vehicle will not handle well Risk of accident For the sake of the environment i i A Fig 149 Changing Under inflated tyres will increase fuel consumption m azm Wheels p Wear indicators The original tyres on your vehicle have 1 6 mm high tread wear indicators gt page 226 fig 148 running across the tread Depending on the make there will be six to eight of them evenly spaced around the tyre Markings on the tyre sidewall for instance the letters TWI or other symbols indicate the positions of the tread wear indicators The minimum tread depth required by law is 1 6 mm measured in the tread grooves next to the tread wear indica tors Worn tyres must be replaced Different figures may apply in export countries gt A Tyre pressure Incorrect tyre pressure causes premature wear and could cause tyre blow out For this reason the tyre pressure should be checked at least once per month gt page 226 Driving style Fast cornering heavy acceleration and hard braking all increase tyre wear Changing wheels around If the front tyres are worn considerably more than the rear ones it is advisable to change them around as shown gt page 226 fig 149 All the tyres will then last for about the same time Wheel balance The wheels on new vehicles are balanced However various factors encoun tered in normal dr
13. a Note The vehicle cannot be operated properly if you do not have a genuine SEAT key m Starting and stopping the engine Starting a petrol engine The engine can only be started using a genuine SEAT key with the correct code Place the gear in neutral if it is an automatic gearbox place the gear lever in P or in N Invehicles with a manual gearbox depress the clutch pedal fully and hold it in this position the starter will then only have to turn the engine Turn the ignition key to position gt page 162 fig 125 G to start the engine Letgo of the ignition key as soon as the engine starts the starter motor must not be allowed to run on with the engine You may need to press the accelerator briefly after starting a very hot engine When starting from cold the engine may be a little noisy for the first few seconds until oil pressure has built up in the hydraulic valve lifters This is quite normal and no cause for concern If the engine does not start immediately switch off the starter after about 10 seconds and try again after about half a minute If the engine still does not start the fuel pump fuse should be checked A WARNING Never start or run the engine in unventilated or closed rooms The exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide an odourless and colourless 164 Driving ZA WARNING continued poisonous gas Risk of fatal accidents Carbon monoxide can
14. Operating instructions Lights and visibility Switching on the reading light Turn the switch to position left reading light or to position right reading light Door light position Turn the control to position The interior lights are automati cally switched on when the vehicle is unlocked or the key removed from the ignition lock The light turns off about 20 seconds after the closure of the doors The interior lights are switched off when the vehicle is locked or when the ignition is switched on Interior lights or both reading lights switched on Turn the control to position 5 m Visibility Sun visors The sun visors for the driver and front passenger can be folded down or pulled out of their mountings and turned towards the doors The make up mirrors in the sun visors have covers When you open the cover a lamp in the roof lights up The roof light goes off when the cover of the make up mirror is closed a Note Before you leave the car you should make sure that the make up mirror cover in the visor is closed This prevents the battery discharging m Rear window heating G Fig 77 Centre console rear window heating button To connect the rear window heater press the button fig 77 on the console with the ignition on A symbol in the button lights up when the rear window heating is switched on The rear window heating is switched off after a delay of approx 20 minutes
15. ZA WARNING continued Take care when using the cigarette lighter Carelessness or negligence when using the cigarette lighter can cause burns risk of injury The cigarette lighter also works when the ignition is off and when the ignition key is removed To avoid the risk of fire never leave children unsu pervised in the vehicle m Sockets Electrical equipment can be connected to any of the 12 volt sockets Fig 112 Socket luggage compartment 142 Seats and stowage Socket in the centre console The 12 Volt socket in the stowage area or the 12 Volt socket of the cigarette lighter can be used for further electrical consumers with a power rating of up to 120 Watt Socket luggage compartment 24 Electrical equipment can be connected to the 12 volt socket in the luggage compartment gt fig 112 The appliances connected to each socket must not exceed a power rating of 120 Watt The socket is supplied with electricity from the additional battery on vehicles equipped with an additional battery gt Z WARNING The electrical sockets and any appliances connected to them are also func tional with the ignition switched off and the key removed Improper use of the sockets or electrical accessories can lead to serious injuries or cause a fire To avoid the risk of injury never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle a Note Using electrical appliances with the engine switched off will drain t
16. 2 Make sure that the bonnet catches onto its clasp Do not press down gt A If the bonnet does not close properly open it again and close it properly Z WARNING If the bonnet is not closed properly it could open while you are driving and completely obscure your view of the road Risk of accident After closing the bonnet always check that it is properly secured The bonnet must be flush with the surrounding body panels Ifyou notice that the bonnet latch is not secured when the vehicle is moving stop the vehicle immediately and close the bonnet properly Risk of accident m 212 Checking and refilling levels Engine oil Engine oil specifications The engine oil used must conform with exact specifications Specifications The engine comes with a special high quality multi grade oil that can be used in all seasons of the year except for those regions affected by extreme cold As the use of good quality oil is necessary for the correct operation and long service life of the engine when it becomes necessary to replenish or change the oil always use an oil that complies to the VW standards If it is not possible to find oil conforming to the VW standards then oil conforming to the ACEA or API standards with an appropriate viscosity at atmospheric temperature should be used instead The use of this type of oil may have some repercussions on the performance of the engine for example long startin
17. 238 If and when n Loosening wheel bolts Fit the box spanner as far as it will go over the wheel bolt fig 157 Grip the end of the box spanner and turn the wheel bolt one turn anti clockwise gt A Loosening anti theft wheel bolts Take the adapter for anti theft wheel bolts out of the vehicle tool kit Insertthe adapter into the wheel bolt Push itin as far as it will go gt fig 158 Fit the box spanner as far as it will go over the adapter Grip the end of the box spanner and turn the wheel bolt one turn anti clockwise gt A Loosening wheel bolts If the wheel bolt is very tight you may be able to loosen it by pushing down the end of the spanner carefully with your foot Hold on to the car for support and take care not to slip Z WARNING Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn before raising the vehicle with the jack For wheels with a bolted outer ring the grooved wheel bolts should never be loosened This could cause leaks resulting in accident m 45 Optional equipment Raising the vehicle Do not raise the vehicle until you have slackened the wheel bolts on the wheel you wish to remove gt page 238 Raise the vehicle using only the designated jacking points Jacking up the vehicle 1 Look forthe jacking point gt fig 159 arrow gt A closest to the tyre which has to be changed 2 Raise the jack under the jacking point until it just fits un
18. Height adjustable head restraints gt page 123 Seat layout Room for just one person Adjustable armrests2 Individual seats can be removed gt page 130 Integrated child seats2 Seat with integrated child seat Seats with an integrated child seat have the same functions as the conven tional individual seats The integrated child seat is described in Safety first m 26 Optional equipment Second row left seat Q Third row left seat Second row centre seat Fig 88 Maximum number of seats in the Alhambra oO n Operating instructions Tips and Maintenance Technical Data Second row right seat 2 Third row right seat 27 Notes on the installation of the seats Seats G and 2 are of the same construction and thus interchangeable Seats and G are of the same construction and thus interchangeable e Seat 2 can be installed in positions 4 Seat 3 can be installed in place of seats 4 2 and G m Moving seats 128 Seats and stowage Move the seat Release the lever Always ensure that the seat is securely engaged Z WARNING Fig 89 Adjustment of the seat forwards and back wee Wards Make sure that the vehicle is not on a steep slope Pull the unlock lever fig 89 upwards in the direction of the arrow and hold in this position 27 Optional equipment Please be careful when adjusting the seat
19. The best way to protect the car against environmental contaminants is to wash and wax it frequently The longer substances such as insects bird drop pings resinous tree sap road dirt industrial deposits tar soot or road salt and other aggressive materials remain on the vehicle the more damage they do to the paintwork High temperatures for instance in strong sunlight further intensify the corrosive effect After the period when salt is put on the roads it is important to have the underside of the vehicle washed thoroughly Car care products Car care products are available from your Authorised Service Centre Keep the product instructions until you have used up the product Z WARNING Car care products can be toxic For this they must always be kept closed in their original container Keep out of children s reach Failure to comply could result in poisoning e Always read and observe the instructions and warnings on the package before using car care products Improper use could damage your health or Cleaning and caring for your vehicle 193 ZA WARNING continued your vehicle The use of certain products may produce noxious vapours these should be used in well ventilated areas Never use fuel turpentine engine oil nail varnish remover or other volatile fluids These are toxic and highly flammable There is a fire explo sion risk Before you wash your vehicle or carry out any
20. 5 55 snasssdce dudserere rocis area fecara guaiecocs 203 Petrol engine 1 81110 kW 150 bhp 6 gear 266 Mobile telephones and two way radios 203 Petrol engine 1 81110 kW 150 bhp Automatic 267 Retrofitting a towing bracket 204 Petrol engine 2 81 VR6150 kW 204 bhp 6 gear 269 Checking and refilling levels 206 Petrol engine 2 81 VR6 150 kW 204 bhp tit Automati serer sites eared ed Eaa 270 Serie ean aa Petrol engine 2 81 VR6150 kW 204 bhp 6 gear Petrol a a cians Ae atigs or our wheel drive 0 cece eee ee eee eee 272 net De ote uit aa 207 Diesel engine 1 91 TDI 85 kW 115 bhp 6 gears ginthe engine compartment 209 E oions ccs ccphennhoh cceez cee 273 Engine oil 0 es eevee reese eee eens 212 Diesel engine 1 91 TDI 85 kW 115 bhp 6 gears 275 COANE isc iss as NTE ERE E EE 216 Diesel engine 1 9 TDI 85 kW 115 bhp Washer fluid and windscreen wiper blades 218 Automatic oo cbsuie hao awakecasdavenvar 276 Brake fluid 2 6 eee eee eee eee eee e eee 221 Diesel engine 2 01 TDI 103 kW 140 bhp 6 gears 278 Battery sees eee eect e teeter eee 223 Dimensions and capacities 280 WEES asna Ea A ERE EEEO 225 fand When co cissnsie si erenp aval drsiestearausse ease ainsi 231 Vehicle tools spare wheel breakdown set and Index Be ee 281 TOWING bracket serier Sores nies ousieredeniniscersraie 231 Breakdown Set siscsciiscs cite sis atevashoraieiacgeeieced 234 Chan
21. Aircirculation in the vehicle helps reduce fogging of the windows Used air escapes through ventilation slits in the side trim of the luggage compart ment Ensure that the ventilation slits are never covered Straps for securing the load to the fastening rings are commercially available m Fastening rings There are fastening rings in the luggage compartment which can be used to secure luggage and other objects Always use suitable undamaged belts for fastening the luggage or any other object tot he anchorage rings gt A in Loading the luggage compartment on page 143 The retainers for the detachable seat belts for the third row of seats and the floor anchorings for the seats can be used as fastening rings for items of luggage gt During a collision or an accident even small and light objects can build up so much energy that they can cause very severe injuries The amount of kinetic energy depends on the speed of the vehicle and the weight of the object The most significant factor however is the speed of the vehicle Example An object weighing 4 5 kg is lying unsecured in the vehicle During a frontal collision at a speed of 50 km h this object generates a force corre sponding to 20 times its weight That means that the effective weight of the object increases to about 90 kg You can imagine the severity of the injuries which might be sustained if this projectile strikes an occupant as it flies through
22. Caution fyou have removed the seats from the passenger compartment you should place a large robust covering over the seat rails to prevent damage Avoid overloading small areas spread the load m Safety notes on loading the vehicle ZN WARNING Loose luggage and other objects in the luggage compartment can cause serious injuries Eri Seats and stowage Z WARNING continued Luggage compartment cover Always stow objects safely in the vehicle and secure them on the The luggage compartment cover protects your luggage from fastening rings if necessary prying eyes Use suitable specialist straps to secure heavy objects Loose objects in the vehicle can move suddenly As the centre of gravity moves safety is impaired and the vehicle becomes difficult to handle During sudden manoeuvres or accidents loose objects can be thrown forward injuring vehicle occupants or passers by This increased risk of injury will be further increased if a loose object is struck by an inflating airbag If this happens objects can be transformed into missiles Risk of fatal injury Remember that transporting heavy objects modifies the driving condi tions as the centre of gravity has been altered There is a risk of accident Therefore it is essential to adjust your speed and driving style accordingly to avoid accidents Fig 113 Luggage compartment cover Never exceed the allowed axle loads or
23. Combined 11 0 265 gt Technical Data 273 Weights Gross vehicle weight in kg 2510 Weight in working order with driver in kg 1786 2047 1786 2084 Gross axle weight front in kg 1240 Gross axle weight rear in kg 1330 Permitted roof load in kg 75 Trailer weights With no brakes gradients up to 12 700 With brakes gradients up to 12 2000 Engine oil capacity Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 5 5 litres ii Diesel engine 1 9 TDI 85 kW 115 bhp 6 gears four wheel drive General engine data Power output in kW bhp rpm 85 115 4000 Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 310 1900 No of cylinders capacity in cm 3 4 1896 Compression 18 Fuel Petrol min 51 CN or Biodiesel 5 as in EN 14214 gt a Cetane Number cetane index Measure of the combustion power of the diesel Technical Data ara Technical Data Performance figures Maximum speed in km h 178 Acceleration from 0 80 km h in sec 9 3 Acceleration from 0 100 km h in sec 14 7 Consumption litres 100 km CO g km Urban cycle 9 1 240 Extra urban cycle 5 9 156 Combined 7 1 188 Weights Gross vehicle weight in kg 2510 Weight in working order with driver in kg 1784 Gross axle weight front in kg 1260 Gross axle weight rear in kg 1330 Permitted roof load in kg 75 Trailer weights With no br
24. Operating instructions Cockpit s3 If the warning light comes on even though the belt is neither loose nor broken it is usually possible to continue driving to the nearest Technical Service Centre As the vehicle battery will discharge it is advisable to switch off all non vital electrical consumers Seat belt warning lamp 4 The corresponding warning is FASTEN SEAT BELT This warning light only in some countries lights up for approximately 6 seconds when the ignition is switched on to remind occupants to fasten seat belts If the seat belts are not fastened a sound signal is emitted when the ignition is switched on which will stop when the seat belts are fastened or after approximately 6 seconds ZN WARNING Ifthe brake fluid level is below the MIN mark you should wait for assistance from specialised personnel before continuing to drive Ifthe fluid level is correct the fault may lie in the ABS If the ABS control system fails the rear wheels may block rapidly on braking This in certain circumstances could cause the vehicle to skid Never open the bonnet if you see steam or coolant escaping from the engine compartment Risk of burns Wait until you can no longer see or hear escaping steam or coolant Do not touch the fan as it could suddenly start to operate even if the ignition is switched off To prevent burns from boiling coolant the following should be observed Take care when ope
25. and from the high voltage ignition system You should also observe the following points Never touch the electrical wiring of the ignition system Ensure that jewellery loose clothing and long hair do not get trapped in rotating engine parts Danger of death Before starting any work remove jewellery tie back and cover hair and wear tight fitting clothes Always think carefully about pressing the accelerator if a gear is engaged in either an automatic or manual gearbox The vehicle could move even if the handbrake is applied Danger of death If work has to be carried out on the fuel system or on electrical compo nents you must observe the following safety notes in addition to the above warnings Always disconnect the battery The vehicle must be unlocked when this is done otherwise the alarm will be triggered Do not smoke Never work near naked flames Always have a fire extinguisher on hand Caution When changing or topping up service fluids make absolutely certain that you fill the fluids into the correct reservoirs Failure to observe this point will result in serious malfunctions and engine damage 210 Checking and refilling levels gt Checking and refilling levels aaa Se For the sake of the environment Service fluids leaks are harmful to the environment For this reason you should make regular checks on the ground underneath your vehicle If you find spots of oil or oth
26. gt With a slight power loss Performance figures Technical Data 2n Maximum speed in km h 217 Acceleration from 0 80 km h in sec 7 4 Acceleration from 0 100 km h in sec 10 4 Consumption litres 100 km CO g km Urban cycle 16 2 388 Extra urban cycle 8 6 207 Combined 11 4 274 Weights Gross vehicle weight in kg 2500 Weight in working order with driver in kg 1727 2020 1727 2025 Gross axle weight front in kg 1240 Gross axle weight rear in kg 1280 Permitted roof load in kg 75 Trailer weights With no brakes gradients up to 12 700 With brakes gradients up to 12 2000 Engine oil capacity Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 5 5 litres Technical Data 272 Technical Data Petrol engine 2 81 VR6150 kW 204 bhp 6 gear four wheel drive General engine data Power output in kW bhp rpm 150 204 6200 Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 265 3400 No of cylinders capacity in cm 2 6 2792 Compression 10 75 0 25 Fuel Super 98 RON Super 95 RON a Research Octane Number Measure of the predetonation power of the petrol b with a slight power loss Performance figures Maximum speed in km h 214 Acceleration from 0 80 km h in sec 7 4 Acceleration from 0 100 km h in sec 10 3 Consumption litres 100 km CO g km Urban cycle 14 9 357 Extra urban cycle 8 7 210
27. gt page 75 5 Fault in the emission control system gt page 76 A Traction control system TCS gt page 76 A Electronic Stabilising Program ESP gt page 76 D Anti lock brake system ABS gt page 76 gt Diesel particulate filter gt page 77 O Brakes Handbrake gt page 78 amp Alternator gt page 78 A Seat belt warning lamp gt page 18 wp Fuel reserve gt page 78 6 Fault in lights gt page 78 gt Operating instructions a7 Cockpit Item Symbol Meaning of warning and control lamps Further information L5 Tailgate open display gt page 79 Windscreen washer fluid page 79 2 D Door open display gt page 79 2 Q Brake pad wear indicator gt page 79 ba mar fi Engine oil level pressure gt page 79 E Coolant temperature level gauge gt page 80 in vehicles with warning or information texts in the display the appro A WARNING priate warning lamp for a fault will light up and a warning or information text Failure to observe warning lamps and warning messages can result in will also appear in the display m serious personal injury or damage to your vehicle The risk of an accident increases if your vehicle breaks down Use a warning triangle to draw the attention of other road users to your Trailer turn signals 41 gt stationary vehicle so that it does not represent a danger The
28. 117 Instrument panel Climatronic controls Button defrost function for the windscreen The air recirculation and ECON mode are switched off and the windscreen heating is switched on The air drawn in from outside the vehicle is directed at the windscreen Display of the blower setting for the front Display AUTO automatic mode or 37 Optional equipment ECON cooling system off or OFF entire system off Outside temperature display Display for windscreen defrosting lights up when the windscreen defrosting function is switched on Display for air recirculation mode Display for air flow Display of the selected interior temperature front Display of the blower setting rear Display of the selected interior temperature rear Button AUTO for the automatic mode Button for air recirculation mode Button s for reducing the blower speed front Button 1 for raising the blower speed front Button 24 for directing the air flow to the chest Button Z for directing the air flow to the footwell Button CJ for reducing the temperature front Button for raising the temperature front Button for reducing the blower speed rear Button s1 for raising the blower speed rear Button M for reducing the temperature rear _ Button MM for raising the temperature rear _ Button ECON for switching the cooling system off 3 a UJ E OOOOQOOOQOOOOOOOOOOO OO Switchin
29. ABS checked PLEASE REFUEL Refuel as soon as possible TOP UP WASHER FLUID cy Fill up with water and washer fluid CHECK BRAKE PADS O Take the vehicle to a qualified workshop immediately and have the brake pads checked EXHAUST WORKSHOP ry Take the vehic e to an Authorised Service Centre as soon as possible and have the engine checked cl Take the vehicle t Authorised Service Cent ible and ENGINE FAULT CONSULT WORKSHOP oF ake the vehicle to an Authorised Service Centre as soon as possible an have the engine checked EPC a P m z z A AIRBAG FAULT amp Take the vehicle to a qualified workshop immediately and have the airbag system checked E Cockpit no Fault message priorities Priority 1 fault messages red If one of these faults occurs the warning lamp will flash or light up and will be accompanied by three audible warnings gt A This is a danger warning Stop the car and switch off the engine Check the fault and correct it Obtain professional assistance if necessary f several priority 1 faults are detected at the same time the symbols will be displayed one after the other for about 2 seconds at a time The symbols will eep flashing until the faults have been rectified o menus will be shown in the display for the duration of a priority 1 warning report Priority 2 fault messages yellow f one of these faults occurs the warning lamp lights up and is accompanied by one audible warning The function shoul
30. Anti freeze oa cc csdenatcevigewwaacaway es 216 Anti lock brake system Waming lamp ass crac cctesawecapacas coe 76 Anti locking brake system 180 warming lamp i icicssicessaciaseacaes 181 Anti puncture kit 0 000 234 Sealing and inflating tyres 235 Anti theft alarm system 00005 97 Switching Off i ciis osetia desandiness ares 97 Anti theft wheel bolts 0 238 Aquaplaning eee cece ee eeni 227 ANIMICSE sse sidiecds nissa acs dge none sag aes oa 131 Ashtrays Front Automatic belt retractor Automatic car washes eeee eens Automatic gearbox Safety interlock for ignition key Automatic gearbox with Tiptronic Automatic mode Climatronic scveccccieeeii diese aes Automatic wipe Windscreen wiper and washer automatic wipe Rear window wiper and wash Battery Changing Charging Winter conditions Belt height adjustment Belt retainer Belt tension device Disposal Belt tension devices Belt tensioner Warning lamp Biodiesel BONNE c 6 cde dbde de haweewddese dus maseane Brake assist system Brake fluid Changing Brake pad wear Warning lamp issiessccaswnrdacneiss oe Brake pad wear indicator Indicato ses iicaveaaccaeeeaea ris ranes Brake padSessseessscrrieot ern en toavas Brake SeNVO eee csse roncesetss sesoses Brake system brake servo Warning lamp warning lamp e ee
31. Environmental protection is a top priority in the design choice of materials and production of your new Seat Design measures for economical recycling Joints and connections designed for ease of dismantling Modular construction to facilitate dismantling Increased use of single grade materials Plastic parts and elastomers are labelled in accordance with ISO 1043 ISO 11469 and ISO 1629 Choice of materials Nearly all materials used can be recycled Similar types of plastics grouped together for easy recycling Recycled materials used in manufacture Reduced vapour emissions from plastics CFC free refrigerant in air conditioning Compliance with prohibited materials laws cadmium asbestos lead mercury chrome VI Manufacturing methods Use of recycled material for manufacturing plastic parts Solvent free cavity sealing Solvent free wax for protecting the vehicles in transit Solvent free adhesives No CFCs used in production Surplus materials used extensively for energy conversion and building materials Overall water consumption reduced Heat recovery systems Water soluble paint m Cleaning and caring for your vehicle General notes Regular washing and care help maintain the value of your vehicle Regular care Regular and expert care helps to maintain the value of the vehicle This may also be one of the requirements for acknowledging warranty claims in the event of corrosion or paint defects
32. Front ashtray Opening and closing the ashtray To open move the ashtray cover gt fig 109 forwards arrow until it engages To close push the cover down as far as it will go Emptying the ashtray To remove the ashtray insert pull it to the front until it engages Take out the ashtray No smoking versions of the vehicle have a stowage compartment in place of the ashtray ZAN WARNING Never put paper in the ashtray Hot ash could ignite the paper in the ashtray m i m s ilo n m Pak E a Fig 109 Front ashtray Seats and stowage at Rear ashtrays Cigarette lighter Fig 111 Cigarette lighter in the ashtray Fig 110 Rear ashtray Emptying the rear door ashtrays Open the ashtray page 140 fig 109 Open the ashtray and remove the interior of the ashtray Press the lighter button gt fig 111 inwards gt AN Wait for the lighter to pop out slightly Z WARNING Pull out the cigarette lighter and light the cigarette on the g TE A i Never put paper in the ashtray Hot ash could ignite the paper in the glowing coil ashtray m No smoking versions of the vehicle are fitted with a 12 volt socket in place of the lighter gt page 142 Z WARNING Improper use of the cigarette lighter can lead to serious injuries or start a fire gt Safety First Tips and Maintenance Technical Data
33. Only when the necessary drive can not be obtained should the ESP be disconnected For example when driving with snow chains when driving in deep snow or on loose surfaces when rocking the vehicle backwards and forwards to free it from mud for example You should press the button to switch the ESP back on when you no longer need wheel spin gt When the ESP is deactivated the TCS is switched off at the same time This means that this technology is not available for as long as the ESP remains switched off How ESP works ESP reduces the danger of skidding by braking the wheels individually The system uses the steering wheel angle and road speed to calculate the changes of direction desired by the driver and constantly compares them with the actual behaviour of the car If the desired course is not being main tained accurately for instance if the car is beginning to skid the ESP compen sates automatically by applying the brake at the appropriate wheel The forces acting on the braked wheel bring the car back to a stable condi tion If the car is tending to oversteer break away at the rear the brake appli cation is concentrated on the outside front wheel if the car is understeering tending to follow a wider radius in a bend the brake is mainly applied to the inside rear wheel How the Traction Control System TCS works TCS reduces engine power to help prevent the driven wheels of front wheel drive ve
34. Opening safety instructionSs Tailgate open display warning light Tank Fuel leVelis cic sci easdcagdeesasaetaues 66 Tank capacity cccccsscseiaes cece cee 66 Tank capacity ia cicicsccsascacdiaaseca wie 206 WS seit eias tatias T 183 TCS Traction control system Warning lamp is vsssc oss satsaseeaa de 76 The danger of not using the seat belt 21 Thermos box CLEANING feces aeias ace esse SETAE 201 Tightening torque of wheel bolts 261 TOOS epre eE E N ak EONO 231 TOWING e risan tar ia R EENE VEREA E 252 Towing a trailer 0 eee 188 260 Towing bracket see cece eee eee 189 Storag ren REE arin ERR 231 TOWING Ey n sssaaa nar AERE 252 Towline anchorage ROAM corent daa ER ashes sane 253 Tow stamting cecs ssryccccsrercociass 252 253 Traction control system 00e eee 183 warning lamp eee eee eee eee eee 76 Trailer turn signals Indicator lamps 0000 eee 74 Warning lamp eee eee ee eee 113 Trailer weights 22 cece cece eee ee eee 260 Trips checklist cece cece eee eee eee 8 T m signale rererere sa edhe aes vee das 113 Warning lamp ee ee eee 75 113 Two way radio 1 eee eee eee eee eee 203 Type plate Tyre pressure Tyre pressures Tyres and wheels Dimensions Tyres service life Tyres tread depth Tyres with directional tread pattern U Underbody sealant
35. The risk of severe or fatal injuries is especially increased when a deploying airbag strikes an occupant who has assumed an incorrect sitting position As driver you are responsible for the safety of all vehicle occupants especially children Therefore Never permit anyone to assume an incorrect sitting position in the vehicle while travelling gt A ZN WARNING An incorrectly worn seat belt increases the risk of severe injuries Before every trip instruct your passengers to adjust their seat belts properly and to wear them during the trip Read and always observe information and warnings concerning the use of seat belts gt page 23 and page 28 m Belt tension devices Function of the belt tension device During a frontal collision the seat belts on the front seats are retracted automatically The seat belts for the front occupants are equipped with belt tension devices Sensors will trigger the belt tension devices during severe head on lateral and rear collisions only if the seat belt is being worn This retracts and tightens the seat belts reducing the forward motion of the occupants The belt tension device can be triggered only once The belt tension devices will not be triggered in the event of a light frontal side or rear collision if the vehicle overturns or in situations where no large forces act on the front side or rear of the vehicle a Note Ifthe belt tension devi
36. To reduce the risk of injury in the event of a sudden braking manoeuvre or an accident passengers on the rear bench seat must observe the following Adjust the headrest to the correct position Safe driving Keep both feet in the foot well in front of the rear seat Correct adjustment of head restraints Fasten your seat belt correctly gt page 18 Properly adjusted head restraints are an important part of occupant protection and can reduce the risk of injuries in most accident situations Usean appropriate child restraint system when you take children in the vehicle gt page 46 ZN WARNING Ifthe passengers on the rear seat are not sitting properly they could sustain severe injuries Adjust the head restraint properly to achieve maximum protection Seat belts can only provide optimal protection when backrests are in an upright position and the passengers are wearing their seat belts properly If passengers on the rear seat are not sitting in an upright position the risk of injury due to incorrect positioning of the belt web increases m Fig 3 Properly adjusted head restraint viewed from the front Fig 4 Properly adjusted head restraint viewed from the side gt Safety First Adjust the head restraint properly to achieve maximum protection Adjust the head restraint so that its upper edge is at the same level as the top of your head or as close as possible to the same
37. by an official approval certificate Any equipment subsequently installed which has a direct effect on the vehicle and or the way it is driven e g cruise control system or electronically controlled suspension must be approved by SEAT for use in your vehicle and bear the e mark the European Union s authorisation symbol If any additional electrical components are fitted which do not serve to control the vehicle itself for instance a refrigerator box laptop or ventilator fan etc these must bear the CE mark European Union manufacturer conformity declaration ZN WARNING Accessories for example telephone holders or drink holders should never be fitted on the covers of or within the working range of the airbags If they are there is a danger of resulting injury if the airbag is triggered in an accident m Modifications Modifications must always be carried out according to our specifications Unauthorised modifications to the electronic components or software in the vehicle may cause malfunctions Due to the way the electronic components are linked together in networks other systems may be affected by the faults This can seriously impair safety lead to excessive wear of components and also invalidate your vehicle registration documents SEAT Authorised Service Centres cannot be held liable for any damage caused by modifications and or work performed incorrectly For this reason we recommend t
38. gt A Connect the other end of the red jump lead to the positive terminal in the vehicle providing assistance Connect one end of the black jump lead to the negative terminal on the battery of the vehicle providing assistance 4 Connect the other end of the black jump lead to a solid metal component which is bolted on to the engine block or onto the engine block itself of the vehicle with the flat battery Do not connect it to a point near the battery gt A 5 Position the leads in such a way that they cannot come into contact with any moving parts in the engine compartment Starting 6 Start the engine of the vehicle with the boosting battery and let it run at idling speed 7 Start the engine of the car with the flat battery and wait one or two minutes until the engine is running Removing the jump leads 8 Before you remove the jump leads switch off the headlights if they are switched on 9 Turn on the heater blower and rear window heater in the vehicle with the flat battery This helps minimise voltage peaks which are generated when the leads are disconnected 10 When the engine is running disconnect the leads in reverse order to the details given above Connect the battery clamps so they have good metal to metal contact with the battery terminals If the engine fails to start switch off the starter after about 10 seconds and try again after about half a minute gt If and when a5
39. level as the top of your head and at the very least at eye level gt page 13 fig 3 and gt page 13 fig 4 ZN WARNING Travelling with the head restraints removed or improperly adjusted increases the risk of severe injuries Incorrectly adjusted head restraints could result in death in the event of a collision or accident Incorrectly adjusted head restraints also increase the risk of injury during sudden or unexpected driving or braking manoeuvres The head restraints must always be adjusted according to the occu pant s size E Examples of incorrect sitting positions An incorrect sitting position can lead to severe injuries to occupants Seat belts can provide optimal protection only when the belt webs are properly positioned Incorrect sitting positions substantially reduce the protective function of seat belts and increase the risk of injury due to incorrect belt web position As the driver you are responsible for all vehicle occupants especially children Never permit anyone to assume an incorrect sitting position in the vehicle while travelling gt A 1 Safe driving The following list contains examples of sitting positions that could be dangerous for all occupants The list is not complete but we would like to make you aware of this issue Therefore whenever the vehicle is in motion Never stand in the vehicle never stand on the seats never kneel on the seats never tilt y
40. m Unfastening seat belts with two buckles The seat belt must not be unfastened until the vehicle has come to a standstill Fig 17 Unfastening seat belt with two buckles Seat belts Detachable seat belts Detaching the seat belt Push the the spring hook gt fig 18 in the direction of the arrow Th j j e seat belts in the third row of seats can be detached andiremov the hookby pulling down Guide the seat belt with the spring hook up and hang the spring hook in the retainer gt fig 19 arrow in the side trim Fitting the seat belt Remove the spring hook from the retainer and guide the seat belt down Firthe hook and pull it up until the spring hook functions again gt Fig 18 Retai ith 9 cramer Remove the spring hook again if the seat belt is twisted after it has been spring hook for the ee f z l detachable seat belt fitted Turn it in the appropriate direction and reengage the spring hook securely ZN WARNING Pull on the seat belt to ensure that the hook is engaged properly The hook could disengage itself whilst the vehicle is in motion if it has not been properly fitted Risk of fatal injury m Fig 19 Storage for the detached seat belt Safety First Operating instructions Tips and Maintenance Technical Data a Seat belts Belt retainer Fig 20 Belt retainer for outer seats in centre row When th
41. page 157 Fig 120 Air outlets for heating the passenger weve compartment Climatronic for the passenger compartment with additional cooling system The temperature setting for the rear can be max 3 C lower than the tempera ture in the passenger compartment If the Climatronic detects that the passenger compartment has to be heated it activates the additional heat exchanger The air outlets on the floor guide warm air into the vehicle gt page 157 If the Climatronic detects that the passenger compartment has to be cooled cooled air is fed into the rear of the vehicle via the open air outlets in the roof gt page 157 m Fig 121 Cold air vents in the roof Air outlets for heating the passenger compartment The air outlets fig 120 for the passenger compartment heating system are 38 Optional equipment located at the bottom of the left side panel at the rear Safety First Tips and Maintenance Technical Data Heating Ventilation and Air conditioning Air vents in the roof In vehicles with a second cooling system for ventilating the passenger compartment an air outlet is fitted in the roof above each rear seat fig 121 The air outlets in the roof can be opened and closed individually and adjusted by moving the grid Each air outlet has two thumb wheels The left thumb wheel can be used to open and close the air outlet The right thumb wheel can be used to direct the air towards the head and ches
42. result in people being trapped in the vehicle in an emergency Always take the key with you when you leave the vehicle The electric windows will work until the ignition has been switched off and one of the front doors has been opened Ifnecessary use the safety switch to disable the rear electric windows Make sure that they have been disabled a Note If the window is not able to close because it is stiff or because of an obstruc tion the window will automatically open again gt page 104 If this happens check why the window could not be closed before attempting to close it again m One touch closing and opening One touch opening and closing means you do not have to hold down the button The one touch closing and opening of the electric windows can only be controlled with the switches on the driver s door The buttons page 102 fig 64 and Q have two levels for opening the front windows and two for closing This makes it easier to open or close windows to the desired position Operating instructions Unlocking and locking 103 One touch closing Pull up the button for the window briefly to the second position The window closes fully One touch opening Push down the button for the window briefly to the second posi tion The window opens fully Restoring one touch opening and closing The one touch opening and closing function is not active after the vehicle battery has be
43. tion alcohol drugs Observe traffic laws and speed limits Always reduce your speed as appropriate for road traffic and weather conditions When travelling long distances take breaks regularly at least every two hours gt Safe driving If possible avoid driving when you are tired or are under pres sure of time ZN WARNING When driving safety is impaired during a trip the risk of injury and acci dents increases m Safety First Operating instructions Tips and Maintenance Technical Data 10 Safe driving Proper sitting position for occupants Proper sitting position for driver The proper sitting position for the driver is important for safe and relaxed driving Fig 2 Proper head restraint position for driver For your own Safety and to reduce the risk of injury in the event of an accident we recommend the following adjustments for the driver Adjust the steering wheel so that there is a distance of at least Fig 1 The proper 25 cm between the steering wheel and the centre of your chest distance between driver fig 1 and steering wheel gai Movethe driver s seat forwards or backwards so that you are able to press the accelerator brake and clutch pedals to the floor with your knees still slightly angled gt A Ensure that you can reach the highest point of the steering wheel Adjust the head restraint so that its upper edge is at the same level as the
44. 225 m ABS warning lamp The warning lamp monitors the ABS The warning lamp should light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switched on It goes out again after the system has run through an automatic test sequence Intelligent technology 1 There is a fault in the ABS if The ABS warning lamp does not light up when the ignition is switched on The warning lamp does not go out again after a few seconds The warning lamp lights up when the vehicle is moving The vehicle can still be braked in the normal way except that the ABS control function is out of action Please take the vehicle to a qualified workshop as soon as possible If a fault occurs in the ABS the ESP warning lamp will also light up 42 Brake system fault If the ABS warning lamp lights up together with the brake warning lamp this indicates not only a fault in the ABS function but also a possible fault in the brake system gt A At the same time a text message or the necessary operations may appear on the instrument panel Z WARNING Special care must be taken when working on the engine or on components in the engine compartment itis important that you read and observe the corresponding warnings before working in the engine compartment gt page 209 Ifthe brake warning lamp should light up together with the ABS warning lamp stop the vehicle immediately and check the brake fluid
45. A The handbrake is located at the side of the driver seat Always apply the handbrake firmly This prevents you driving with the handbrake applied A Operating instructions The handbrake warning lamp lights up when the handbrake is applied and the ignition switched on The warning lamp goes out when the hand brake is released ZN WARNING Never use the handbrake to slow down the vehicle when it is in motion The braking distance is considerably longer as braking is only applied to the rear wheels Risk of accident Never drive with the handbrake slightly applied This could cause the rear brakes to overheat and lose their braking efficiency Risk of accident This also causes premature wear on the rear brake pads linings Caution Always apply the handbrake before you leave the vehicle On cars with a manual gearbox engage 1st gear or on an automatic move the selector lever to P m Parking The handbrake should always be firmly applied when the vehicle is parked Always note the following points when parking the vehicle Use the foot brake to stop the vehicle Apply the handbrake firmly Ona manual gearbox engage 1st gear On an automatic move the selector lever to P Driving a73 gt Switch off the engine and remove the key from the ignition lock Turn the steering wheel slightly to engage the steering lock Always take you car keys with you when you leave th
46. Any work carried out in the engine compartment or on the engine must be carried out cautiously When working in the engine compartment always observe the safety warnings page 209 When the engine is warm or hot the cooling system is pressurised Do not unscrew the cap on the expansion tank when the engine is hot This is a burn injury risk Caution When mixed with other additives the colour of G 12 will change to brown If this occurs you should have the coolant changed immediately Failure to do so will result in engine damage Ifa lot of coolant has been lost wait for the engine to cool down before putting in cold coolant This avoids damaging the engine Large coolant losses are an indication of leaks in the cooling system See a specialised workshop immediately and have the cooling system checked Otherwise there is a risk of engine damage m Washer fluid and windscreen wiper blades Topping up washer fluid amp The water for cleaning the windscreen should always be mixed with washer fluid Fig 143 Inthe engine compartment Cap of windscreen washer fluid reservoir The windscreen washer and the headlight washing system are supplied with fluid from the windscreen washer fluid container in the engine compartment The reservoir is located on the right hand side of the engine compartment Plain water is not enough to clean the windscreen and headlights We recom mend that you always add a
47. Authorised Service Centre may only carry out limited repairs SEAT importers and distributors will gladly provide information about the technical preparation of your vehicle in addition to necessary maintenance and repair possibilities m Adhesive strips for headlights If you have to drive a right hand drive vehicle in a left hand drive country or vice versa the asymmetric dipped beam headlights will dazzle oncoming traffic To prevent dazzling you must apply stickers to certain parts of the headlight lenses Further information is available from your Authorised Service Centre m Trailer towing What do you need to bear in mind when towing a trailer The vehicle can if suitably equipped be used to tow a trailer or caravan If the caris supplied with a factory fitted towing bracket it will already have the necessary technical modifications and meet the statutory requirements for towing a trailer If you wish to retrofit a towing bracket gt page 204 Connectors Your vehicle is fitted with a 12 pin connector for the electrical connection between the trailer and the vehicle If the trailer has a 7 pin plug you will need to use an adapter cable This is available from SEAT Service Trailer weight draw bar loading Never exceed the maximum permitted trailer weights If you do not load the trailer up to the maximum permitted trailer weight you can then climb corre spondingly steeper gradients The maximum trailer
48. Checking the brake fluid level The brake fluid is checked at the intervals given in the service schedule Fig 147 Inthe engine compartment Brake fluid reservoir cover Read off the fluid level at the transparent brake fluid reservoir It should always be between the MIN and MAX marks The position of the brake fluid reservoir is shown in the corresponding engine compartment diagram page 262 The brake fluid reservoir has a black and yellow cap The brake fluid level drops slightly when the vehicle is being used as the brake pads are automatically adjusted as they wear Tips and Maintenance However if the level goes down noticeably in a short time or drops below the MIN mark there may be a leak in the brake system A display on the instru ment panel will warn you if the brake fluid level is too low gt page 72 A WARNING Before opening the bonnet to check the brake fluid level read and observe the warnings page 209 m Changing the brake fluid The Maintenance Program indicates the brake fluid change intervals We recommend that you have the brake fluid changed by an Authorised Service Centre Before opening the bonnet please read and follow the warnings gt A in Safety instructions on working in the engine compartment on page 209 in Working in the engine compartment Brake fluid absorbs moisture In the course of time it will absorb water from
49. It can also be switched off beforehand by pushing the button m Lights and visibility Windscreen heating W Fig 78 Centre console windscreen heating button Press button fig 78 in the central console while the engine is running to switch on the windscreen heating A symbol in the button lights up when the windscreen heating is switched on The windscreen heating is switched off automatically after a delay of approx 10 minutes The windscreen heating works only when the engine is running Note The passenger compartment heating blower will be switched off when the windscreen heating is switched on Invehicles fitted with an air conditioning system gt page 152 the wind screen heating function is automatically switched on for a maximum of 4 minutes depending upon the outside weather conditions to aid deicing m Windscreen washers Windscreen wiper Y The windscreen wiper lever controls the windscreen wipers and the automatic wash and wipe Fig 79 Windscreen wiper and windscreen wash lever The windscreen wiper lever gt fig 79 has the following positions Intermittent wipe Move the lever up to position Move the control to the left or right to set the length of the intervals Control to the left long intervals control to the right short intervals Four wiper interval stages can be set using switch Operating instructions Lights and visibility Slow wipe Move t
50. S on the rocker switch to switch the interior lights at front and rear on permanently Switching off the interior light When the switch is in the intermediary position the front and rear lights are permanently switched off Reading light for the front passenger The reading light for the front passenger is switched on and off with the button fig 74 Reading light in the passenger compartment There is a reading light above each rear door gt fig 75 Using the button arrow the reading light is switched on or off Glove compartment light The light in the glove box on the front passenger side will only light up if the lights are switched on and the glove box is open Luggage compartment lighting The light is switched on automatically when the tailgate is opened and is switched off when it is closed 21 Optional equipment a Note If not all the vehicle doors are closed the interior lights will be switched off after approx 10 minutes providing the key has been removed and the courtesy light position selected This prevents the battery discharging Reading lights function independently of the interior lights and must be switched off manually to prevent the battery being drained when the engine is switched off m Interior light aivaci Fig 76 Interior light Interior light permanently switched off In switch position fig 76 the interior and reading lights are switched off
51. The reversing lights come on The heating or air conditioning automatically change to air recirculation mode The rear window heater switches on when the windscreen wiper is acti vated Driving an N neutral idling a If this position is selected the gearbox is in neutral Power is not transmitted Note to the wheels and the engine does not have a braking function If the lever is moved accidentally to N when driving take your foot off the ee i i i i accelerator and let the engine speed drop to idling before selecting D Never use the N position to drive down a hill The engine does not function as again m a brake and the brakes are subjected to excessive stain You could damage the automatic gearbox if you drive down hills with the selector lever in position N and the engine switched off D Drive forwards In this position the gearbox automatically changes automatically to a longer or shorter gear according to the driving style and speed The braking effect of the engine when driving downhill is very limited when the selector is in this position The display also shows which gear has been selected in addition to position D If position N has been selected and you wish to select D you must press the foot brake if the vehicle is stationary or travelling at under 5 km h approx 3 mph gt A ZN WARNING Never move the selector lever to R or P when driving Risk of accident Never drive the vehicle wit
52. Then push the support a under the belts and secure it gt A For smaller children guide the two belts in the side slots to the lower position C Z WARNING The support fig 36 must be pressed onto the seat in the area of the Velcro fastener in such a way that the belts can move freely in the slots m Fastening the harness belt for children in Group 1 A correctly adjusted seat belt helps to protect your child Fig 37 Integrated child seats closing harness belt Fig 38 Integrated child seats adjusting harness belt 56 Child safety Sit the child so that its bottom is as far back on the seat as possible Place the belt to the right and left over the child s shoulders Push the belt lock element fig 37 with the tongue through the other lock element C Insert both elements with the tongue at the front into the lock 0 until they click into place Pull to ensure they are securely engaged Make sure that the protective cushion is always underneath the belt lock 0 Pull the upper part of the harness belt gt fig 38 down in the direction of the arrow until the belt fits firmly against the body of the child Z WARNING The harness belt must always fit firmly against the body of the child even with thick or winter clothing so that the child seat can provide the maximum amount of protection possible m Child safety s7 Releas
53. Two keys are supplied in vehicles with remote control a folding key anda To unfold key bit press button gt fig 56 This unfolds with a spring fixed key gt fig 55 action To fold the key bit press button and push key down until it clicks into a Note place m In certain versions of the model the remote control key may be folding The key works in terms of remote control in the same way as other remote control EE Central locking Description of the central locking system The central locking system enables you to lock and unlock all the doors and the tailgate from one point Central locking can be operated using any of the following options mechanically with the key in the driver door gt page 88 gt Operating instructions the key with remote control gt page 95 with the central locking button gt page 92 Individual opening of doors An Authorised SEAT Service Centre can programme the individual opening of doors When the key is turned once in the driver s door lock in the direction of opening or when button gt page 95 fig 61 on the remote control key is pressed only the driver s door will unlock When the key is turned a second time or the button 8 is pressed a second time all the doors and the tailgate are unlocked ZN WARNING Do not leave anyone in the car if it has been locked from the outside It is not possible to open the doors from the inside Locked doors
54. a This data will change depending on the type of wheel rim Index AMOTION S00 ctccsceu sasapigunes a dataaacs 184 A ABS iridir inen aaar EENE EEEN eee 180 Warming lamp i c 0 0cccsesertaseasace 76 warning lamp eee eee eee eee 181 Accessories 6 ois ccccissccd one eaagetsaes 202 Acoustic signal visciscccceeasoscdgassa ces 19 Acoustic warning eee eee eee 162 Additional instruction manual ROOK caier so seaiscecdeeaaie sees a 148 Adjust seats NEAL SEAS selenin sdana Ene 128 Adjusting lumbar support 125 Air conditioning manual faults in operation 0 158 Air conditioning system CliMAatIONICs casdivacnnee ri risers 152 General notes 2 eee ee eee eee 158 Air recirculation mode ClIMAtONIC scans cusenaeee ne Be RAe 155 AiDAG COVEN sazesegicnisastreanenrei kansas 39 ADAG COVENS ss esegernicas rannta raitas 39 Airbag system 0 eee ee eee eee 33 Curtain airbags iisscceesnosvasesse cas 42 Front airbags s css s cc caken nes vseeus oat 37 Side airbagS siisscceg anaes caeee se on 40 Waminglampis iiss scceccces case caw ies 34 Airbags CHIE cs OPET eet ine saan seater 35 Disposal ici caces esaiae cea SATE ENS 35 Safety notes ccc eee eee eee eee 35 Alarm system ess srscsescissinseri eee a nae 97 SWitching Off asirossssriasesrerisoisah 97 Alterations to the vehicle 202 Alternator Warning lamp ec eee e eee eee eee 78
55. are managed through sensors located in the interior of the front doors To ensure the correct functioning of the side and head airbags neither the doors nor the door panels should be modified in any way e g fitting loudspeakers If the front door is damaged in any way this may affect the correct working of the system All work carried out on the front door must be made in a qualified workshop m Deactivating airbags Disabling front passenger front and side airbags The passenger airbags must be disconnected when a rear facing child seat is fitted in the front passenger seat Fig 28 Interior of centre compartment on instru ment panel Key switch for switching off the front passenger airbags Fig 29 Warning lamp for disabling airbag in dash panel The key switch can be used to disconnect the front and side airbag for the passenger seat All the other airbags in the vehicle remain functional Disabling front and side airbags for front passenger Switch off ignition Open centre compartment on instrument panel Using the ignition key turn the switch to OFF fig 28 Check if when the ignition is switched on that the warning lamp PASS AIRBAG OFF on the instrument panel gt fig 29 remains lit gt Close centre compartment on instrument panel Enabling front and side airbags for front passenger Switch off ignition gt Safety First Open centre compartment on inst
56. between the box and its lid This prevents mould and damp stains forming in the cooling and heating box Whenever possible food and drinks should be stored in air tight containers in the box Do not overfill the box this would prevent air circulation within the box Place crumpled paper or similar between bottles and other containers in the box to prevent clanking noises Do not fill the interior of the box with liquid or ice Caution Do not place objects blankets or clothes on top of the cooling heating box as the air intake and output may be obstructed and the box will discon nect itself Do not place any containers food items or other objects into the box if they are warmer than 50 C This could damage the cooling and heating box The cold hot box is not suitable for transporting corrosive material or material containing solvents Never leave the cold hot box in the rain or damp a Note The cooling and heating box is not designed to heat or cool the interior of the vehicle The cooling and heating box should be used only for cooling and warming food and drinks and for transporting heat sensitive items on short journeys A corresponding manual for the installation and use of the cooling and heating box is included by the manufacturer and should be kept with the vehicle wallet m Cooling or heating The contents of the cooling and heating box can be cooled or kept warm Fig 116 Coo
57. bicycles from both theft and the weather when transporting them 30 Optional equipment Operating instructions Stowage compartments Stowage compartment on the front passenger side ey Seats and stowage Z WARNING Fig 98 Passenger side stowage compartment The compartment can be opened by pulling the lever fig 98 It is locked when the key slot is horizontal Vehicle wallet compartment The vehicle wallet should always be kept in the glove compartment Cooling the stowage compartment on the front passenger side There is an air outlet on the right of the rear panel gt fig 98 If the air condi tioning is switched on cooled air can be fed into the compartment Turn the air vent to open and close it Always keep the stowage compartment cover closed while the vehicle is in motion to reduce the risk of injury during a sudden braking manoeuvre or in the event of an accident m Central stowage on instrument panel Fig 99 Central stowage on instrument panel To open stowage compartment press on the part closest to the air vents dotted area in the direction of the arrow this opens by spring action gt fig 99 To close lower the cover by hand until it is completely closed m Seats and stowage 135 Upper right stowage on instrument panel Fig 100 Upper right stowage on instrument panel To open press as shown by arrow gt fig 100 The sto
58. can be increased However the percentage of coolant additives should not exceed 60 as this would reduce the frost protection It would also reduce the cooling effect A mixture with 60 coolant additive will give frost protection to approx 40 C ZN WARNING The coolant additive is toxic There is a toxic risk Always keep the coolant additive in the original container which should be stored out of the reach of children The same applies to coolant which you have drained off The coolant additive G 12 must be added in sufficient quantities to provide anti freeze protection at the coldest ambient temperatures that can be expected At extremely cold ambient temperatures the coolant could freeze causing the vehicle to breakdown As the heater would also not work in this situation there is a risk of suffering exposure O Caution Other additives may give considerably inferior corrosion protection The resulting corrosion in the cooling system can lead to a loss of coolant causing serious damage to the engine The coolant additive G 12 purple can be mixed with the additive G 12 red or G 11 Never mix G12 red colour with G 11 m Checking the coolant level and topping up P The correct coolant level is important for fault free func tioning of the engine cooling system Fig 142 Inthe engine compartment Coolant expansion tank cap Before opening the bonnet read and observe the warnings gt A
59. could delay assistance in an emergency People could become trapped inside in an emergency Never close the doors without observing and ensuring it is clear to do otherwise could cause serious injury to you and others Make sure that no one is in the path of the door a Note The entire vehicle is unlocked if the airbags are triggered during an accident The vehicle cannot be locked from the inside unless the ignition is first switched off and back on Following an accident the vehicle cannot be locked from the outside Contact an Authorised Service Centre m 9 Optional equipment 90 Unlocking and locking Opening and closing the doors with the key Opening the doors Insert the key in the lock on the driver door Turn the key to the open position The doors and the tailgate are unlocked Closing the doors Insert the key in the lock on the driver door First turn the key once to the locking position gt A The doors and the tailgate are locked Notes on unlocking The following applies if you wish to unlock your vehicle manually using the key The deadlock mechanism the interior monitoring system and the anti theft alarm will be deactivated immediately The deactivation is confirmed by the turn signals flashing briefly twice The interior lights in the courtesy position will be switched on for approx imately 20 seconds when the vehicle is unlocked ifthe key is held in the
60. fig 80 The wiper will wipe the window approximately every 6 seconds Switching off the interval wipe function Pullthe lever back from position towards the steering wheel The wiper will continue to function for a short period if you switch off whilst the wipers are in motion Connect the rear window automatic wipe Press the lever fully forwards to position gt fig 80 The rear window washer starts to work immediately while the rear window wiper starts a little later and continues working while the lever is in this position Release the lever The wiper then wipes for approximately 4 seconds and then in intervals again Z WARNING A worn or dirty wiper blade will obstruct visibility and reduce safety Observe the warnings Changing wiper blades Caution In icy conditions always check that the wiper blade is not frozen to the glass before using the wiper for the first time If you switch on the wiper when the wiper blade is frozen to the glass this could damage both the wiper blade and the wiper motor a Note The rear window wiper will only function when the ignition is switched on and the tailgate is closed The rear window wiper is automatically connected when the windscreen wiper is on and reverse gear is engaged manual gearbox or the selector lever of the automatic gear box is placed in position R m Lights and visibility Headlamp washer The headli
61. floor of the luggage compartment m Fitting the defective wheel in the spare wheel casing Fig 152 Resting point for the spare wheel on the bumper 1 Place the wheel behind the vehicle 2 Insert the support on the inside of the defective wheel through a central opening 3 Insert the defective wheel below the vehicle with the outer side facing downwards 4 Remove the box spanner gt page 232 fig 151 and turn the bolt on the floor of the luggage compartment several times to the right until the defective wheel is firmly secured against the inside of the luggage compartment floor gt A in Taking out the spare wheel on page 232 5 Close the opening with the rubber seal page 232 fig 151 and lower the cover Z WARNING Tighten the bolt of the luggage compartment to a maximum torque of 25 Nm E Tips and Maintenance Breakdown set Components Fig 153 Contents of anti puncture kit Components The anti puncture kit contains the following components Tyre valve remover Sticker indicating maximum speed max 80 km h or max 50 mph Filler tube with cap G Compressor Tube for inflating tyres Pressure gauge Air bleed screw ON OFF switch 12 volt connector Bottle of sealant gt Spare tyre valve 234 If and when Caution Note the expiry date on the bottle of tyre sealant Do not use sealant paste that has expi
62. for approx 15 seconds when the ignition is switched on Contact a specialist workshop If the air conditioning system cannot be switched on this may be caused by the following reasons the engine is not running The blower is switched off The outside temperature is lower than 5 C the cooling system compressor has been temporarily switched off because the engine coolant temperature is too high The air conditioning fuse is faulty 40 Optional equipment Another fault in the vehicle Have the air conditioning checked by a qual ified workshop ZN WARNING Please note that when the Climatronic is switched off no fresh air will enter the vehicle interior For this reason you should ensure that sufficient fresh air is able to enter the vehicle by opening a window or the sliding tilting sunroof when the Climatronic is switched off Caution f you suspect that the air conditioning is damaged switch off the air conditioning with button ECON to prevent further damage and have it checked by a qualified workshop Repairs to the air conditioning system require specialist knowledge and special tools Therefore we recommend that you take the vehicle to a quali fied workshop should problems occur a Note ifthe humidity and temperature outside the vehicle are high condensa tion can drip off the evaporator in the cooling system and form a pool under neath the vehicle this is
63. front airbag system gives the front occupants additional protection for the head and chest in the event of a The airbag system is not a substitute for the seat belts severe frontal collisioni page 38 In addition to their normal function of restraining the occupants the seat belts also hold the driver and front passenger in a position where the airbags can provide maximum protection in a frontal collision The airbag system is not a substitute for seat belts but is an integral part of the vehicle s overall passive safety system Please bear in mind that the airbag system can only work effectively when the occupants are wearing their seat belts For this reason it is most important to wear the seat belts at all times not only because this is required by law in most countries but also for your safety The main parts of the front airbag system are Fig 22 Driver airbag an electronic control and monitoring system control unit amm located in steering wheel the two front airbags airbag with gas generator for the driver and front passenger a warning lamp amp in the dash panel insert The functionality of the airbag system is monitored electronically The airbag warning lamp will light up for a few seconds every time the ignition is switched on self diagnosis There is a fault in the system if the warning lamp amp does not come on when the ignition is switched on gt page 34 does not go off after four s
64. have to deploy extremely rapidly within fractions of a second A fine dust may develop when the airbag deploys This is normal and is no indication that there was a fire in the vehicle The fully deployed airbags cushion the movement of the occupants of the front seats and help to reduce the risk of injury to the upper body The special design of the airbag allows the controlled escape of the propel lant gas when an occupant puts pressure on the bag Thus the head and chest are surrounded and protected by the airbag m Safety notes on the operation of the side airbag system Airbag system CE Z WARNING continued Correct behaviour considerably reduces the risk of injury ZN WARNING Ifyou do not wear a seat belt if you lean forward or are not seated correctly while the vehicle is in motion you are at greater risk of injury should the side airbag system be triggered in an accident inorder for the side airbags to provide their maximum protection the prescribed sitting position must always be maintained with seat belts fastened while travelling The built in coat hooks should be used only for lightweight clothing Do not leave any heavy or sharp edged objects in the pockets Great forces such as hard blows or kicks must not be exerted upon the backrest bolster because the system may be damaged In this case the side airbags would not be triggered Under no circumstances should protecti
65. in Safety instructions on working in the engine compartment on page 209 Opening the coolant expansion tank Switch off the engine and allow it to cool To prevent scalding cover the cap on the expansion tank with a thick cloth and carefully unscrew the cap gt A Checking coolant level Look into the open coolant expansion tank and read off the coolant level Ifthe level is underneath the MIN mark top up with coolant Topping up coolant Only use new coolant Do not fill above the MAX mark Closing the coolant expansion tank Screw the cap on again tightly The position of the coolant expansion reservoir is shown in the corresponding engine compartment diagram gt page 262 Make sure that the coolant meets the required specifications gt page 216 Do not use a different type of additive if coolant additive G 12 is not avail able In this case use only water and bring the coolant concentration back up to the correct level as soon as possible by putting in the specified additive gt page 216 Always top up with new coolant Do not fill above the MAX mark Otherwise the excess coolant will be forced out of the cooling system when the engine is hot Tips and Maintenance Checking and refilling levels 217 gt 218 Checking and refilling levels The coolant additive G 12 dyed purple may be mixed with G 12 dyed red and also with G 11 ZN WARNING
66. in chemical burns a Note The vehicles must not touch each other otherwise electricity could flow as soon as the positive terminals are connected m Tips and Maintenance 252 If and when n Towing and tow starting Tow starting The use of jump leads is preferable to tow starting We recommend that you do not tow start your vehicle Jump starting is preferable gt page 249 However if your vehicle has to be tow started Engage the 2 4 or the 3 4 gear Keep the clutch pressed down Switch on the ignition Once both vehicles are moving release the clutch As soon as the engine starts press the clutch and move the gear lever into neutral This helps to prevent driving into the towing vehicle ZN WARNING The risk of accidents is high when tow starting The vehicle being towed can easily collide with the towing vehicle Caution When tow starting fuel could enter the catalytic converter and damage it m Towing eye at the front of the vehicle Fig 172 Towing eye at the front of the vehicle The towline anchorage is located on the right of the front bumper gt fig 172 To access the housing it is necessary to remove the cover Removing the cover of the front towing eye Remove the cover in the direction shown by the arrow gt fig 172 levering it out with a screwdriver Assembling the cover of the front towing eye Put the cover into its socket and
67. level in the reservoir gt page 221 If the fluid level has dropped below the MIN mark you must not drive on Risk of accident You should obtain professional assistance Ifthe brake fluid level is correct the fault in the brake system may have been caused by a failure of the ABS control function This could cause the 42 Optional equipment Tips and Maintenance 182 Intelligent technology ZA WARNING continued ZA WARNING continued rear wheels to lock quickly when you brake This could cause the tail of the vehicle to skid sideways Drive carefully to the nearest qualified workshop and have the fault corrected m Electronic differential lock EDL The electronic differential lock helps prevent the loss of trac tion caused if one of the driven wheels starts spinning The electronic differential lock EDL only works when the engine is running EDL helps the vehicle to start moving accelerate and climb a gradient in slip pery conditions where this may otherwise be difficult or even impossible It uses the ABS sensors to monitor the speed of the driven wheels At speeds of up to approximately 80 km h it is able to balance out differ ences in the speed of the driven wheels of approximately 100 rpm caused by a slippery road surface on one side of the vehicle It does this by braking the wheel which has lost traction and distributing more driving force to the other driven wheel via the d
68. located on both sides in the interior above the doors gt fig 26 and are identified with the text AIRBAG In conjunction with the seat belts the curtain airbag system gives the occu pants additional protection for the head and upper body in the event of a severe side collision page 40 The airbag system is not a substitute for seat belts but is an integral part of the vehicle s overall passive safety system Please bear in mind that the airbag system can only work effectively when the occupants are wearing their seat belts correctly and have adjusted the head restraints properly For this reason it is most important to wear the seat belts at all times not only because this is required by lawin most countries but also for your safety ml Airbag system The main parts of the curtain airbag system are an electronic control and monitoring system control unit the curtain airbags airbags with gas generator for the driver front passenger and passengers on the rear seats a warning lamp amp in the dash panel insert The functionality of the airbag system is monitored electronically The curtain airbag system will not be triggered ifthe ignition is switched off during a frontal collision during a rear end collision ifthe vehicle rolls during a minor side collision ZN WARNING Ifa fault should occur in the airbag system have the system checked imme diately by a qualified workshop Ot
69. maintenance switch off the engine apply the handbrake firmly and remove the key from the igni tion Caution Never attempt to remove dirt mud or dust if the surface of the vehicle is dry Never use a dry cloth or sponge for cleaning purposes This could damage the paintwork or glass on your vehicle Soak dirt mud or dust with plenty of water Ca For the sake of the environment When purchasing car care products try to select ones which are not harmful to the environment Left over car care products should not be disposed of with ordinary house hold waste Observe the disposal information on the package m Tips and Maintenance Care of the vehicle exterior Automatic car washes 194 Cleaning and caring for your vehicle Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with water Dry the surface of the vehicle gently using a chamois leather The paint is so durable that the car can normally be washed without problems in an automatic car wash However the effect on the paint depends to a large extent on the design of the car wash the brushes used the filtering of the wash water and the type of detergents and wax solutions used etc After the car has been washed the brakes could respond later than normal as the brake discs and brake pads will be wet or even frozen in winter Dry the brakes by braking several times ZN WARNING Moisture ice and salt on the brakes may affect braking efficiency Ri
70. minutes Detach the compressor when the pressure reaches 2 0 and 2 5 bars Sealing and inflating tyres Ifthe desired pressure is not reached unscrew the valve inflator tube and store the compressor back in the vehicle Move the vehicle some 10 metres forwards or backwards so that the sealant is evenly distributed in the tyre interior Take the compressor out again screw the inflator tube well into the valve and inflate the tyre again Ifthe required pressure can still not be reached the tyre is too badly damaged The tyre cannot be sealed with the anti puncture kit Do not attempt to travel in the vehicle and contact the nearest qualified dealership Fig 154 Contents of anti puncture kit Disconnect the compressor and unscrew the compressor tyre filler hose from the tyre valve Inflating the tyre Drive the vehicle at a maximum speed of 80 km h 50 mph once Thread the inflating tube gt fig 154 G on the valve a tyre pressure of 2 0 2 5 bar has been reached Check that the air bleed screw is screwed tight Check the tyre pressure after you have been driving for 10 minutes gt Start the engine and leave it running in neutral Attach the connector 9 to a 12 volt socket of the vehicle Tips and Maintenance 236 If and when A WARNING ZN WARNING Do not allow the sealant to get onto your skin or into your eyes Risk of injury Keep childre
71. not use biodiesel under any circumstance or even start the engine at the risk of damaging the fuel system Note Incase of low exterior temperatures and a fuel biodiesel percentage of higher than 50 an increase in gas emission may occur during operation of the independent heating The fuel filter may become clogged when fuel is changed to biodiesel For this reason we recommend that about every 300 or 400 km following a fuel change also change the fuel filter Also note the instructions in the inspec tion and maintenance plan Ifthe vehicle is to remain parked for more than about two weeks we recommend filling the fuel tank with biodiesel and driving about 50 km in order to avoid damage to the injection system m Winter driving Diesel can thicken in winter Winter grade diesel When using summer grade diesel fuel difficulties may be experienced at sub zero temperatures because the fuel thickens due to wax separation For this reason winter grade diesel fuel is available in some countries during the cold months It can be used at temperatures as low as 22 C In countries with different climatic conditions the diesel fuel sold generally has different temperature characteristics Check with an Authorised Service Centre or filling stations in the country concerned regarding the type of diesel fuels available Filter pre heater Your vehicle is fitted with a fuel filter pre heater making it wel
72. over a kerb or similar obstacle drive very slowly and as near as possible at a right angle to the kerb Keep grease oil and fuel off the tyres Inspect the tyres regularly for damage cuts cracks or blisters etc Remove any foreign objects embedded in the treads Storing tyres Mark tyres when you remove them to indicate the direction of rotation This ensures you will be able to install them correctly when you replace them When removed the wheels and or tyres should be stored ina cool dry and preferably dark location Store tyres in a vertical position if they are not fitted on wheel rims Checking and refilling levels 225 New tyres New tyres have to be run in gt page 185 The tread depth of new tyres may vary according to the type and make of tyre and the tread pattern Concealed damage Damage to tyres and rims is often not readily visible If you notice unusual vibrations or the car pulling to one side this may indicate that one of the tyres is damaged The tyres should be checked immediately by an Authorised Service Centre Tyres with directional tread pattern An arrow on the tyre sidewall indicates the direction of rotation on tyres with directional tread Always observe the direction of rotation indicated when fitting the wheel This guarantees optimum grip and helps to avoid aqua planing excessive noise and wear ZN WARNING New tyres do not have maximum grip in the fi
73. pedal must be free to move further than normal in order to bring the vehicle to a stop Wear suitable shoes Always wear shoes which support your feet properly and give you a good feel for the pedals ZN WARNING Restricting pedal operation can lead to critical situations while driving Never place objects in the driver foot well An object could move into the pedal area and impair pedal operation In the event of a sudden driving or braking manoeuvre you will not be able to operate the brake clutch or accelerator pedal Risk of accident m Safe driving Floor mats on the driver side Only floor mats may be used which can be securely fastened in the foot well and do not impair operation of the pedals Ensure that the floor mats are securely fastened during the trip and do not obstruct the pedals gt A Only use floor mats which leave the pedals clear and which are secured to prevent them from slipping You can obtain suitable floor mats from a quali fied dealership Z WARNING Ifthe pedals are obstructed you could cause an accident Risk of serious injuries Ensure that the floor mats are always securely attached Never lay or fit floor mats or other floor coverings over the original floor mats This would reduce the pedal area and could obstruct the pedals Risk of accident m Stowing luggage Loading the luggage compartment All luggage and other loose objects m
74. position These are available from SEAT Service Fig 144 Windscreen If the wipers scrape they must be changed if they are damaged or cleaned if wipers raised they are dirty gt Tips and Maintenance 2201 Checking and refilling levels If this does not produce the desired results the setting angle of the wind screen wiper arms might be incorrect They should be checked by a qualified workshop and corrected if necessary Z WARNING Do not drive unless you have good visibility through all windows Clean the windscreen wiper blades and all windows regularly The wiper blades should be changed once or twice a year Caution Damaged or dirty windscreen wipers could scratch the windscreen Never use fuel nail varnish remover paint thinner or similar products to clean the windows This could damage the windscreen wiper blades Never move the windscreen wiper or windscreen wiper arm manually this could cause damage Note On fitting the wiper blades do not exchange the driver and passenger side blades m Changing the rear wiper blade A damaged wiper blade should be replaced immediately Fig 146 Changing a rear wiper blade Check the condition of the wiper blade regularly Change as required Changing the rear wiper blade Lift the wiper arm away from the rear window Release the wiper blade as shown by arrow fig 146 and at the same time pull th
75. press until it is firmly in place Check that it is correctly fitted The towing eye should always be kept in the vehicle Remember the instruc tions for tow starting or towing that are in the user s manual m Rear towline anchorage Fig 173 Rear towline anchorage On the right hand side of the lower rear section of the body there is a fixed towline anchorage gt fig 173 arrow Towing bracket If the vehicle has a factory fitted towing bracket it should also be used for towing other vehicles m Tow starting The use of jump leads is preferable to tow starting We recommend that you do not tow start your vehicle Jump starting is preferable gt page 250 However if your vehicle has to be tow started Engage 2 or 34 gear Keep the clutch pressed down Switch on the ignition and switch on the hazard warning lights Once both vehicles are moving release the clutch As soon as the engine starts press the clutch and move the gear lever into neutral This helps to prevent driving into the towing vehicle Z WARNING The risk of accidents is high when tow starting The vehicle being towed can easily collide with the towing vehicle Caution When tow starting fuel could enter the catalytic converter and damage it a Note The legal requirements concerning towing should be observed Switch on the hazard warning lights of both vehicles However observe any regu
76. refilling levels Checking and refilling levels Refilling Fig 136 Tank filler neck and tank flap The tank filler neck is located at the rear right hand side of the vehicle The tank flap is locked and unlocked automatically by the central locking system The fuel tank holds about 70 litres The tank cap can once unscrewed be hung on the tank flap gt fig 136 After filling up screw the tank cap back in firmly and close the tank flap until it engages Z WARNING All legal stipulations must be observed when transporting a reserve supply For safety reasons we do not recommend carrying a spare fuel canister in the vehicle The canister could be damaged in an accident and leak Caution Never run the fuel tank empty on vehicles equipped with a catalytic converter An irregular fuel supply could cause misfiring In this way the fuel can arrive without burning the exhaust system which could cause the cata lyser to overheat resulting in damage Spilt fuel should be removed from the vehicle paint finish as quickly as possible as the paint could otherwise be damaged Especially if biodiesel fuel is being used gt page 207 For the sake of the environment If the automatic filler nozzle is operated correctly it will switch itself off as soon as the tank is full Never attempt to fill beyond this point as this will fill the expansion chamber Fuel may leak out if ambient conditions
77. seat and a correctly adjusted seat belt can help to protect your child Fig 32 Forward facing child seat installed on rear seat Follow the manufacturer s instructions and observe any statutory require ments when installing and using child seats We recommend that you include the manufacturer s directions for child seat use in the vehicle wallet and always keep them in the vehicle Group 2 child seats Children under 7 years of age weighing between 15 and 25 kg are best protected by group 2 child seats in conjunction with properly adjusted seat belts Group 3 child seats Children over 7 years of age weighing between 22 and 36 kg but less than 1 5 metres tall are best protected by seat cushions with head restraints in conjunction with properly worn seat belts gt fig 32 a Child safety A WARNING The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie approximately on the centre of the shoulder never across the neck or the arm The seat belt must lie close to the torso The lap belt part must lie across the pelvis not across the stomach and always fit closely Pull the belt tight if necessary to take up any slack page 23 Seat belts Read and always observe information and warnings concerning the use of child seats gt page 46 m Safety First Installation of child seats in vehicle seats General notes The correct fitting of child seats in the different seats is described below Child rest
78. sunroof ZN WARNING Incorrect use of the vent wings can result in injury Never close the windows without observing and ensuring it is clear to do otherwise could cause serious injury to you and others Make sure that no one is in the path of a window m Press the surface 2 Closing the sliding tilting roof Press the surface 3 gt A gt Safety First Operating instructions Tips and Maintenance Technical Data Always close the sliding tilting roof fully if you park the vehicle or leave it unattended gt A If you wish to tilt the roof when the sliding roof is open press surface Q until the function has been carried out If the sliding roof is to be opened directly from the tilted position press surface to carry out the required function Once the ignition has been switched off the sliding tilting sun roof can no longer be opened or closed Sunroof blind The sunroof blind is opened together with the sliding tilting roof If required it can be closed by hand when the sunroof is closed Z WARNING Incorrect use of the sliding tilting sunroof can result in injury Never close the sliding tilting sunroof without observing and ensuring it is clear to do otherwise could cause serious injury to you and others Make sure that no one is in the path of the sliding tilting sunroof e Always take the vehicle key with you when you leave the vehicle Never leave children or disabled per
79. surfaces Cleaning stubborn stains More stubborn dirt can be removed using a mild soap solution pure liquid soap two tablespoons diluted in one litre of water and a cloth Do not let the water soak through the leather or soak into the seams Then wipe off with a soft dry cloth Leather care The leather should be treated regularly about twice a year with a special leather care product which is available from your Authorised Service Centre Apply these products very sparingly Then wipe off with a soft dry cloth SEAT does everything possible to preserve the special qualities of leather as a natural product Because of the natural properties of the specially selected hides employed the finished leather has a certain sensitivity to grease and dirt etc so a degree of care is required in everyday use and when looking after the leather Dust and grit in the pores and seams can scratch and damage the surface If the vehicle is left standing in the sun for long periods the leather should be 2001 Cleaning and caring for your vehicle protected against direct sunlight to prevent it from fading However slight colour variations in high quality natural leather are normal Caution Do not use solvents wax polish shoe cream spot removers or similar products on leather To avoid damage stubborn stains should be removed by a qualified workshop m Cleaning seat belts A dirty belt ma
80. switched on if the dipped beam headlights are already on The warning lamp O then comes on in the combi instrument The headlight flasher comes on for as long as you pull the lever even if no other lights are switched on The warning lamp O then comes on in the combi instrument When the parking light is switched on the front side light and the rear light of the corresponding side of the vehicle stay lit The parking lights will only work if the key is removed from the ignition Ifthe turn signal lever is left on after the key has been taken out of the ignition lock a buzzer sounds when the driver door is opened This is a reminder to switch off the turn signal unless of course you wish to leave the parking light on m 20 Optional equipment Lights and visibility Interior lights and reading lights Interior lighting and reading light in the front of vehicle Fig 75 Reading light in the passenger compart ment The rocker control gt fig 74 for the interior lights has the following posi tions permanently lit door contact connection and off Fig 74 Interior roof trim Courtesy light position The interior lights are automatically switched on when the vehicle is unlocked ora door is opened and turn off about 20 seconds after the closure of the doors They also go off when the vehicle is locked or when the ignition is switched on Interior light switched on Press the symbol
81. the right as far as possible Fit the lampholder in the corresponding opening at the front tab and press the lampholder upwards at the back until the elastic tab engages gt page 247 fig 166 Replace the cover To do so insert the the two tabs of the exterior part of the cover behind the tailgate trim and push the cover Fig 165 Lights on tail upwards until it goes into position m gate Registration plate light Fig 166 Lights on tail gate Fig 167 Registration light gt Remove the cover in the trim Tips and Maintenance 248 If and when n Remove the glass Replace the bulb Remove the failed glass bulb and replace with a new bulb Replace the glass in the casing m Bolt down the glass without overtightening ensuring that the seal is perfectly fitted Fit the reflector in the corresponding space in the tailgate ensuring that the rubber seal and the light are assembled correctly Do not bolt down the glass too tightly m Interior light Fig 168 Interior light Insert a fine screwdriver or similar between the casing and the glass arrow gt fig 168 and carefully remove the glass Reading light Fig 170 Reading lights Remove the complete bracket interior light and reading light place the flat end of a screwdriver between the light and the ceiling trim and turn the screwdriver Turn the lampholder of the back of the la
82. the sake of the environment Fuel grease and oil deposits could be removed when the engine is washed The polluted water must be cleaned in an oil separator For this reason engine washing should be carried out only by a qualified workshop or a suit able filling station m Care of the vehicle interior Cleaning plastic parts and the dash panel Usea clean damp cloth to clean plastic parts and the dash panel If this does not provide satisfactory results use a special solvent free plastic cleaning product ZN WARNING Never clean the dash panel and surface of the airbag module with cleansers containing solvents Solvents cause the surface to become porous If the airbag inflates disintegrating plastic parts can cause substantial injuries Caution Cleaning products which contain solvents will damage the material m Cleaning wooden trim Clean the wooden trim with a clean cloth moistened with water Ifthis does not provide satisfactory results use a gentle soap solution Caution Cleaning products which contain solvents will damage the material m Cleaning cloth seat covers and fabric trim Cloth seat covers and fabric trim on the doors headlining etc can be cleaned with a special interior cleanser or with dry foam and a soft brush m Tips and Maintenance Cleaning leather Normal cleaning Moisten a cotton or woollen cloth with water and wipe over the leather
83. the shoulder belt guide Belt height adjustment After adjusting pull the shoulder belt sharply to check that the catch on the shoulder belt guide is engaged securely m Using the height adjusters for the front seats and the outer seats in the second row the position of the seat belts can be adjusted in the shoulder area according to the height of the occupant Unfastening seatbelt with one buckle The seat belt must not be unfastened until the vehicle has come to a standstill Fig 15 Location of the w xa belt height adjuster Fig 16 Removing latch plate from buckle gt Safety First 28 Seat belts Press the red button on the belt buckle gt page 27 fig 16 The Press the red button in the belt buckle fig 17 The latch latch plate is released and springs out gt A plate is released and springs out Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls up easily and the trim Press the red button in the belt buckle The latch plate is will not be damaged released and springs out Guide the belt back by hand holding both latches so that the belt A WARNING rolls up easily without damaging the trim Never unbuckle a seat belt while the vehicle is in motion If you do you increase the risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries m A WARNING Never unbuckle a seat belt while the vehicle is in motion If you do you increase the risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries
84. the traction control system TCS The ESP works together with the anti locking brake system ABS Both warning lamps will light up if the ESP or ABS systems are faulty The ESP is started automatically when the engine is started In specific circumstances where you require less traction you can switch off the ESP by pressing button fig 124 ESP For example when driving with snow chains when driving in deep snow or on loose surfaces gt Operating instructions when rocking the vehicle backwards and forwards to free it from mud for example You should press the button to switch the ESP back on when you no longer need wheel spin The TCS and EDL are also switched off if the ESP is switched off This means that this technology is not available for as long as the ESP remains switched off When does the inscriptionOFF light up on the button It will light up continuously if there is a malfunction in the ESP It will light up continuously if the ESP is switched off ZN WARNING The electronic stabilisation programme ESP cannot defy the laws of physics This should be kept in mind particularly on slippery and wet roads and when towing a trailer e Always adapt your driving style to suit the condition of the roads and the traffic situation Do not let the extra safety afforded by ESP tempt you into taking any risks when driving this can cause accidents Please refer to the corresponding wa
85. the vehicle loses impetus If the clutch opens automatically due to over loading depress the brake pedal and wait a few seconds before continuing m Selector lever positions The selector lever positions and gears are shown on the display in the combi instrument Fig 128 Instrument panel display showing position of selector lever 70 Driving Selector lever positions The gear selected is displayed on the side of the selector lever and on the display gt fig 128 in the combi instrument P parking lock When the selector lever is in this position the drive wheels are locked mechanically The parking lock must be engaged only when the vehicle is stationary gt Z To move the selector lever from position P the locking button in the selector lever handle must be pressed and the brake pedal depressed at the same time when the ignition is switched on Only the locking button has to be pressed to select the selector lever position P If the battery has discharged the selector lever cannot be removed from the P position R reverse gear The reverse gear is engaged in this position Reverse gear must be engaged only when the vehicle is stationary and the engine is idling gt To move the selector lever to position R press in the lock button and at the same time press the brake pedal with the ignition switched on With the selector lever in position R and the ignition switched on the following occurs
86. their age size or weight Ifyou are not wearing a seat belt or if you lean forward or to the side or assume an incorrect sitting position the risk of injury is increased substantially This increased risk of injury will be further increased if you are struck by an inflating airbag To reduce the risk of injury from an inflating airbag always wear the seat belt properly gt page 18 3a Airbag system ZA WARNING continued ZA WARNING continued Always properly adjust the front seats m Conditions for fitting a rear facing childseat in the front passenger seat Rear facing child seats must never be used on the front passenger seat when the front passenger airbag is enabled An enabled front airbag on the front passenger side is potentially a major danger to a child gt A The front passenger seat is life threatening to a child if you transport the child in a rear facing child seat You should always trans port all children up to 12 years of age on the rear seat If a rear facing child seat is secured to the front passenger seat an inflating airbag can strike it with such great force that critical or fatal injuries may result Therefore we urgently recommend that you transport children on the rear seats That is the safest place in the vehicle for children Alternatively the front and side airbags for the front passenger page 44 can be disabled with the ignition key When transpo
87. to move the hour forward more quickly Setting the minutes Turn the setting knob briefly in a clockwise direction to set the clock forward by one minute or Turn and hold the setting knob in a clockwise direction to set the minutes forward more quickly m Mileage display The top counter of the mileage display gt page 64 fig 44 registers the total mileage covered by the vehicle The lower counter registers the short journeys The last digit indicates steps of 100 metres The trip recorder counter may be reset by the reset button gt page 64 fig 44 E Voltmeter The voltmeter page 64 fig 44 indicates the voltage of the vehicle elec trical system The voltage of the electrical system should normally be gt between 12 and 15 volts Ifthe voltage drops below 12 volts when the engine is running you should have the power supply battery and alternator checked by a qualified dealership a Note The voltage may drop below 8 volts while the engine is being started m Service Interval Display The service display is shown either on the mileage display gt page 64 fig 44 or in the display 7 in the combi instrument gt page 64 fig 44 Service warning A service pre warning will appear in the odometer if a service is due soon A spanner symbol o appears in the display along with the miles and the number of kilometres until the next service The service message will disap pear appr
88. unlocking position all windows apart from the electric vent wing at the rear will be opened on vehicles equipped with elec tric windows Notes on locking The following applies if you wish to lock your vehicle manually using the key gt 10 Optional equipment The deadlock mechanism the interior monitoring system and the anti theft alarm will be activated immediately if the key is turned once in the lock The activation is confirmed by the turn signals flashing briefly The deadlock mechanism the interior monitoring system and the anti theft alarm will not be activated if the key is turned in the lock twice within one second All the doors and the tailgate will however be locked The doors can be unlocked from the inside if the deadlock mechanism has not been activated To do this operate the door opening lever on the doorin question The alarm will go off When locking the vehicle the interior lights in the courtesy switch posi tion will be switched off Awarning lamp in the driver door flashes to indicate the deadlock is working The warning lamp will switch off after 14 days This is to prevent the vehicle battery from discharging completely when the vehicle is not used for a longer period The system is still active Windows or the sliding roof which are still open can be closed automat ically on vehicles equipped with electric windows and electric vent windows or with an electric sliding roof To d
89. unnecessary journeys m Driving and the environment 187 caution Z WARNING Never fully drain the fuel tank in this case the irregularity of the fuel supply may cause ignition problems This allows unburnt fuel to enter the exhaust system which could cause overheating and damage the catalytic converter The particulate filter attains very high temperatures Fire hazard Never park where the catalytic converter could come into contact with dry grass or inflammable materials under the vehicle Do not apply additional underseal or anti corrosion coatings to the For the sake of the environment exhaust pipes catalytic converter or the heat shields on the exhaust Even when the emission control system is working perfectly there may be a system because the heat from the engine could ignite them smell of sulphur from the exhaust under some conditions This depends on the sulphur content of the fuel used Quite often the problem can be reme A died by changing to another brand of fuel m WARNING The additive is toxic Ifany work is required on the additive deposit go to a specialized work Diesel particulate filter shop because of the danger of toxicity The additive should be stored in the closed original container in a safe The diesel particulate filter retains and burns the soot derived place out of reach of children There is a toxic risk from the combustion process Caution V
90. weights listed are only applicable for altitudes up to 1 000 m above sea level With increasing altitude the engine power and therefore the vehicle s climbing ability are impaired because of the reduced air density The maximum trailer weight has to be reduced accordingly The weight of the vehicle and trailer combination must be reduced by 10 for every further 1 000 m or part thereof Where possible operate the trailer with the maximum permitted draw bar weight on the ball joint of the towing bracket but do not exceed the specified limit The figures for trailer weights and draw bar weights given on the data plate of the towing bracket are for certification purposes only The correct figures for your specific model which may be lower than these figures for the towing bracket are given in the registration documents and Technical data Gross combination weight The gross combination weight is the actual weight of the laden vehicle plus the actual weight of the laden trailer If the maximum permissible trailer weight is to be utilized the weight of the vehicle may have to be reduced Distributing the load Distribute loads in the trailer so that heavy objects are as near to the axle as possible Loads carried in the trailer must be secured to prevent them moving Tyre pressure Set tyre pressure to the maximum permitted pressure shown on the sticker on the inside of the tank flap Set the tyre pressure of the trailer tyres in acco
91. will have to be resyn chronised Spare remote control keys are available from SEAT Service They must be matched to the locking system Up to four remote control keys can be used E Replacing the battery If the battery indicator on the remote control gt page 95 fig 61 does not flash when the buttons are pushed the battery must be replaced gt Unlocking and locking lo7 We recommend having the batteries changed by a qualified workshop if Anti theft alarm system required A Description of anti theft alarm system Caution Use of inappropriate batteries may damage the remote control For this The anti theft alarm triggers an alarm if unauthorised move reason always replace the dead battery with another of the same size and ments are detected around the vehicle power For the sake of the environment The flat batteries must be disposed of in accordance with regulations governing the protection of the environment m Fig 62 Interior moni toring system sensor Activating the anti theft alarm Blocking the engine Deactivating the alarm Unblock the vehicle using the unlock button on the remote control or switch on ignition Opening the doors mechanically emergency opening Ifthe remote control function fails you will have to use the key to unlock the car This is done as follows gt Operating instructions 98 Unlocking and locking Press button gt page 95 fig 61 G to
92. 15 Engine oil specification page 212 Z WARNING Oil is highly inflammable Ensure that no oil comes into contact with hot engine components when topping up Caution If the oil level is above the area do not start the engine This could result in damage to the engine and catalytic converter Contact a qualified work shop g For the sake of the environment The oil level must never be above area A Otherwise oil can be drawn in through the crankcase breather and escape into the atmosphere via the exhaust system E Changing engine oil The engine oil must be changed at the intervals given in the service schedule We recommend that you have the engine oil changed by an Authorised Service Centre The two different oil change intervals are shown in the Inspection and Main tenance Plan Z WARNING Only change the oil yourself if you have the specialist knowledge required Tips and Maintenance ZA WARNING continued Before opening the bonnet read and observe the warnings page 209 Safety instructions on working in the engine compartment Wait for the engine to cool down Hot oil may cause burn injuries Wear eye protection to avoid injuries caused by splashes of oil When removing the oil drain plug with your fingers keep your arm hori zontal to help prevent oil from running down your arm Wash your skin thoroughly if it comes into contact
93. 3 Palts size sapica enner sesepan s eria a 202 Parts replacement 0000 202 Passenger compartment Climatronic cessecsseresie reise ees 156 Pedals ices ssaetiae cea eee TES 15 PetrOl cerana e EEEE ak cesses 207 Trips to foreign countries 187 Physical principles of a frontal collision 20 Plastic key tab ccissssisevsesiasrescces 88 Plastic pats ciiuccccsssasc eeerasiaeewans 196 Pollution filter c ccsccessiseeeciassaa nes 158 Power Steering ccc eee e cece eee ee 184 Preheating system indicato hace nec ranen EE EEE 75 R Raising the vehicle with the vehicle tool kit jack 239 286 Index Reading lights 2 eee cece eee 114 Rear door driving with the tailgate open 100 Rear foglight essers sareetan asea aaisa 109 Warning lamp eee eee eee eee 75 Waming light ss0ssccniseriaiseseaaas 109 Rear seats characteristics of seat equipment 127 MOVING seere reran earan RE 128 safety instructions 0006 132 Rear window heating 0000 116 Heating element wires 197 Rear window wiper 00 eee 118 Rear view Mirror ccc cece ence eee 119 RETMING sa4 ccctdawdpavicnae eek S 206 Remote control key Replacing the battery 96 SyMChrONising ss sses bee dare eae 96 Repairs AUDAgSi cseeisis essences donated owas 35 Replacement keys ee cece eee ee eee 88 Replacing
94. 4 F to 29 C 86 F These are approximate temperatures and the actual temperature may be slightly higher or lower depending on the outside conditions If a temperature below 18 C 64 F is selected the display switches to LO The temperature is not controlled and in AUTO mode the system runs at maximum cooling output If a temperature above 29 C 86 F is selected the display switches to HI In this setting the system runs at maximum heating output and the temperature is not controlled Blower The blower can be adjusted gradually using the controls 1 and s Always have the blower running at a low setting to ensure a constant flow of fresh air into the vehicle If the blower is set to 0 the Climatronic is switched off Air distribution The air distribution is adjusted using the buttons 24 and 4 It is also possible to open and close some of the air outlets separately Switching off the cooling system Pressing the button switches off the air cooling system to save fuel The temperature continues to be controlled but the air cannot be cooled The set temperature can then only be reached if it is higher than the outside temperature Switching the Climatronic on off Press button 63 until OFF is shown on display G The Climatronic is switched off This function should be used in certain situations only e g if the system develops a fault The Climatronic is switched back on by pressing button AUTO Oper
95. 85 115 4000 Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 310 1900 No of cylinders capacity in cm 4 1896 Compression 18 0 5 Fuel Petrol min 51 CN or Biodiesel 5 as in EN 14214 gt a Cetane Number cetane index Measure of the combustion power of the diesel Technical Data loz7 Performance figures Maximum speed in km h 177 Acceleration from 0 80 km h in sec 9 9 Acceleration from 0 100 km h in sec 15 1 Consumption litres 100 km CO g km Urban cycle 10 0 0 264 Extra urban cycle 5 9 156 Combined 7 4 196 Weights Gross vehicle weight in kg 2510 Weight in working order with driver in kg 1757 2032 1757 2020 Gross axle weight front in kg 1240 Gross axle weight rear in kg 1280 Permitted roof load in kg 75 Trailer weights With no brakes gradients up to 12 700 With brakes gradients up to 12 2000 Engine oil capacity Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4 3 litres Technical Data Diesel engine 2 01 TDI 103 kW 140 bhp 6 gears 278 Technical Data General engine data Power output in kW bhp rpm 103 140 4000 Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 310 1900 2500 No of cylinders capacity in cm 3 4 1968 Compression 18 5 0 5 Fuel Petrol min 51 CN a Cetane Number cetane index Measure of the combustion power of the diesel Performance figures Maximu
96. Both circumstances Operating instructions ZA WARNING continued increase the risk of accident Therefore you must adapt your driving style and speed to the prevailing conditions avoid sudden braking or driving manoeuvres when there is a load on the roof carrier O Caution Please take extra care not to let the tailgate or rear window strike the roof load when open there is a risk of damage to the vehicle g For the sake of the environment The roof carrier is often left on the roof for convenience even if it is not being used However increased air resistance means that the vehicle uses more fuel For this reason you should always take off the roof carrier when it is not in use m Cooling and heating box Notes on usage The cooling and heating box may only be installed in the posi tion of rear left seat in the third row Power can be supplied by any of the 12 Volt sockets in the vehicle It consumes approximately 33 watts and has a capacity of approximately 32 litres The battery will discharge if the cooling and heating box is used for a long period while the engine is switched off Seats and stowage ag gt 150 Seats and stowage Before using the cooling and heating box for the first time you should clean it using a household detergent Disconnect the power supply and clean the box if you do not plan to use the cooling and heating box for a long period Place a folded towel
97. For further infor mation on the EDL gt page 182 m Diesel particulate filter indicator lamp When the indicator lights on the instrument panel it signals that the filter is blocked by soot because of frequent short journeys To clean the filter of these particulates drive at a constant speed of 60 km h for 15 minutes Always respect the speed limit The most efficient way to clean the diesel particulate filter is to drive in 4th or 5th gear at approximately 2 000 rpm This causes a temperature increase sufficient to burn the soot in the filter If the lamp remains lit afterwards go to a specialised workshop to examine the problem While the lamp is lit filter blockage signal fuel consumption increases and the engine may lose power in some cases At the same time a text message or the necessary operations may appear on the instrument panel ZN WARNING Try to always adapt the speed of the vehicle to weather road and traffic conditions The indications suggested by the warning lights should not lead you to disobey the highway code m 7B Cockpit Brake system handbrake The warning lamp lights up if the handbrake is applied if the brake fluid level falls too low or if there is a fault in the brake system This warning lamp lights up if ifthe handbrake is on ifthe brake fluid level is too low lfthere is a fault in the brake system This warning lamp can light up to
98. Further information gt page 112 m 76 Cockpit Fault in the exhaust system Exhaust gas indicator gt If the indicator flashes it signals possible damage to the catalytic converter caused by defective combustion Reduce speed immediately and go to the nearest specialised workshop to check the engine At the same time a text message or the necessary operations may appear on the instru ment panel If the indicator lights up a fault has developed during driving which has affects the quality of the exhaust gas e g lambda probe fault Reduce speed immediately and go to the nearest specialised workshop to check the engine At the same time a text message or the necessary operations may appear on the instrument panel m Traction control system TCS The traction control system prevents the driven wheels from spinning when the vehicle is accelerating The warning lamp lights up when the ignition is switched on and should turn out after about 2 seconds When the TCS is operating while driving the warning lamp flashes If the system is deactivated or if there is any fault in the same the warning lamp will remain lit It will also come on if a fault should occur in the ABS because the TCS oper ates in conjunction with the ABS For further information see gt page 181 m Electronic stabilisation programme ESP This warning lamp monitors the electronic stabilisation programme This programme inc
99. ING Lifting the vehicle The braking behaviour and capacity of a vehicle changes when being towed P ne x or when you are trying to start the vehicle by pulling Please observe the Vehicle lifting points following notes in order to prevent injury and accident Inexperienced drivers should refrain from trying in order to avoid acci dent Notes for the driver of the towed vehicle The brake must be depressed must harder as the brake servo does not operate Take care not to bump into the towing vehicle More strength is required at the steering wheel as the power steering does not operate when the engine is switched off Notes for the driver of the towing vehicle Accelerate smoothly and avoid any sudden movement Brake more in advance than usual and brake gently Caution When tow starting fuel could enter the catalytic converter and damage it gt page 252 a Note Observe legal requirements when towing or tow starting Fig 174 Lifting with the lifting platform lifting point at front left For technical reasons vehicles with an automatic gearbox must not be tow started f due to a breakdown the gearbox does not have lubricant the vehicle should be towed with the drive wheels suspended fit is necessary to tow a vehicle with an automatic gearbox for more than 50 km it should be towed by qualified personnel and with the drive wheels suspended E Fig 175 Lifting wi
100. LES vcs ee cccseieasiascsev ens 41 SIdELIQNtS sscicade ve cgeseeteis asses aw 109 Sitting position DIVER sr arae a sucsmmarar ce sane as eae 10 Front passenger ss sssri Geers eps aiece ea 11 Incorrect sitting position 14 Passengers 25 siarscc sce gira iiss tepian cust 12 Sitting position occupants 10 Sliding tilting sun roof 06 105 SHOW CHAINS x cscdsevcanavcevensws 230 261 Four wheel drive 0000 184 SOCKS casssaives srnec ir mete apaa 142 Spare wheel Storage ies ais tins e AETA wes ease cs 231 SLOFAGE aie iynis npe oie aive see wee eae 231 Speedometer cece eee eee eee eee 64 Starting apetrolengine eee eee 164 Starting the engine after the fuel tank has been run dry 165 With the ignition key 06 164 Steam cleaners eee eee eee eee 195 SEEING csc cscnsseeeseceeneeos eagam sans 160 Steering lock eves ciaeeeaisasca vans 162 288 Index Steering wheel audio controls audio telephone version audio version Steering wheel height adjustment Stowage Other stowage areas Stowage compartment Front passenger side Sun visor Sunroof blind Sliding tilting roof Switches Exterior mirrors Hazard warning lights lights Sliding tilting roof Switching off the engine With the ignition key T Tailgate Closing Convenience opening
101. N WARNING When the engine is running the vehicle will start to move as soon as a gear is engaged and the clutch released Never select the reverse gear when the vehicle is in motion Risk of acci dent Caution Do not rest your hand on the gear lever when driving The pressure of your hand could cause premature wear on the selector forks in the gearbox When changing gear you should always depress the clutch fully to avoid unnecessary wear and damage Do not hold the car on the clutch on hills This causes premature wear and damages the clutch It can also prevent power being transferred from the engine to the gearbox m Operating instructions Driving 167 Automatic gearbox Gearbox programmes The automatic gearbox has two gearbox programmes Fig 127 Centre console selector lever of the auto matic gearbox with locking button The gearbox management system is equipped with two driving programmes Depending on the driver or the driving situation either a consumption oriented programme or a more sporty programme will be selected The programme selection will be carried out automatically depending on how the accelerator is used The consumption oriented programme will be selected if you use the accelerator slowly or normally This means that the gearbox will shift up earlier and down later Amore sporty driving programme which shifts up gear later will be selec
102. Optional equipment Operating instructions Z WARNING In order not to dazzle other drivers the dipped light should be adjusted according to the vehicle load using the headlight range control If not an accident may occur Use the switch to lower the light cone depending on the vehicle load m Hazard warning lights A The hazard warning lights are used to draw the attention of other road users to your vehicle in emergencies Fig 72 Switch for hazard warning lights If you have a breakdown 1 Park your vehicle at a safe distance from moving traffic 2 Press button A fig 72 to switch on the hazard warning lights gt Lights and visibility gt 3 Switch the engine off 4 Apply the handbrake firmly 5 Ona manual gearbox engage 1st gear On an automatic move the selector lever to P 6 Use the warning triangle to draw the attention of other road users to your vehicle 7 Always take the key with you when you leave the vehicle You should switch on the hazard warning lights to warn other road users for instance when reaching the tail end of a traffic jam there is an emergency your vehicle breaks down due to a technical defect you are towing another vehicle or your vehicle is being towed All turn signals flash simultaneously when the hazard warning lights are switched on The turn signal lights lt 15 gt and the button warning light A will also flash The hazard warn
103. The deterioration caused by these additives is not covered by the warranty gt Tips and Maintenance 43 Viscosity oil density a Note Before a long trip we recommend finding an engine oil that conforms to the corresponding VW specifications and keeping it in the vehicle This way the correct engine oil will always be available for a top up if needed m Checking the engine oil level The engine oil dipstick indicates the level of the oil axa Fig 140 Dipstick Before opening the bonnet read and observe the warnings gt page 209 Park the vehicle on an even surface Stop the engine and wait a few minutes for the oil to drain back into the sump Raise the bonnet gt page 211 214 Checking and refilling levels Pull out the dipstick Wipe the dipstick with a cloth and insert it again pushing it in as far as it will go Then pull the dipstick out again and check the oil level Replace the dipstick pushing it in as far as it will go If the oil level is in area gt fig 140 you must not top up with oil If the oil level is in area you may top up with oil approx 0 5 l If the oil level is in area you must top up with oil approx 1 0 I It is normal for the engine to consume a certain amount of oil Consumption can be up to 1 0 litres per 1 000 km For this reason the engine oil level must be checked at regular intervals preferably when filling the tank and b
104. The doors will be locked when the central locking button is activated Vehicle occupants could become trapped in the vehicle In the event of an accident they would not be able to reach safety Locked doors could make it more difficult to assist vehicle occupants in the event of an accident m Deadlock The deadlock mechanism makes it more difficult to break into the vehicle because the door release lever and the central locking button are not active Activating deadlock Turn the key once in the driver s door lock to lock or press once the locking button 6 on the remote control A red warning lamp in the driver door flashes to indicate the deadlock is working Deactivating deadlock when the vehicle is locked Turn the key twice in the driver s door lock to lock or press twice the locking button on the remote control The vehicle is locked without activating the deadlock The doors can be unlocked from the inside if the deadlock mechanism has not been activated You will have to pull the door release lever once The door will be opened by pulling the door release lever again When the deadlock is deactivated the anti theft alarm 2 page 97 and the interior monitoring system are also deactivated ZN WARNING Nobody should remain in the vehicle if the deadlock mechanism has been activated It is not possible to open the doors from the inside Locked doors could delay assistance in an emerge
105. active when the reverse gear is engaged if you are towing a trailer The parking distance warning system registers water as an obstacle m 41 Optional equipment Cruise control system CCS Cruise control operation The cruise control system CCS is able to maintain the set speed in the range from approx 30 km h to 180 km h Once the desired speed has been reached and the setting stored you may take your foot off the accelerator In vehicles fitted with a manual gearbox and in vehicles with an automatic gearbox with the lever in positions P N or R the cruise control does not operate in first gear ZN WARNING It could be dangerous to use the cruise control system CCS if it is not possible to drive at constant speed Do not use the cruise control in heavy traffic or on steep roads with several bends or in slippery circumstances snow ice rain or loose gravel as there is a risk of accident Always adapt your speed and the distance to the vehicles ahead to take the traffic situation into consideration This is the duty of the driver The cruise control system is merely an aid to the driver Never use the cruise control system when driving off road or on unpaved roads This feature is designed for use on paved roads only Risk of accident e Always switch off the CCS when you have finished using it This will prevent you using it by mistake Itis dangerous to use a set speed which is too hig
106. air inside the vehicle may cause drowsiness increasing the risk of accident m Climatronic for the passenger compartment ss i E Setting the blower speed for the passenger compartment The temperature is selected with buttons gt fig 119 1 and 2 It remains stored until another temperature is selected Fig 119 Instrument panel Climatronic controls Setting the blower speed for the passenger compartment Buttons 19 and o are used to lower or raise the blower speed and thus adjust the air volume The Climatronic for the rear works only in air recirculation mode Fresh air is not drawn into the vehicle Heating Ventilation and Air conditioning 157 The Climatronic can be fitted either with or without an additional cooling Air outlets in the passenger compartment system for the passenger compartment SS T Climatronic for the passenger compartment without additional cooling system The temperature setting for the rear can be max 3 C higher than the temper ature in the passenger compartment A lower temperature can not be set If the Climatronic detects that the passenger compartment has to be heated it activates the additional heat exchanger The air outlets on the floor guide warm air into the vehicle gt page 157 If the Climatronic detects that the passenger compartment has to be cooled cooled air is fed into the vehicle via the air outlets in the front of the vehicle only
107. airbag Airbag system 33 In this case the inflating airbag may inflict critical or fatal injuries upon the occupant This applies particularly to children Always maintain the greatest possible distance between yourself and the front airbag This way the front airbags can completely deploy when trig gered providing their maximum protection The most important factors that will trigger an airbag are the type of acci dent the angle of collision and the speed of the vehicle Whether the airbags are triggered depends primarily on the vehicle deceler ation rate resulting from the collision and detected by the control unit If the vehicle deceleration occurring during the collision and measured by the control unit remains below the specified reference values the front side and or curtain airbag will not be triggered Take into account that the visible damage in a vehicle following an accident for whatever reason are not an indication as to why the airbags were triggered Z WARNING Wearing the seat belt incorrectly or assuming an incorrect sitting posi tion can lead to critical or fatal injuries All occupants including children who are not properly belted can sustain critical or fatal injuries if the airbag is triggered You should always transport all children up to 12 years of age on the rear seat Never transport children in the vehicle if they are not restrained or the restraint system is not appropriate for
108. aired Any work on the belt tension devices and seat belts including the removal and refitting of system parts in conjunction with other repair work must be performed by a qualified workshop only The belt tension devices will only provide protection for one accident and must be changed it they have been activated m Safety First Airbag system Brief introduction Why wear a seat belt and assume the correct sitting position For the inflating airbags to achieve the best protection the seat belt must always be worn properly and the correct sitting position must be assumed For your own safety and the safety of the passengers please ensure the following before you drive Always wear the seat belt properly gt page 18 Adjust the driver seat and the steering wheel correctly page 10 Adjust the front passenger seat correctly gt page 11 Adjust the head restraint seat correctly gt page 13 Use the correct child restraint system to protect children in your vehicle gt page 46 The airbag deploys in fractions of a second and with a high velocity If you have assumed an incorrect seating position at that moment you could sustain critical injuries Therefore it is essential that all occupants maintain a correct sitting position while travelling Braking heavily the moment before an accident may cause an occupant not wearing a Seat belt to be thrown forward into the area of the deploying
109. akes gradients up to 12 700 With brakes gradients up to 12 2000 Engine oil capacity Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4 3 litres E Technical Data 275 Diesel engine 1 9L TDI 85 kW 115 bhp 6 gears General engine data Power output in kW bhp rpm 85 115 4000 Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 310 1900 No of cylinders capacity in cm 3 4 1896 Compression 18 40 5 Fuel Petrol min 51 CN or Biodiesel 5 as in EN 14214 a Cetane Number cetane index Measure of the combustion power of the diesel Performance figures Maximum speed in km h 181 Acceleration from 0 80 km h in sec 9 1 Acceleration from 0 100 km h in sec 13 7 Consumption litres 100 km CO g km Urban cycle 8 0 211 Extra urban cycle 5 6 148 Combined 6 5 172 gt Technical Data 276 Technical Data Weights Gross vehicle weight in kg 2510 Weight in working order with driver in kg 1724 2003 Gross axle weight front in kg 1240 Gross axle weight rear in kg 1280 Permitted roof load in kg 75 Trailer weights With no brakes gradients up to 12 700 With brakes gradients up to 12 2000 Engine oil capacity Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4 3 litres E Diesel engine 1 9 TDI 85 kW 115 bhp Automatic General engine data Power output in kW bhp rpm
110. allowed maximum weight If the holdersontherright allowed axle load or the allowed total weight is exceeded the driving char acteristics of the vehicle may change leading to accidents injuries and damage to the vehicle Never leave the vehicle unattended especially when the tailgate is open Children could climb into the interior of the vehicle closing the door behind them they will remain trapped without help and there is a mortal risk Never allow children to play in or around the vehicle Close and lock all windows the tailgate and all doors when you leave the vehicle Never transport passengers in the luggage compartment Every passenger must be properly belted in m Fig 114 Luggage compartment cover holders on the right gt Opening the luggage compartment cover After fitting the luggage compartment cover pull the handle on the cover back and hook in the cover on the side Removing the luggage compartment cover Press the unlock button with the luggage compartment cover rolled up gt page 146 fig 113 in the direction of the arrow and remove the cover from the right holder upwards Remove the cover from the left holder in the direction of the arrow and remove from the vehicle Fitting the luggage compartment cover Push the luggage compartment cover to the stop in the direction of the arrow gt page 146 fig 114 into the left hand holder Press the cover do
111. ance figures Maximum speed in km h 173 Acceleration from 0 80 km h in sec 11 3 Acceleration from 0 100 km h in sec 17 2 Consumption litres 100 km CO g km Urban cycle 14 2 339 Extra urban cycle 8 1 195 Combined 10 4 250 Weights Gross vehicle weight in kg 2450 Weight in working order with driver in kg 1673 1993 Gross axle weight front in kg 1240 Gross axle weight rear in kg 1280 Permitted roof load in kg 75 Trailer weights With no brakes gradients up to 12 700 With brakes gradients up to 12 1800 Engine oil capacity Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4 0 litres E Technical Data 266 Technical Data Petrol engine 1 81 110 kW 150 bhp 6 gear General engine data Power output in kW bhp rpm 110 150 5800 Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 210 1800 4300 No of cylinders capacity in cm 4 1781 Compression 9 5 0 5 Fuel 95 super RON a Research Octane Number Measure of the predetonation power of the petrol Performance figures Maximum speed in km h 199 Acceleration from 0 80 km h in sec 7 2 Acceleration from 0 100 km h in sec 10 9 Consumption litres 100 km CO g km Urban cycle 13 0 318 Extra urban cycle 7 4 178 Combined 9 4 225 Technical Data 267 Weights Gross vehicle weight in kg 2450 Weight in working order with driver in kg 1674 1994 Gross axle weight front in kg 1240 Gross axle we
112. and wheels have to be run in The tyres and wheel rims are an essential part of the vehicle s design The tyres and rims approved by SEAT are specially matched to the characteristics of the vehicle and make a major contribution to good road holding and safe handling gt A Tyres should be replaced at least in pairs and not individually i e both front tyres or both rear tyres together A knowledge of tyre designations makes it gt Tips and Maintenance easier to choose the correct tyres Radial tyres have the tyre designations marked on the sidewall for example 195 65 R15 91T This contains the following information 195 Tyre width in mm 65 Height width ratio in R Tyre construction Radial 15 Rim diameter in inches 91 Load rating code T Speed rating The tyres could also have the following information A direction of rotation symbol Reinforced denotes heavy duty tyres The manufacturing date is also indicated on the tyre sidewall possibly only on the inner side of the wheel DOT 1105 means for example that the tyre was produced in the 11th week of 2005 We recommend that work on tyres and wheels is carried out by an Authorised Service Centre They are familiar with the procedure and have the necessary special tools and spare parts as well as the proper facilities for disposing of the old tyres Any Authorised Service Centre has full information on the technical require ments when insta
113. another seat If you do this the seat belt will not protect you properly and the risk of injury is increased Ifan occupant is incorrectly belted in the belt cannot protect him or her properly An incorrectly positioned belt web can cause extremely severe injuries m Adjust the seat and head restraint correctly Pull the belt so that the tongue fig 11 is pulled down Insert latch plate into the buckle belonging to the seat A and push it down until it is securely locked with an audible click Use latch plate of the belt to pull the belt across your lap Insert latch plate into the buckle belonging to seat 8 and push it down until it is securely locked with an audible click Pull the belt to ensure that both latch plates are securely engaged in the buckles The seat belt for the centre seat in the second row of seats has a belt retractor Seat belt position fitted in the car roof Full freedom of movement is permitted when the shoulder belt is pulled slowly However during sudden braking during travel Seat belts offer their maximum protection only when they are in mountains or bends and during acceleration the automatic retractor on properly positioned the seat belt is locked Z WARNING An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause severe injuries in the event of an accident The seat belts offer best protection only when the backrests are in an upright position and the
114. ard and will make violent contact with the steering wheel dashboard windscreen or whatever else is in the way gt fig 7 Fig 7 A driver not The airbag system is not a substitute for the seat belts When deployed wearing a seat belt is airbags provide only additional protection All occupants including the thrown forward violently driver must be wearing seat belts properly during the trip This will reduce the risk of severe injuries in the event of an accident regardless of whether an airbag is fitted for the seat Note that airbags can be triggered only once To achieve the best possible protection the seat belt must always be worn properly so that you will be protected in accidents in which no airbag is deployed It is also important for the rear passengers to wear seat belts properly as they could otherwise be thrown forward violently in an accident Rear passengers who do not use seat belts endanger not only themselves but also the front occupants gt fig 8 m Safety First Seat belts protect Passengers not wearing seat belts risk severe injuries in the event of an accident Fig 9 Driver wearing the seat belt properly is secured by the belt in sharp braking Properly worn seat belts hold the vehicle occupants in the correct sitting posi tions and substantially reduce the kinetic energy in the event of an accident Seat belts also help to prevent uncontrolled movements that could lead to severe injur
115. are warm E Checking and refilling levels 207 Petrol types e High engine speed and full throttle can damage the engine when using petrol with an octane rating lower than the correct grade for the engine The correct petrol types are listed on a sticker inside the fuel tank flap J For the sake of the environment Just one full tank of leaded fuel would seriously impair the efficiency of the Only unleaded petrol corresponding to the standard DIN EN 228 may be catalytic converter m used for vehicles with catalytic converters EN European Norm Fuel types are differentiated by the octane rating e g 91 95 98 RON RON Regulation Octane Number unit for determining the knock resistance of petrol You may use petrol with a higher octane number than the one recom Diesel mended for your engine However this has no advantage in terms of fuel consumption and engine power If in exceptional circumstances the correct octane rating is not available Diesel For engines which require Premium unleaded petrol 95 RON the following is valid Regular unleaded fuel with 91 RON can also be used This can however result in a slight loss of power under certain driving conditions Diesel fuel must correspond to DIN EN 590 EN European standard It must have a cetane number CN of at least 51 The cetane number indicates the ignition quality of the diesel fuel For engines which require Premium unlea
116. ate sticker of the vehicle includes the number PR 2G0 optional equip ment this means that that vehicle has been prepared for biodiesel use Your Authorised Service Centre or automobile association will be able to advise on where you can obtain RME biodiesel fuel Your Authorised Service Centre can also be consulted to know if the vehicle has been prepared for biodiesel use Things to note about RME fuel biodiesel The performance of a vehicle using biodiesel maybe somewhat reduced Fuel consumption of a vehicle using biodiesel may be slightly higher RME fuel can be used in winter at temperatures down to approx 10 C At outside temperatures below 10 C we recommend using winter diesel fuel For technical reasons vehicle fitted with diesel particulate filters cannot use biodiesel under any circumstances Your authorized SEAT dealer will confirm whether your vehicle is prepared to use biodiesel Caution RME fuel can damage the fuel system in vehicles which are not suitably adjusted Ifyou decide to use biodiesel in your vehicle please use only RME fuel which is DIN E 14 214 compliant Ifyou use biodiesel that does not meet the required standard the fuel filter could become clogged Your authorized SEAT dealer will be able to tell you if your vehicle is suit able for use with biodiesel or whether it requires modifications in order to use it Vehicles fitted with a diesel particulate filter should
117. ating instructions Heating Ventilation and Air conditioning ZN WARNING When the Climatronic is off open a window to ensure an adequate supply of fresh air in the vehicle Otherwise when the Climatronic is switched off no fresh air enters the vehicle Stale or contaminated air inside the vehicle may cause drowsiness increasing the risk of accident m Air recirculation mode Air recirculation mode prevents fumes or unpleasant smells from entering the vehicle Press the button gt page 154 fig 118 Ato switch air recircula tion mode on or off This is ON if the symbol is displayed on the screen Air recirculation mode prevents strong odours in the ambient air from entering the vehicle interior for example when passing through a tunnel orin queuing traffic When the outside temperature is low using air recirculation mode provides more effective heating by heating air from the vehicle interior instead of cold air from outside When the outside temperature is high using air recirculation mode provides more effective cooling by cooling air from the vehicle interior instead of warm air from outside Heating Ventilation and Air conditioning A WARNING Do not leave the air recirculation function on for long periods In air recircu lation mode no fresh air enters the vehicle interior Also if the cooling system is switched off the windows can quickly mist over Stale or contam inated
118. ation Rocker switch for volume control for the radio unit Press button to raise the volume of the radio Press button VOL to reduce the volume of the radio gt 3 only for factory fitted radio Steering wheel controls ls7 G Rocker switch for various functions Button 4 for station search forwards radio listening to TIM messages starting with oldest radio navigation fast forward cassette mode next track CD mode Button for station search backwards radio listening to TIM messages starting with latest radio navigation fast rewind cassette mode last track CD mode Pushbutton for switching lighting on and off on the controls on the multi function steering wheel on the side of the steering wheel a Note The cruise control system is switched on and off using the button on the turn signal main beam lever m Safety First Operating instructions Tips and Maintenance Technical Data 88 Unlocking and locking Unlocking and locking Keys Key set The set of keys includes a remote control a key without a remote control and a key tab with the number of the key Fig 54 Set of keys The key set belonging to your vehicle consists of the following items one remote control key fig 54 with folding key bit one key with a remote control one key tab with the key number Plastic key tab Spare keys cannot be issued without the key n
119. backwards and forwards Injuries can be caused if the backrest is tilted without due care and atten tion Adjust the seat only when the vehicle is stationary Otherwise your seat could move unexpectedly while the vehicle is moving This could increase the risk of an accident and therefore injury Please observe safety recommendations concerning seats gt page 132 m Seats and stowage 129 Folding the backrest and the seat forwards Folding the individual seat forwards Pullthe release lever at the seat surface gt fig 90 up or press There are two ways to fold the backrest and lift the seat ihe lever onthetearside ofthe searc Aig S1 C Town Press the backrest down until the backrest engages Folding seat forward Push the head restraint down as far as it will go gt page 124 Fold down the backrests Pull the release lever at the seating surface fig 90 up or pull the loop on the rear side of the seat fig 91 down Fold the seat forwards a Fig 90 Side of seat fold the backrest and lift seat forwards Folding seat back Fold the seat back until it engages in the rear floor anchorings Fold back the backrest Pull the seat up to ensure that it is properly engaged in the floor anchorings Adjust the head restraint to suit body size The backrest is locked in position when folded forwards That is why the release lever 2 must be either pulled or pushed agai
120. bags s vices cccegeeeredss rizie 41 Using child seats s s eneee 46 Using seat belts 0005 22 Saving fuel roof cami r e sosrososssasre veri seranoi 149 S lant erne p irra E E 234 ST CE EE EE 197 Seat adjustment eee ee eee 122 Front seats a EENE sates wae sede 125 Seat belt position Pregnant women s ssssssessssssosees 26 Seat Delisse sae a E ENER paces 25 Seat belt warning lamp 05 18 Seat DES s cccnasacs suse yguaeeae ee waves 18 Detachablessc s ciasscicatweskaenaciasey ca 29 Incorrectly fastened 000 31 NOWO si scivoa piscia p t EnO RENE 21 One buckle wecsicie sec ddes sedi eses caus 23 Safety notes cece eee eee eee eee 22 Warning lamp se cece ee eee eee 18 With two buckles 00 ee eee eee 24 Seat belts protect 0008 22 Seat heating cece cece eee eee 126 Seat layout svcvcces sorig annen EEEE os 127 SCats ss cdiadsccss sacs a oae ERREEN EEEE A 18 Folding backrest forwards 129 Lifting seat i sresessesiscen orini yansa 129 Removing and fitting 130 Securing load ov sess cascceeceseeee aac 149 Selector lever lock cee eee eee eee 168 Service interval display 68 SHOES serakan anank EEEE saea deeds saree 15 Side AibagS s srana sE an aeds sees 40 DESCrIPHION ssas siss 005cg ede peeesdeeds 40 FUNCTION ois ssgiaasswaneede nena aeons 41 Safety NO
121. belts for the third row of seats and the floor anchorings for the seats can be used as fastening rings for items of luggage During a collision or an accident even small and light objects can build up so much energy that they can cause very severe injuries The amount of kinetic energy depends on the speed of the vehicle and the weight of the object The most significant factor however is the speed of the vehicle Example An object weighing 4 5 kg is lying unsecured in the vehicle During a frontal collision at a speed of 50 km h this object generates a force corre sponding to 20 times its weight That means that the effective weight of the object increases to about 90 kg You can imagine the severity of the injuries which might be sustained if this projectile strikes an occupant as it flies through the passenger compartment This increased risk of injury will be further increased if a loose object is struck by an inflating airbag Z WARNING If pieces of baggage or other objects are secured to the fastening rings with inappropriate or damaged retaining cords injuries could result in the event of braking manoeuvres or accidents To prevent pieces of luggage or other objects from flying forward always use appropriate retaining cords which are secured to the fastening rings Never secure a child seat on the fastening rings m Safety First Seat belts Introduction Before driving remember
122. best protection for the unborn child is for the mother to wear the seat belt properly at all times during the pregnancy Fig 14 Positioning seat belts during pregnancy The seat belt provides maximum protection only when the belt web is properly positioned page 25 Adjust the front seat and head restraint correctly gt page 10 Holding the latch plate pull the belt evenly across your chest and as low as possible over the pelvis fig 14 Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the corresponding seat and push it down until it is securely locked with an audible click gt Pull the belt to ensure that the latch plate is securely engaged in the buckle Seat belts 27 The seat belt adjustment for the front seats and the outer seats in A WARNING the second row can be used to adjust the proper belt web position An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause severe injuries in the event at the shoulder of an accident For pregnant women the lap part of the seat belt must lie as low as possible over the pelvis never across the stomach and always lie flat so that no pressure is exerted on the abdomen Press the upper part gt fig 15 of the shoulder belt guide in the direction of the arrow and hold it in this position Move the shoulder belt guide up or down until you have the seat Read and observe the warnings gt page 22 m belt in a position suitable for your size Release
123. ble damage can occur to the tyres This may cause an accident Moisture ice and salt on the brakes may affect braking efficiency Risk of accident If possible avoid sudden braking immediately after washing the vehicle Dry the brakes by braking several times m Underbody sealant The underside of the vehicle is coated to protect it from corro sion and damage The protective coating could be damaged when driving We recommend that the protective coating under the body and on the running gear should be checked and reinstated if necessary before and after the winter season We recommend that repair work and additional anti corrosion work is carried out by your Authorised Service Centre 198 Cleaning and caring for your vehicle ZN WARNING Do not apply underseal or anti corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes catalytic converter or the heat shields on the exhaust system The heat of the exhaust system or the engine could cause them to ignite This is a fire hazard m Cleaning the engine compartment Take special care when cleaning the engine compartment Anti corrosion treatment The engine compartment and the surface of the power unit are given anti corrosion treatment at the factory Good corrosion protection is particularly important in winter when the car is frequently driven on salted roads To prevent the salt corroding the vehicle the entire engine compartment should be thorough
124. brake and move the gear stick to neutral or selector lever to position P Keep children away from the vehicle Never touch hot engine parts There is a risk of burns Never spill liquids on a hot engine or on a hot exhaust gas system This is a fire hazard Avoid causing short circuits in the electrical system particularly at the points where the jump leads are attached gt page 250 The battery could explode Never touch the radiator fan It is temperature controlled and could start automatically even when the engine has been switched off and the key removed from the ignition Do not unscrew the cap on the expansion tank when the engine is hot If the coolant is hot the cooling system will be pressurised Protect face hands and arms by covering the cap with a large thick cloth to protect against escaping coolant and steam Always make sure you have not left any objects such as cleaning cloths and tools in the engine compartment Ifyou have to work underneath the vehicle you must use suitable stands additionally to support the vehicle there is a risk of accident A hydraulic jack is insufficient for securing the vehicle and there is a risk of injury ZA WARNING continued If any work has to be performed when the engine is started or with the engine running there is an additional potentially fatal safety risk from the rotating parts such as the drive belts alternator radiator fan etc
125. bution The weight distribution of a loaded trailer with an unladen vehicle is very unfavourable However if this cannot be avoided drive extra slowly to allow for the unbalanced weight distribution Speed The stability of the car and trailer is reduced with increasing speed For this reason it is advisable not to drive at the maximum permissible top speed in unfavourable road weather or wind conditions This applies especially when driving downhill You should always reduce speed immediately if the trailer shows the slightest sign of snaking Never try to stop the snaking by increasing speed Always brake in good time If the trailer has an overrun brake apply the brakes gently at first and then firmly This will prevent the jerking that can be caused by the trailer wheels locking Select a low gear in both manual and automatic gearboxes in good time before going down a steep hill This enables you to use the engine braking effect to slow down the vehicle Overheating At very high temperatures and during prolonged ascents driving in a low gear and high engine speed always monitor the temperature indicator for the coolant Electronic Stabilisation Program Do not switch off the ESP when towing a trailer The ESP makes it easier to stabilise if the trailer starts to snake m Driving economically and with respect for the environment General Observations Fuel consumption environmental pollution and wear to the engi
126. by law in most countries but also for your safety The side airbag system will not be triggered e ifthe ignition is switched off during a minor side collision during a minor frontal collision during a rear end collision or if the vehicle rolls The main parts of the airbag system are an electronic control and monitoring system control unit the side airbags in the sides of the backrests of the front seats a warning lamp amp in the dash panel insert The functionality of the airbag system is monitored electronically The airbag warning lamp will light up for a few seconds every time the ignition is switched on self diagnosis Z WARNING The seat belts and airbags can only provide maximum protection if the occupants are seated correctly Ifa fault should occur in the airbag system have the system checked immediately by a qualified workshop Otherwise there is a danger that during a side collision the system may fail to trigger or not trigger correctly m Safety First Function of side airbags Inflated airbags reduce the risk of head or chest injury In some side collisions the side airbag is triggered on the impact side of the vehicle In certain types of accident the front curtain and side airbags may be trig gered together When the system is triggered the airbag is filled with propellant gas In order to provide the desired extra protection in an accident the airbags
127. can be found in a trans port bag page 131 fig 95 The bag hangs from a head restraint of a seat in the last row of seats or in vehicles with 4 integrated child seats 29 onthe centre seat of the second row of seats 132 Seats and stowage Safety instructions for seats Z WARNING ZN WARNING The transport bag should always be secured properly when travelling in the vehicle as it could otherwise be a safety risk in an accident or braking manoeuvre We recommend that you keep the bag at home The bag if you do decide to keep it in the vehicle may not be secured to the head restraint of an integrated child seat The backrest could be forced forward in an accident or braking manoeuvre due to the weight of the Occupants may travel on the seats in the passenger compartment only if the following conditions are fulfilled at the same time The seats must always be fitted in the appropriate floor anchorings and must be securely engaged The backrest of all seats must be in the upright position and securely engaged in this position The seat occupants must have access to the seat belts The seat belts must be fitted correctly All the occupants of the vehicle must be correctly seated while driving Aseat which has been removed can cause injury if it is transported in the vehicle Each seat must always be fitted in the floor anchorings and must be securely engaged The backrest must be
128. cause people to lose consciousness It can also cause death Never leave the vehicle unattended if the engine is running Never use cold start sprays they could explode or cause the engine to run at high revs Risk of injury Caution When the engine is cold you should avoid high engine speeds driving at full throttle and over loading the engine Risk of engine damage The vehicle should not be pushed or towed for more than approximately 50 metres to start the engine Fuel could enter the catalytic converter and damage it Before attempting to push start or tow a vehicle to start it you should first try to start it using the battery of another vehicle Observe the warnings in the chapter Help with Ignition For the sake of the environment Do not warm up the engine by running it with the car stationary You should drive off as soon as you start the engine This helps the engine reach oper ating temperature faster and reduces emissions m Starting a diesel engine The engine can only be started using a genuine SEAT key with the correct code Place the gear in neutral if it is an automatic gearbox place the gear lever in P or in N Invehicles with a manual gearbox depress the clutch pedal fully and hold it in this position the starter will then only have to turn the engine Turn the ignition key to position gt page 162 fig 125 The warning lamp 00 lights up to show tha
129. ce Checking and refilling levels 223 gt 224 Checking and refilling levels Ifthe vehicle is left standing in cold conditions for a long period protect the battery from frost If it freezes it will be damaged m Checking the electrolyte level The electrolyte level should be checked regularly in high mileage vehicles in hot countries and in older batteries Open the bonnet and open the battery cover at the front gt A in Safety instructions on working in the engine compartment on page 209 gt A in Warnings on handling the battery on page 223 Check the colour display in the magic eye on the top of the battery Ifthere are air bubbles in the window tap the window gently until they disperse The position of the battery is shown in the corresponding engine compart ment diagram gt page 262 The round window magic eye on the top of the battery changes colour depending on the charge level and electrolyte level of the battery If the colour in the window is colourless or bright yellow the electrolyte level of the battery is too low Have the battery checked by a qualified workshop The colours green and black are used by the workshops for diagnostic purposes E Charging and changing the vehicle battery The battery is maintenance free and is checked during the inspection service All work on the vehicle battery requires specialist knowledge If you often drive short d
130. ces are triggered a fine dust is produced This is normal and is no indication that there was a fire in the vehicle The relevant safety requirements must be observed when the vehicle or components of the system are scrapped A qualified workshop is familiar with these regulations and will be pleased to pass on the information to you m Service and disposal of belt tension devices The belt tension devices are components of the seat belts that are installed in the seats of your vehicle If you work on the belt tension devices or remove and install parts of the system when performing other repair work the seat belt may be damaged The consequence may be that in the event of an acci dent the belt tension devices function incorrectly or not at all gt 32 Seat belts So that the effectiveness of the belt tension device is not reduced and that removed parts do not cause any injuries or environmental pollution regula tions which are known to the qualified workshops must be observed A WARNING Ifrepairs are not carried out by a professional or if the belt tension devices are used incorrectly the risk of severe or fatal injuries increases The belt tension devices may fail to trigger or may trigger in the wrong circumstances Never 7attempt to repair adjust remove or install parts of the belt tension devices or seat belts The belt tension device and seat belt including its automatic retractor cannot be rep
131. ch the desired speed hold down the upper part of the rocker button s fig 132 or button fig 133 RES Reducing the set speed To reach the desired speed hold down the lower part of the rocker button SET gt fig 132 or button fig 133 SET The speed falls as the vehicle is no longer accelerating not due to sharp braking If you increase speed by using the accelerator the previously programmed speed will be resumed when the accelerator pedal is released This will not be the case however if the vehicle speed is more than 10 km h higher than the stored speed for longer than 5 minutes The speed will have to be stored again Driving a77 gt 78 Driving Control of the set speed is switched off if you reduce speed by depressing the To resume the control function release the brake or clutch pedal move the brake pedal You can reactivate the control by pressing once on the upper part switch to ON or press the button gt page 177 fig 132 or button of the rocker switch or button RES page 177 fig 1330nce A WARNING ZN WARNING It is dangerous to use a set speed which is too high for the prevailing road It is dangerous to use a set speed which is too high for the current road traffic or weather conditions This may cause an accident m traffic or weather conditions Risk of accident m Switching off system temporarily Switching off the control temporarily in vehicles wit
132. cid and batteries Before working on the electrical system you must switch off the engine the ignition and all consumers The negative cable on the battery must be disconnected When a light bulb is changed you need only switch off the light Deactivate the anti theft alarm by unlocking the vehicle before you disconnect the battery The alarm will otherwise be triggered When disconnecting the battery from the vehicle electrical system disconnect first the negative cable and then the positive cable Switch off all electrical consumers before reconnecting the battery Reconnect first the positive cable and then the negative cable Never reverse the polarity of the connections This could cause an electrical fire Never charge a frozen battery or one which has thawed This could result in explosions and chemical burns Always replace a battery which has frozen A flat battery can freeze at temperatures around 0 C Ensure that the vent hose is always connected to the battery Never use a defective battery This may be fatally explosive Replace a damaged battery immediately Caution Never disconnect the battery if the ignition is switched on or if the engine is running This could damage the electrical system or electronic compo nents Do not expose the battery to direct sunlight over a long period of time as the intense ultraviolet radiation can damage the battery housing Tips and Maintenan
133. cking the tailgate Convenience opening of the tailgate It is not possible to open the tailgate when the ignition is on This helps prevent theft e g at traffic lights This function will remain active for approx 30 seconds after the ignition is switched off as long as no door is opened When a door is opened the tailgate immediately unlocks Make sure that the key slot is vertical Operate the handle and pull up the tailgate gt A Closing the tailgate For greater convenience it is possible to open the tailgate for up to 30 Take Del ofarieofthe recessed handlesin theinteriortrimorthe seconds after the last door has been closed and the ignition is switched on gt tailgate Close the tailgate hard gt A in Safety instructions for the tail gate on page 101 A warning appears on the instrument panel if the tailgate is open or not properly closed Depending on the level of equipment fitted an audible 14 Optional equipment Safety First Tips and Maintenance Technical Data Driving with the tailgate open If the tailgate is open or incorrectly closed the following warning may be appear on the display Please note that theft of your cargo is more likely if the tailgate is open A WARNING If you have to drive with the tailgate open please observe the following warnings Observe the following points to reduce the danger of poisoning from exhaust fumes entering the vehicle interior C
134. completely normal and there is no need to suspect a leak Keep the air intake slots in front of the windscreen free of snow ice and leaves to ensure heating and cooling is not impaired and to prevent the windows misting over The air conditioning system operates most effectively with the windows and the sliding tilting roof 4 closed However if the sun has heated up the vehicle the air inside can be cooled more quickly by opening the windows for a short period Operating instructions Heating Ventilation and Air conditioning Do not smoke while air recirculation mode is on as smoke drawn into the cooling system leaves a residue on the evaporator producing a permanent unpleasant odour m 60 Driving Driving Address Adjusting the steering wheel position The height and reach of the steering wheel can be freely adjusted to suit the driver Fig 122 Adjusting the steering wheel position Fig 123 Proper sitting position for driver Adjust the driver seat to the correct position Push the lever under the steering column gt fig 122 down gt Adjust the steering wheel in this way until the correct position is set gt fig 123 Then push the lever up again firmly gt A ZN WARNING Incorrect use of the steering column adjustment function and an incor rect seating position can result in serious injury To avoid accidents the steering column should be adjus
135. copying or translating whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the Copyright Act All rights on changes are reserved This paper has been manufactured using bleached non chlorine cellulose SEAT S A Reprint 15 09 07 Oeva 1SS 8S auto emocion SEAT 619 20 20 OZYgYTSSZSS sajbu
136. cpress snis ciae eimie henaa Rees 63 Code number sssrcrssiseidris sirare rasoi 232 Coming Home function 006 110 Control AMPS veda vised seewaveaaees see 72 Controls Electric windows eee eee eee 102 Convenience closing Sliding tilting roof 04 106 WINdOWS s scents che cag EERE ean 104 Convenience opening WINdOWSis para res tiaren RENANE 104 Cool box CLEANING E E E 201 Coolant eenia EAA 216 217 Coolant Level rsssrsiceriisessrarcoitaaea 217 Coolant level warning light sssssssssssissiinessesess 80 Coolantiloss wiiivssavsacneeeeariesesane 217 Coolant temperature Display sasciescwrsacccsy cides ss eeeansye 65 Safety instructions cece eee eee 80 Cooling and heating box COOLING lt idcsia deans Shareaatesages seed 150 Faults cds siystingassadeiedacases anes 151 Heating cocscseasccd gaa aces maeaa scien 150 NOLES on USA issn cc deterniied daeaeanes 149 Safety Notes ossessi ceros rnis 151 Switching Off sesssescsverscerisserass 150 Correct adjustment of front head restraints 13 Cruise control system e ee eee 176 Warming lampe asss ss cua ruenayeieae ds 75 Cup holders sssini sisigan s DENER eae ts 137 Curtain airbags ssesisrisierieseri es eae ce 42 Description retris ra EATE 42 FUNCION aT REEERE VEERO NE sacha 43 Safety nOt S siis ccc aeese cies s saneis 43 D Daylight driving lights 0 109 Deadlock siicciicddecascay eu onsaanans
137. cupants must not travel behind a fitted safety net m Roof carrier Safety notes on using the roof carrier The roof carrier system must always be installed exactly according to the instructions provided Your vehicle has special roof rails on the right and left for fitting the mounts Therefore standard roof carriers cannot be used The mounts are the basis of a complete roof carrier system Special fixtures must then be added in order to safely transport luggage bicycles skis surf boards or boats on the roof All these system components are avail able from SEAT Service We recommend you use genuine SEAT roof carrier systems If you wish to use a different roof carrier make sure that it can be fitted securely to your vehicle and that it cannot damage your vehicle We recommend that you keep the assembly instructions provided by the roof carrier manufacturer in your vehicle wallet Only the fitted retainers may be used to secure the carrier feet on vehicles without a roof railing These retainers are located underneath the plastic rain channel between the markings 148 Seats and stowage Invehicles with roof edging the basic supports can be fitted on the edge making sure to adapt the distance between the supports to the objects to be carried On vehicles with a sliding tilting roof however the front carrier may not be fitted near the rear edge of the sliding tilting roof when the roof is open W
138. d Adjust the head restraint so that its upper edge is at the same level as the top of your head gt fig 83 and fig 84 Adjusting the head restraints page 124 Fig 83 Front view head restraints and seat belts A WARNING correctly adjusted Travelling with the head restraints removed or improperly adjusted increases the risk of severe injuries Improperly adjusted head restraints could lead to death in the event of a collision or accident Incorrectly adjusted head restraints also increase the risk of injury during sudden or unexpected driving or braking manoeuvres The head restraints must always be adjusted according to the occu pant s size m Operating instructions 124 Seats and stowage Removing or adjusting head restraints Pull head restraint out of fitting without releasing the button The head restraints can be adjusted by moving them up and Fitting the head restraint down Insert the head restraint into the guides on the rear backrest Press and hold button fig 85 arrow and push the head restraint down as far as it will go Adjust the head restraint to suit body size ZN WARNING Never drive if the head restraints have been removed Risk of injury e After refitting the head restraint you must always adjust it properly for height to achieve optimal protection Fig 85 Adjusting and removing the head amma restraints Please observe the safet
139. d be checked as soon as possible f several priority 2 warning reports are detected at the same time the symbols are displayed one after the other for about 2 seconds at a time Priority 2 warning reports will not be shown until all Priority 1 warning reports have been dealt with ZN WARNING Failure to observe fault texts and warning lamps can result in serious personal injury or damage to your vehicle m Operating instructions 2 Cockpit Warning lamps Overview of the warning lamps The warning lamps indicate a number of different functions and possible faults Fig 48 Instrument panel with warning lamps Some of the items of equipment listed here are fitted only on certain models model years or are optional extras Item Symbol Meaning of warning and control lamps Further information ey Airbag page 34 1p Trailer turn signals gt page 74 O Cruise control gt page 75 O Operate the foot brake gt page 75 Q Rear fog light gt page 75 gt Cockpit 73 Item Symbol Meaning of warning and control lamps Further information If lit preheating system active KOTON If flashing there is a fault in the engine management die page 75 sel engines Contact a specialist workshop ep Turn signals gt page 75 EPC Engine fault petrol engine gt page 75 Main beam headlights
140. d be used Lifting platforms with fluid filled cushions may not be used for lifting the vehicle Caution The vehicle should never be lifted at the engine oil sump the gearbox or the front or rear axle This could cause serious damage to the vehicle 256 If and when Before driving onto a lifting platform you must check there is sufficient clearance between low parts of the vehicle and the lifting platform m General notes on the technical data 257 Technical Data General notes on the technical data What you should be aware of General notes All data in the official vehicle documents take precedence over this data All data in these documents are valid for the basic model as offered in Spain The figures may be different if additional equipment is fitted for different The vehicle data card included in the inspection and maintenance schedule models for special vehicles and for other countries in the vehicles registration documents show which engine is installed in the vehicle Abbreviations used in this paragraph of the Technical Data Abbreviation Meaning kW Kilowatt engine power measurement bhp Brake horse power formerly used to denote engine power at rpm Revolutions per minute engine speed Nm Newton metres unit of engine torque 1 100 km Fuel consumption in litres per 100 kilometres g km Carbon dioxide emissions in grams per kilometre CO Carbo
141. d in any way of arrow Do not allow the belt webbing to become twisted or jammed or to rub on any sharp edges Restoring the normal seat Ifthe child seat or any parts of the seat are damaged or if the child seat First fold the child seat cushion up gt has to withstand the force of a collision in an accident the seat or part of the seat must be replaced preferably by a qualified dealership m Safety First Pull the loop in the direction of the arrow and push the seat cushion down until it engages Fitting the slumber roll Remove the head restraint Fit the head restraint onto the slumber roll Reinsert the head restraint and push down until it can be heard to engage Removing the slumber roll Remove the head restraint Pull the slumber roll off the head restraint Reinsert the head restraint and push down until it can be heard to engage For safety reasons we recommend that the child seat for children in Group 1 is installed facing against the direction of travel m Child safety 55 Adjusting the belt routing for larger children in Group 1 A correctly adjusted seat belt helps to protect your child Fig 36 Integrated child seats adjusting the belt routing Pull the upper part gt fig 36 of the support off the Velcro fasteners to the front Forlarger children guide the two shoulder belts in the side slots to the upper position 6
142. d undo the two Philips screws gt fig 68 Move the cover in the direction of the arrow and remove gt fig 68 Turn the cover A gt fig 69 of the lever opening in the direction of the arrow Remove the lever from its casing insert it in the opening and close the roof Replace the lever in its casing and turn the cover A gt fig 69 over the lever opening Replace the cover and interior light m Lights and visibility Lights Switching lights on and off Fig 70 Detailed view of dash panel lights fog light and rear fog light control Switching on the daylight driving light only available in some countries To switch on the daylight driving lights leave the light switch in position O when you turn on the ignition Switching on the side lights Turn the light switch fig 70 to position 2 gt A Switching on dipped headlights Turn the light switch to position ZO Operating instructions Switching off the lights Turn the light switch to position O Switching on the front fog lights Pull the switch out of position X2 or ZO to the first stop The symbol 0 in the light switch lights up Switching on the rear fog lights vehicles with no front fog lights Pullthe switch out of position ZO to the last stop A warning lamp lights up in the instrument panel Q Switching on the rear fog lights vehicles with front fog lights Pullthe switch out of p
143. ded petrol 98 RON the following is valid Premium unleaded fuel with 95 RON can also be used This Notes on filling with fuel gt page 206 m can however result in a slight loss of power under certain driving conditions If premium unleaded petrol is not available the engine can be run on regular unleaded petrol with 91 RON as an emergency measure In this case only use moderate engine speeds and a light throttle Avoid using full RME fuel throttle Fill up with premium petrol as soon as possible Only vehicles fitted with special equipment may drive with biodiesel fuel in accordance with standard DIN EN 14214 Caution Petrol that follows EN 228 may be mixed with small quantities of ethanol The biodiesel fuel must comply with the DIN EN 14 214 FAME Standard However the so called bioethanol fuels available at commercial establish ments with reference E50 or E85 which contain a high percentage of ethanol may not be used as they will damage the fuel system Biodiesel is a methylester obtained from rapeseed oil DIN is a German abbreviation for Deutsches Institut f r Normung e V the German standards institute Even one tankfull of leaded fuel would permanently impair the efficiency j e of the catalytic converter EN means European Norm FAME is the English abbreviation Fatty Acid Methyl Ester gt Tips and Maintenance 208 Checking and refilling levels If the d
144. der the car 3 Check that the foot of the jack has full contact with the ground 4 Adjust the jack and continue to crank the claw up until it is in position around the vertical rib gt fig 160 arrow underneath the vehicle gt A Fig 159 The jacking points 5 Crank the jack further until the wheel is just clear of the ground The jack may be applied only at the jacking points shown fig 159 The front jacking point is approx 11 cm from the wheel arch The rear jacking point is approx 14 cm from the wheel arch Notches on both sides in the sills show where the jacking points are under the vehicle Z WARNING You could injure yourself or damage the vehicle if you do not observe the correct jacking points Soft ground under the jack may cause the vehicle to slip off the jack Always provide a firm base for the jack on the ground If necessary use a large strong board or similar support On a hard slippery surface such as tiles use a rubber mat or similar to prevent the jack from slipping Fig 160 Jack at rear on right The jack claw must grasp the vertical rib under the sill properly so that the jack does not slip off when you are raising the vehicle fig 160 gt Tips and Maintenance a Note The hexagonal socket in the screwdriver handle should be used for turning wheel bolts only Do not use it to loosen or tighten the wheel bolts m Changing a wheel Removing the
145. djusted in many ways to suit the physical requirements of the vehicle occupants The correct seat position is very important for fast and easy operation of all controls on the instrument panel relaxed posture that does not cause drowsiness safe driving optimum protection from the seat belts and airbag system gt page 7 Vehicle seats Your vehicle has a total of five or seven seats First row of seats two seats Second row of seats three seats Third row of seats two seats Each seat is equipped with a three point seat belt ZA WARNING continued ZN WARNING If the driver and passengers assume improper sitting positions they may sustain critical injuries Never transport more people than there are seats available in the vehicle 24 Optional equipment Every occupant in the vehicle must properly fasten and wear the seat belt belonging to his or her seat Children must be protected with an appro priate child restraint system Section Child Safety The seats and all head restraints must always be adjusted to body size and the seat belt must always be properly adjusted to provide you and your passengers with optimum protection e Always keep your feet in the footwell when the vehicle is moving never rest them on the dash panel out of the window or on the seat This also applies to passengers An incorrect sitting position exposes you to an increased risk of inj
146. door window with one touch opening and closing gt page 103 G Button for the right front door window with one touch opening and closing page 103 Safety switch for deactivating the electric window buttons in the rear doors 4 Button for window in rear left door Button for window in rear right door Safety switch 4 Safety switch gt fig 64 in the driver door can be used to disable the elec tric window buttons in the rear doors Safety switch not pressed buttons on rear doors are activated Safety switch pressed buttons on rear doors are deactivated Z WARNING Incorrect use of the electric windows can result in injury Never close the tailgate without observing and ensuring it is clear to do otherwise could cause serious injury to you and others Make sure that no one is in the path of a window e Always take the vehicle key with you when you leave the vehicle Never leave children or disabled persons in the vehicle particularly if they have access to the keys Misuse of the keys for example by children may result in serious damage and accident The engine may accidentally be started and be out of control 16 Optional equipment Z WARNING continued If the ignition is switched on the electric equipment could be acti vated with risk of injury for example in the electric windows The doors can be locked using the remote control key This could
147. e belt for the outer seats in the centre row is removed insert the webbing behind the guide of the side trim fig 20 in order to lower the backrest without damaging the webbing The seat belts must be removed from the holder before removing the individual seats This means that the belts will not be damaged m Belt height adjustment Seat belt height adjusters can be used to adjust the position of the seat belt at the shoulder Fig 21 Location of the w belt height adjuster The seat belt adjustment for the front seats and the outer seats in the second row can be used to adjust the proper belt web position at the shoulder Press the upper part gt fig 21 of the shoulder belt guide in the direction of the arrow and hold it in this position Move the shoulder belt guide up or down until you have adjusted the seat belt to the correct position After adjusting pull the shoulder belt sharply to check that the catch on the shoulder belt guide is engaged securely m Safety First Incorrectly fastened seat belts Incorrectly worn seat belts can cause severe injuries Seat belts can provide optimal protection only if the belt web is properly worn This is particularly true of seat belts with two buckles The seat belts must be fastened exactly in the order described in this chapter An incorrect sitting position impairs substantially the protection a seat belt offers and can lead to severe or fatal injuries
148. e direction of the arrow gt fig 59 Deactivating the childproof lock Unlock the car and open the door on which you wish to deacti vate the child proof lock Move the lever using the vehicle key in the opposite direction to the arrow Unlocking and locking The childproof lock can be activated to prevent children opening the doors by accident When the childproof lock is activated the door can be opened from the outside only The childproof lock can be activated and deactivated using a key when the door is open m Key with remote control Unlocking and locking vehicle The remote control key enables you to lock and unlock the vehicle from a distance Fig 60 Range of the remote control Operating instructions Unlocking and locking Fig 61 Assignment of buttons on the remote weeir control key Unlocking the vehicle Press button fig 61 on remote control to unlock all the doors and tailgate Locking the vehicle Press button 8 on remote control to lock all the doors and tailgate When either of these buttons is pressed the battery indicator lamp on the key gt fig 61 lights up Using button fig 61 on the control the key shaft is released The remote control transmitter and the batteries are integrated in the remote control The receiver is in the interior of the vehicle The remote control when fitted with new batteries has a range of several metres around
149. e ee eee eee Brakes Braking distance 20000 Breakdown set SLOTAGE se i areas wear aded she eee nace Bulb change Bulb defect Waming lAMP i css cases daeeeewe sacs Buzzer c Car care Exterior s errneisarriecar ii totas pisai Car care products Carphone eresere issa ritt pE EnEn oe 203 CarwasheS uree ciewrsecameaoisvaceua ete 194 Catalytic converter 0000 186 CCS cs PEE E ceeds sane EET 176 CD changer LOCATON iseci inde EErEE Ea 137 Central locking ssscesissssirsrscerisi sass 89 individual opening of doors 90 Central locking button 92 Central stowage on instrument panel 134 Cetane number o cicsccsscdsseriseseee es 207 Changing alight cisccsssisseeeisieew esas 245 Changing a wheel 236 240 Changing brake pads 185 Changing bulbs lights on tailgate rear door 247 Lights on vehicle body 246 Reading light sc eee eee eee 249 Registration plate light 247 Changing gear See Manual gearbox 166 Changing the bulbs interiorlight 06ccscccesrswe dence eae 248 Tear lights sissisiacssssenie base vene 246 Changing the lamps Side indicator lights 245 Chassis number 0eee eee 258 GHECKING je 26 ced aegvecadginetiieaesaae 224 Checking battery electrolyte level 224 Checking engine oil level
150. e emitted three times when the engine speed exceeds 1500 rpm Stop and switch off the engine check the oil level and replace if neces sary gt page 214 If the warning light flashes even though the oil level is correct do not continue driving The engine should not be turning even at idle speed Obtain technical assistance If while driving the engine speed falls to below idling speed the oil pressure warning light may come on Increase the engine speed by accelerating or dropping to a lower gear A yellow light comes on oil level too low If the warning light comes on in yellow this indicates that the oil level is too low Switch off engine check oil level replacing where necessary When the bonnet is opened the oil level warning will fall to zero But if it is not topped with oil the light will come back on after approximately 100 km Yellow flashing defective oil level If the oil gauge is faulty a sound signal is emitted and the warning light flashes several times At the same time a warning appears briefly on the on board computer display The engine should immediately be checked by a Technical Service Centre From the moment the defect appears until the engine is checked the level of oil should be constantly monitored preferably every time the vehicle is refuelled m Coolant Level temperature The warning lamp lights up if the coolant temperature is too high or if the coolant level is too low T
151. e extra safety afforded by the system tempt you into taking any risks when driving Risk of accident The ESP and TCS cannot defy the laws of motion This should be kept in mind particularly on slippery and wet roads and when towing a trailer e Always adapt your driving style to suit the condition of the roads and the traffic situation The ESP cannot reduce the risk of accident if for example you are driving with an unsuitable load or too close to the preceding vehicle Modifications to the vehicle or work carried out incorrectly e g to the engine the brake system running gear or any components affecting the wheels and tyres could affect the efficiency of the ABS EDL ESP and TCS and lessen their efficiency The effectiveness of the ESP is also determined by the tyres fitted gt page 225 Caution In order to ensure that ESP and TCS function correctly all four wheels must be fitted with the same tyres Any differences in the rolling radius of the tyres can cause the system to reduce engine power when this is not desired m Tips and Maintenance 184 Intelligent technology Power steering Replacing tyres In vehicles with four wheel drive all four tyres should have the same amount Power steering does not work if the engine is not running or if the power of wear All four wheels must have the same rolling circumference steering system has developed a fault In this case the steering wheel
152. e in Nm at rpm 170 2600 4200 No of cylinders capacity in cm 3 4 1984 Compression 10 5 0 5 Fuel Super 95 RON Normal 91 RON a Research Octane Number Measure of the predetonation power of the petrol gt with a slight power loss Performance figures Maximum speed in km h 177 Acceleration from 0 80 km h in sec 10 6 Acceleration from 0 100 km h in sec 15 2 Consumption litres 100 km CO g km Urban cycle 12 8 302 Extra urban cycle 7 4 172 Combined 9 4 223 Technical Data 264 Technical Data Weights Gross vehicle weight in kg 2430 Weight in working order with driver in kg 1653 1973 Gross axle weight front in kg 1210 Gross axle weight rear in kg 980 Permitted roof load in kg 75 Trailer weights With no brakes gradients up to 12 700 With brakes gradients up to 12 1800 Engine oil capacity Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4 0 litres E Petrol engine 2 0 litre 85 kW 115 hp Automatic General engine data Power output in kW bhp rpm 85 115 5200 Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 170 2600 4200 No of cylinders capacity in cm 4 1984 Compression 10 Fuel Super 95 RON Normal 91 RON gt a Research Octane Number Measure of the predetonation power of the petrol b With a slight power loss Technical Data 265 Perform
153. e information on the activation of this function The remote control transmitter and the batteries are integrated in the remote control The receiver is in the interior of the vehicle Obstacles between the remote control and the vehicle bad weather conditions and discharged batteries can considerably reduce the range of the remote control The remote control only locks and unlocks the vehicle when it is used within range The vehicle will be locked again automatically if you do not open one of the doors or the tailgate 30 seconds after unlocking the car This function prevents the vehicle from remaining unlocked if the unlocking button is pressed by mistake fit is not possible to open or close the vehicle using the remote control this should be re synchronised page 96 or change the battery gt page 96 The working of the remote control may be momentarily affected if there is transmitter using the same waveband e g radiotelephone mobile tele phone etc in the vicinity of the vehicle m Synchronising the remote control key Synchronising the remote control key Briefly press the open button gt page 95 fig 61 once Then open or close the vehicle using the key bit within one minute gt page 90 The vehicle can no longer be opened and closed with the remote control if you press button page 95 fig 61 a long way outside the effective range of the radio wave remote control The remote control key
154. e power supply to the 12 Volt socket Run the engine to recharge the battery If these steps do not help contact a qualified dealership m Operating instructions Seats and stowage jasi Safety notes on using the cooling and heating box Z WARNING For reasons of safety the cooling and heating box lid must always be closed and latched when the vehicle is in motion The cooling and heating box must always be firmly secured in the correct floor anchorings ifthe temperature in the vehicle is too low the temperature in the box may fall below 2 degrees and the contents may freeze Bottles and other containers could burst Risk of injury For reasons of safety the cooling and heating box lid must not be used as a table or shelf when the vehicle is in motion e Always close the lid of the cooling and heating box before the vehicle moves off If the flap is open it could drop down when the vehicle moves off Risk of injury m Heating Ventilation and Air conditioning Heating Ventilation and Air conditioning Climatronic Controls The Climatronic maintains the selected vehicle temperature automatically Rey 12 The cooling system only works when the engine is running and the blower is switched on To switch a function on or off press the appropriate button gt fig 117 The temperature and the blower can be controlled individually at the front or rear of the vehicle Fig
155. e telephones and two way radios should be fitted only by a qualified workshop for example an Authorised Service Centre ZN WARNING e Always concentrate primarily on driving If you are distracted while driving you could have an accident Never attach the telephone mountings to the surfaces covering the airbag units or within the range of the airbags danger of injury if the airbag is triggered Ifyou use mobile telephones or two way radios in the vehicle without an external aerial electromagnetic radiation in the vehicle could exceed authorised limits This also applies to external aerials that have not been correctly installed Caution Failure to observe the above conditions could cause the electronics to malfunction The most common causes of faults are no external aerial external aerial incorrectly installed transmitting power in excess of 10 watts a Note Please observe the operating instructions of your mobile telephone two way radio m Tips and Maintenance 208 Accessories parts replacement and modifications Retrofitting a towing bracket The vehicle can be retrofitted with a towing bracket Fig 135 Attachment points for towing bracket p gt Accessories parts replacement and modifications 205 If a towing bracket is to be retro fitted to the car it must be done according to the instructions of the towing bracket manufacturer The attachment points for the to
156. e upper part of the body The special design of the airbag allows the controlled escape of the propel lant gas when an occupant puts pressure on the bag Thus the head and chest are surrounded and protected by the airbag Once the impact has been absorbed the airbag deflates sufficiently for the front occupants to see forward gt Safety First In order to provide the desired extra protection in an accident the airbags have to deploy extremely rapidly within fractions of a second A fine dust may develop when the airbag deploys This is normal and is no indication that there was a fire in the vehicle m The function of the airbag covers if the airbags are triggered Airbag system 39 ZN WARNING continued The airbag covers fold out of the steering wheel or dash panel when the driver and front passenger airbags deploy The airbag covers remain connected to the steering wheel or the dash panel m Safety notes on front airbag system If you use airbags correctly they can considerably reduce the risk of injury in many kinds of accident When the front airbags are triggered they fill the zones marked in red radius of action Therefore additional accessories should never be placed in these areas gt A The airbag covers fold out of the steering wheel or dash panel when the driver and front passenger airbags deploy The airbag covers remain connected to the steering wheel or the dash panel restraints must al
157. e vehicle gt Additional notes on parking the vehicle on gradients Turn the steering wheel so that the vehicle would roll against the kerb if it did start to roll ifthe vehicle is facing downhill turn the front wheels so that they point towards the kerb fthe vehicle is facing uphill turn the front wheels so that they point away from the kerb Z WARNING Take measures to reduce the risk of injury when you leave your vehicle unattended Never park where the hot exhaust system could ignite inflammable materials such as dry grass low bushes spilt fuel etc Never allow vehicle occupants to remain in the vehicle when it is locked They would be unable to open the vehicle from the inside and could become trapped in the vehicle in an emergency In the event of an emergency locked doors will delay assistance to occupants Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle They could set the vehicle in motion for example by releasing the handbrake or the gear lever selector lever Depending on weather conditions it may become extremely hot or cold inside the vehicle This can be fatal m 174 Driving Parking distance warning system Description The parking distance warning system is a parking aid which draws your attention to obstacles in front or behind the vehicle The parking distance warning system assists the driver when parking If the rear of the vehicle is approaching an obs
158. e windows can be opened and closed centrally from outside the vehicle Using the door lock Hold the key in the door lock of the driver s door in either the locking or the unlocking position until all windows with electric function are either opened or closed Release the key to interrupt this function ZN WARNING Never close the windows without observing and ensuring it is clear to do otherwise could cause serious injury to you and others The windows will be closed with the rollback function if the convenience closing function is used Make sure that no one is in the path of a window m from the outside The windows cannot be opened even in an emergency Unlocking and locking 105 Mechanical vent wings The rear vent wings can be opened and closed manually Fig 65 Release lever for mechanical vent wing Opening Pull the release lever gt fig 65 in the direction of the arrow and push it out at the same time until the lever engages Closing Pull the release lever in the opposite direction to the arrow and push it back until the lever engages Sliding tilting sun roof Opening and closing the sliding tilting roof The sliding tilting roof is opened and closed using the switch when the ignition is switched on Fig 66 Interior roof trim control of sliding tilting Aum roof Opening sliding tilting roof Press the surface fig 66 4 Tilting the sliding tilting
159. e wiper blade as shown by arrow Unhook the wiper blade from the wiper arm Now take off the wiper blade from the wiper arm in the opposite direction to arrow gt Insert a new wiper blade of the same length and design in the direction of arrow and hook the blade back onto the wiper arm Now pull the wiper blade against the direction of arrow until it engages Push the wiper arm back against the glass These are available from SEAT Service If the wiper scrapes it should be replaced if damaged or cleaned if soiled If this does not produce the desired results the setting angle of the wind screen wiper arms might be incorrect They should be checked by a qualified workshop and corrected if necessary ZN WARNING Do not drive unless you have good visibility through all windows Clean the windscreen wiper blades and all windows regularly The wiper blades should be changed once or twice a year Caution Damaged or dirty windscreen wipers could scratch the windscreen Never use fuel nail varnish remover paint thinner or similar products to clean the windows This could damage the windscreen wiper blades Never move the windscreen wiper or windscreen wiper arm manually this could cause damage Note The wiper arms can be moved to the service position only when the bonnet is properly closed m Checking and refilling levels 221 Brake fluid
160. eat cover The child seat cover can be washed in a washing machine at a maximum temperature of 30 C 60 Child safety A WARNING When refitting the child seat cover please ensure that the cover is fitted to the seat in the area of the Velcro fastening in such a way that the belts can move freely in the slots m Safety First Operating instructions Tips and Maintenance Technical Data OOO D BOB 8 m Gad Ge Fig 43 Instrument panel Cockpit CE Operating instructions Cockpit Cup holde siaacssc rrr i E chao tiga sired aR aain 137 Central upper stowage compartment 04 135 Switches for Overview 00O Overview of the instrument panel hazard warning light switch 22 cece eee eee ee 111 This overview will help you to familiarise yourself with the PDC parking distance contro seseeeees 174 controls and displays right seat heating eee eee eee eee 126 cover for supplementary switch Door release lever sseecs ec ieasrvaaseeis cies seen as 93 Glove box Stowage compartment eeeeeeeeeees 135 Electric wing mirror adjustment control 120 Passenger airbag sceeccceeeeceeeeeuuuceeeeees 37 Electric window control cee eee e cette eee enee 102 Passenger side upper stowage compartment 134 Q Light switch 66 eee eee eee eee ee eee tenes eens 110 GI Gearlever o cies saksaasn
161. eat while the vehicle is in motion While adjusting your seat you will assume an incorrect sitting position Risk of injury Only turn the driver or passenger seats when the vehicle is stationary When the vehicle is in motion the rotating front seats must be securely engaged and facing the direction of travel These front seats may be used only when the vehicle is stationary Caution The driver seat and front passenger seat must not be occupied while they are being turned If the seat is occupied when it is turned it could be damaged m Seat heatings The seat cushions and backrests of the front seats can be heated electrically Fig 87 Centre console Seat heating controls Turn the appropriate switch gt fig 87 to switch on the seat heating The seat heating is switched off in the 0 position The seat heating only works when the ignition is switched on The left switch controls the left seat heating and the right switch the right seat heating Caution To avoid damaging the heating elements please do not kneel on the seat or apply sharp pressure at a single point to the seat cushion and backrest m Seats and stowage 127 Rear seats Characteristics of seat equipment The seats in the passenger compartment have the following features depending on the equipment level Integrated three point seat belt with adjustable latch plate holder Integrated ISOFIX anchor points for a child seat
162. eater than the amount of fuel needed to restart the engine The engine takes a very long time to warm up when it is running at idling speed Mechanical wear and pollutant emissions are also especially high during this initial warm up phase It is therefore best to drive off immediately after starting the engine Avoid running the engine at high speed Periodic maintenance Periodic maintenance work guarantees that before beginning a journey you will not waste fuel A well serviced engine gives you the benefit of improved fuel efficiency as well as maximum reliability and an enhanced resale value A maladjusted engine may mean an increase of 10 over normal fuel consumption Check the oil level every time you fill the tank Oil consumption depends to a great extent on the engine load and engine speed It is quite normal that the oil consumption of a new engine only reaches its lowest level after a certain mileage This means that the oil consumption can only be properly assessed after about 5 000 km Depending on your personal driving style oil consump tion can be up to 0 5 litres per 1 000 km Avoid short journeys To reduce the consumption and emission of polluting gases the engine and the exhaust filtration systems should reach the optimum service tempera ture With the engine cold fuel consumption is proportionally higher The engine does not warm up and fuel consumption does not regularise until having driven some four kilometr
163. ecially when using a tow rope Both drivers should be familiar with the technique required for towing Inexperi enced drivers should not attempt to tow start or tow away another vehicle Do not pull too hard with the towing vehicle and take care to avoid jerking the tow rope When towing on an unpaved road there is always a risk of over loading and damaging the anchorage points The ignition of the vehicle being towed must be switched on to prevent the steering wheel from locking and also to allow the use of the turn signals horn windscreen wipers and washers If the vehicle is towed with the hazard warning lights on and the ignition switched on the turn signal may be used to indicate that you are going to change direction Move the turn signal lever accordingly Meanwhile the hazard warning lights will go off When the turn signal lever is returned to the rest position the hazard warning lights will automatically reconnect The brake servo works only when the engine is running In this case the pedal has to be pressed harder As the power assisted steering does not work if the engine is not running you will need more strength to steer than you normally would Towing vehicles with an automatic gearbox Move the selector lever to N Do not drive faster than 50 km h when towing a vehicle Do not tow further than 50 km ifa breakdown truck is used the vehicle must be towed with the front wheels raised gt A WARN
164. econds after switching on the ignition goes out and then comes on again after the ignition is switched on ee orif it comes on or flickers while the car is moving gt airbag located in dash m panel Safety First 38 Airbag system The front airbag system will not be triggered if Function of front airbags if the ignition is switched off P ye Inflated airbags reduce the risk of head or chest injury during a minor frontal collision during a minor side collision during a rear end collision or if the vehicle rolls Z WARNING The seat belts and airbags can only provide maximum protection if the occupants are seated correctly Ifa fault should occur in the airbag system have the system checked immediately by a qualified workshop Otherwise there is a danger that during a frontal collision the system may fail to trigger or not trigger correctly m Fig 24 Inflated front airbags The airbag system is designed so that the front airbags forthe driver and front passenger are triggered in a severe frontal collision In certain types of accident the front curtain and side airbags may be trig gered together When the system is triggered the airbags fill with a propellant gas and deploy in front of the driver and front passenger gt fig 24 The fully deployed airbags cushion the forward movement of the front occupants and help to reduce the risk of injury to the head and th
165. ed of the vehicle and the weight of the vehicle and passengers The higher the speed and the greater the weight the more energy there is to be released in an accident The most significant factor however is the speed of the vehicle If the speed doubles from 25 km h to 50 km h for example the kinetic energy increases by a factor of four Because the passengers in our example are not restrained by seat belts the entire amount of kinetic energy has to be absorbed at the point of impact gt fig i6 Even at speeds of 30 km h to 50 km h the forces acting on bodies in a colli sion can easily exceed one tonne 1 000 kg At greater speed these forces are even higher Passengers not wearing seat belts are not attached to the vehicle In a frontal collision they will continue to move forward at the speed their vehicle gt Seat belts loa was travelling just before the impact This example applies not only to frontal accidents but to all accidents and collisions m The danger of not using the seat belt Many people believe that the occupants can protect them selves with their hands ina minor collision this is false Fig 8 The unbelted rear passenger is thrown forward violently hitting the driver wearing a seat belt Even at low speeds the forces acting on the body in a collision are so great that it is not possible to brace oneself with one s hands Ina frontal collision unbelted passengers are thrown forw
166. een the retaining bolts B in the floor anchorings and release both bars Pull the seat up to ensure that it is properly engaged in the front floor anchorings Fold the seat back until it engages in the rear floor anchorings Fold the backrest back and adjust the head restraint to suit body size Covers for the floor anchorings After removing the seats in the passenger compartment it is possible to fix covers to the floor anchorings to stop dirt getting into them for example You will receive 12 covers delivered with the vehicle Guide the cover into the floor anchoring and press it in The covers will have to be removed by levering them off with the vehicle key before you can install the seats Z WARNING Please observe safety recommendations concerning seats gt page 132 m Seats and stowage Armrests Fig 94 Removable armrest button Fig 95 Protective bag for the removable armrests gt Adjusting the armrest Turn the thumb wheel underneath the armrests to adjust the angle of the armrests to your requirement Removable armrest 2 Take hold of the armrest at the rear and press the button gt page 131 fig 94 in the direction of the arrow With the button pressed pull the armrest off to the side out of the holder When installing please ensure that the armrest engages securely in the holder The removable armrests for the second row of seats
167. efore a journey When the engine is working hard for instance during sustained high speed motorway cruising in summer when towing a trailer or climbing on mountain passes the oil level should preferably be kept within area but not above ZN WARNING Special care must be taken when working on the engine or on components in the engine compartment When working in the engine compartment always observe the safety warnings gt page 209 Caution If the oil level is above the area a do not start the engine This could result in damage to the engine and catalytic converter Contact SEAT Service Centre m Topping up engine oil 7 Top up gradually with small quantities of oil Fa rdime gt J imka i if i E addony e ea e ara Fig 141 Inthe engine compartment Engine oil filler cap Before opening the bonnet read and observe the warnings gt A in Safety instructions on working in the engine compartment on page 209 Unscrew cap from oil filler opening gt fig 141 Top up oil in small amounts using the correct oil To avoid over filling with engine oil you should top up using small quantities wait a while and check the oil level before adding any more oil As soon as the oil level is in area carefully close the cap The position of the oil filler opening is shown in the corresponding engine compartment diagram page 262 Checking and refilling levels 2
168. ehicles with the diesel particulate filter should not use RME fuel The diesel particulate filter system is made up of the following elements Additive deposit with integrated pump biodiesel as it may damage the fuel system Additive Using diesel fuel with a high sulphur count can reduce the working life of Diesel particulate filter the filter Your SEAT dealership will be able to tell you which countries have Lambda probe diesel with a high sulphur content m The diesel particulate filter removes practically all the particulates of soot from the exhaust gas The filter retains these particulates and burns them By adding additive automatically the ignition temperature of the soot is Driving abroad lowered The additive is in a separate deposit and after settling is pumped to the interior of the fuel tank The additive is also burned in the filter with the soot and so is not released into the atmosphere Notes For driving abroad the following must be taken into consideration gt Tips and Maintenance Driving and the environment Forvehicles fitted with a catalytic converter ensure that unleaded petrol is available for the journey See the chapter Refuelling Automobile organisa tions will have information about service station networks selling unleaded fuel in some countries it is possible that a vehicle model is sold under condi tions where some spare parts are not available or that the
169. elligent technology A WARNING ZN WARNING Special care must be taken when working on the engine or on components in the engine compartment Itis important that you read and observe the corresponding warnings before working in the engine compartment gt page 209 Ifthe brake warning symbol does not go out or if it lights up when driving the brake fluid level in the reservoir is too low or there is a fault in the brake system Risk of accident Stop the vehicle and do not drive on You should obtain professional assistance Ifthe brake warning lamp lights up together with the ABS warning lamp the control function of the ABS could be out of action This could cause the rear wheels to lock quickly when you brake This could cause the rear to break away Risk of skidding Drive carefully to the nearest qualified Try to always adapt the speed of the vehicle to weather road and traffic conditions Do not let the extra safety afforded by the system tempt you into taking any risks when driving Risk of accident The risk of accident is higher if you drive too fast if you do not keep your distance from the car in front and when the road surface is slippery or wet The increased accident risk cannot be reduced by the brake assist system The brake assist system cannot defy the laws of motion Slippery and wet roads are dangerous even with the brake assist system Modifications to the vehicle or work carried out
170. en disconnected or is empty and will have to be reset Close all windows and doors Use the key to lock the vehicle from outside and hold the key in the lock position for at least one second The one touch function is now ready for operation If you push or pull a button to the first stage the window will open or close until you release the button If you push or lift the button briefly to the second stage the window will open one touch opening or close one touch closing automatically If you operate the button while the window is opening or closing it stops at this position The one touch opening and closing function will not function once the igni tion has been switched off The one touch function and roll back function will not work if there is a malfunction in the electric windows Contact an Authorised Service Centre m Roll back function on electric windows The windows have a roll back function This reduces the risk of injuries when the windows are closing Ifa window is obstructed when closing automatically the window stops at this point and opens immediately gt A Ifthis happens check immediately within 10 seconds why the window could not be closed before attempting to close it again After 10 seconds the window s closing force is automatically increased ifthe window is still obstructed the window stops at this point lf there is no obvious reason why the window cannot be closed t
171. en y Exhaust gas emission control system 186 Deactivating airbags 000 44 MITOS oo ses ee ee ee tence nsec seen enone 119 Driving abroad 187 Child safety o n noiiire 46 Seats and stowage s ssissereren 122 Trailer towing 188 a E EE 46 The importance of correct seat adjustment 122 Driving economically and with respect for the EEE E EAT 48 Head restraints iseisicros iesper akinti 123 SAVIFONIMEN ES ia LEANER EA 191 Installation of child seats in vehicle seats 51 Front seats 20 esse eee seer teen e es 125 Cleaning and caring for your vehicle 193 Integrated child seat cece eee eee 54 Rear seats ssssessrrererrerrerrereererse 127 General Notes scaieceeaid grauen te en 193 Stowage compartments 0 005 134 Care of the vehicle exterior 0 194 Ashtrays cigarette lighter and electrical sockets 140 Care of the vehicle interior 0e 199 Hazard warning triangles and first aid kit 143 Luggage compartment 005 143 ow Contents ee Accessories parts replacement and Technical Data ee cee eee eee ee 262 modifications 0c cece eee ee eee 202 Checking fluid levels 0 0 eee ee 262 Accessories and parts 0e eee 202 Petrol engine 2 0185 kW 115 bhp 6 gear 263 Modif Cations erekere niti eea ai 202 Petrol engine 2 0 litre 85 kW 115 hp Automatic 264 ROOR ASH ALT
172. enens 92 Diagram of gears 2 eee eee eee 166 Diesel senori rosset esas nE CENNETE EEN 207 Diesel engine Winter driving ee eee eee eee ee 208 Diesel particulate filter 0 187 WaMiINng laMP i sicvescs eee ecsae een tes 77 Differential lock fault EDL WaMing lampes cinvascwtesamenag a eaves 77 Dipped headlights 0 109 Disabling airbag front passenger airbag 44 Disabling front and side passenger airbag Safety notes eee eee eee eee eee 45 Disabling frontal airbag 44 Display Instrument panel 00005 69 Door lock cylinders eee eee eee 197 Door open display waming light sss20cescgensess pare ced as Door release lever Drink holders Driving Driving abroad Economically With Respect for the Environment With a trailer With four wheel drive Driving abroad Headlights Driving economically Driving safety van resesi cee eee aadesasicns Driving with respect forthe environment Duplicate keys Dust filter Dynamic headlight range control EDS Warning lamp Electric consumers 000005 Electric windows controls one touch closing and opening roll back function Electrical accessories Electrical windows 20000 102 Electronic differential lock 182 Warning lamp sia eiss csgacavecaseaa soe 76 warning lamp 2 cess eee eee 181 Electronic
173. engine compartment of any motor vehicle is a dangerous area This warning lamp also flashes when the turn signals are Before you open the bonnet to work on the engine or in the engine compart operated while towing a caravan or trailer ment you must switch off the engine and allow it to cool to reduce the risk of scalding or other injuries Read and observe the relevant warnings The warning lamp lt 1 flashes when the turn signals are operated provided a gt page 209 trailer is correctly attached and connected to the vehicle i The warning lamp will not flash if one of the turn signals on the trailer fails m Note The appropriate warning lamp for a fault will light up in vehicles without warning or information texts in the display Cruise control system The warning lamp comes on when the cruise control system is switched on The warning lamp lights up when the cruise control system is switched on For further notes on the cruise control system see gt page 176 m Operating the foot brake The footbrake must be depressed when this warning lamp lights up This is necessary when the automatic gearbox selector lever is moved out of the positions P or N m Rear fog light 0 This warning lamp lights up when the rear fog light is switched on Q Further information gt page 109 m Faults in diesel engines 00 This indicator monitors the engine management system for diesel engines If a malfunction occurs
174. entre Wax deposits on the windscreen could cause the wiper blades to judder A window cleanser specifically for removing wax will stop the blades juddering if added to the windscreen washer fluid Grease removing cleansers will not remove wax deposits Caution Never use warm or hot water to remove snow and ice from windows and mirrors This could cause the glass to crack gt Cleaning and caring for your vehicle 197 The heating element for the rear window is located on the inner side of the Door lock cylinders window To prevent damage do not put stickers over the heating elements on the inside of the window m The door lock cylinders can freeze up in winter To de ice the lock cylinders you should only use spray with lubricating and i p anti corrosive properties m Cleaning windscreen wiper blades Clean wiper blades are essential for clear vision Cleaning chrome parts 1 Use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt from the windscreen wiper blades 1 Clean chrome parts with a damp cloth 2 Use window cleanser to clean the windscreen wiper blades Use 2 Polish chrome parts with a soft dry cloth a sponge or a cloth to remove stubborn stains m If this does not provide satisfying results use a specialist chrome cleaning product Chrome cleaning products will remove stains and coatings from the surface Care of rubber seals If rubber seals are well looked after they will not freeze so Caution quickly To pre
175. er Turn the ignition on and turn the reset button to the right The display will return to the normal mode a Note The next service will be displayed after 15 000 km 10 000 miles if you reset the service display yourself The service interval will not be determined individually Do not reset the display between service intervals as the display will otherwise be incorrect m Cockpit CE Display in the instrument panel combi instrument Depending on the exact nature of the functional problem audible warnings may also be given Fault messages g Note Faults are shown by warning lamps and oras symbols with The size of the display depends on the type of combi instrument you have warning and information reports on the display fitted In some models the combi instrument does not have an integrated display The system runs a check on certain components and functions when the igni Inaddition to warning messages given on a fault you will receive informa tion is switched on and while the vehicle is moving Functional problems are tion in the display on procedures or will be asked to carry out certain tasks m shown by warning lamps and or red or yellow symbols with fault texts on the Overview of selected fault messages Fault messages are displayed on the combi instrument display The following overview does not show all fault messages Not all fault Warning symbols priority 1 messages are displayed w
176. er EC test requirements 1999 100 EC These test requirements specify a real isti hod based l day driving The fuel consumption and emissions figures given are based on the weight Iste test metio g ears Noma Every cay Crving category of the car which is determined according to the engine gearbox The following test conditions are applied combination and the equipment fitted Urban cycle The urban cycle starts with an engine cold start City driving is then simulated In the extra urban cycle the vehicle undergoes frequent acceleration and braking in all gears as in normal everyday driving The Extra urbai cycle road speed ranges from 0 to 120 km h The average overall consumption is calculated with a weighting of around 37 for the urban cycle and 63 for the extra urban Combined cycle The exhaust gases are collected during both driving cycles to calculate carbon dioxide emissions The gas composition is then CO emission eae 2 emissions analysed to evaluate the CO content and other emissions a Note Actual consumption may vary from quoted test values depending on personal driving style road and traffic conditions the weather and the condi tion of the vehicle m Technical Data Weights Kerb weight refers to the basic model with a fuel tank filled to 90 capacity and without optional extras The figure quoted includes 75 kg to allow for the weight of the driver For special versions and o
177. er fluids have your vehicle inspected in a qualified workshop m Opening the bonnet The bonnet is released from inside the vehicle Fig 138 Detail of radi ator grille lever for unlocking the bonnet Before you open the bonnet make sure that the windscreen wiper arms are in contact with the windscreen Failure to do so could damage the paintwork Opening the bonnet To release the bonnet pull the lever under the dashboard gt fig 137 in the direction indicated arrow The bonnet is Fig 137 Detail of foot unlocked by a spring gt A well area on driver s side lever for unlocking the bonnet Gently lift the bonnet and press the unlock button gt fig 138 in the direction of the arrow Open the bonnet to the point where it is held open by the gas struts ZN WARNING Hot coolant can scald gt Tips and Maintenance ZA WARNING continued Never open the bonnet if you see steam smoke or coolant escaping from the engine compartment Wait until no more steam smoke or coolant is emitted from the bonnet then carefully open the bonnet Make sure that the support rod is inserted securely and properly in the holder in the open bonnet When working in the engine compartment always observe the safety warnings gt page 209 m Closing the bonnet Closing the bonnet 1 To close the bonnet pull it down to overcome the gas strut pres sure
178. ery corrosive and caustic Wear protec tive gloves and eye protection Fires sparks naked lights and smoking are prohibited A highly explosive mixture of gases is released when the battery is under charge A A Keep children away from acid and batteries Z WARNING Always be aware of the danger of injury and chemical burns as well as the risk of accident or fire when working on the battery and the electrical system Wear eye protection Protect your eyes skin and clothing from acid and particles containing lead Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic Wear protective gloves and eye protection Do not tilt the batteries This could spill acid through the vents Rinse battery acid from eyes immediately for several minutes with clear water Then seek medical care immediately Neutralize any acid splashes on the skin or clothing with a soapy solution and rinse off with plenty of water If acid is swallowed by mistake consult a doctor immedi ately Fires sparks naked lights and smoking are prohibited When handling cables and electrical equipment avoid causing sparks and electrostatic ZA WARNING continued charge Never short the battery terminals High energy sparks can cause injury A highly explosive mixture of gases is released when the battery is under charge The batteries should be charged in a well ventilated room only Keep children away from a
179. es When the headlights are switched on the brightness of the instruments and switch lighting can be regulated to suit your requirements by turning the switch page 110 fig 71 Headlight range control Using the headlight range control you can adjust the headlight range to the load level that is being carried in the vehicle In this way it is possible to avoid dazzling oncoming traffic more than necessary At the same time the driver has the best possible lighting for the road ahead using the correct headlight settings The headlights can only be adjusted when the dipped beam is switched on To lower the beam turn the switch down 2 from the basic setting 0 The settings on the switch correspond roughly to the following load condi tions Front seats occupied and light luggage in the vehicle 1 Several seats occupied and light luggage in the vehicle 2 All seats occupied and heavy luggage in luggage compartment 3 Front seats occupied and heavy luggage in luggage compart ment If the vehicle load does not correspond to those shown in the table it is possible to select intermediary positions Dynamic headlight range control Vehicles with gas discharge lamps xenon lamps are equipped with dynamic headlight range control When the dipped light is switched on the range of the headlights adjusts to the vehicle load condition In these vehi cles the control is not available 19
180. es This is the reason why we recommend avoiding short trips wherever possible Tips and Maintenance Driving and the environment 91 gt 192 Driving and the environment Maintain the correct tyre pressures Bear in mind that keeping the tyres at an adequate pressure saves fuel If the tyre pressures are just 1 bar too low this can put the fuel consumption up by as much as 5 Due to the greater rolling resistance under inflation also increases tyre wear and impairs handling The tyre pressures should always be checked when the tyres are cold Do not use winter tyres all through the year they will increase fuel consump tion by up to 10 Avoid unnecessary weight Every kilo of extra weight will put up the fuel consumption so it is worth checking the luggage compartment occasionally to make sure that no unnec essary loads are being transported Save electrical energy The engine activates the alternator which produces electricity With the need for electricity fuel consumption is also increased Because of this always turn off electrical equipment when you do not need them Examples of equip ment that use a lot of electricity are the fan at high speeds the rear window heating or the seat heaters Logbook A good way of keeping a check on fuel consumption is to take regular notes You will be able to note the variations both positive and negative and react accordingly m Environmental friendliness
181. est tilted far back The airbag system and seat belts can only provide optimal protection when the back rest is in an upright position and the driver is wearing his or her seat belt properly The further the backrests are tilted to the rear the greater the risk of injury due to incorrect positioning of the belt web or the incorrect sitting position Adjust the head restraint properly to achieve optimal protection m Safe driving Proper sitting position for front passenger The front passenger must sit at least 25 cm away from the dash panel so that the airbag can provide the greatest possible protection in the event that it is triggered For your own safety and to reduce the risk of injury in the event of an accident we recommend the following adjustments for the front passenger Move the front passenger seat back as far as possible gt A Move the backrest to an upright position so that your back rests completely against it Adjust the head restraint so that its upper edge is at the same level as the top of your head or as close as possible to the same level as the top of your head gt page 13 Keep both feet in the foot well in front of the front passenger seat Fasten your seat belt correctly gt page 18 It is possible to deactivate the passenger airbag in exceptional circum stances gt page 25 Adjusting the front passenger s seat ZN WARNING An incorrect sitting
182. f the maximum permissible drawbar load cannot be met e g with small empty and light weight single axle trailers or tandem axle trailers with an axle base of less than 1 metre at least 4 of the actual trailer weight is a legal stipulation for a drawbar load ZN WARNING For safety reasons you should not drive at speeds above 80 km h when towing a trailer This also applies to countries where higher speeds are permitted Never exceed the maximum trailer weights or the draw bar loading If the permissible axle load or the permissible total weight is exceeded the driving characteristics of the vehicle may change leading to accidents injuries and damage to the vehicle m Wheels Tyre pressure snow chains wheel bolts Tyre pressures The sticker with the tyre pressure values can be found on the inside of the tank flap The tyre pressure values given there are for cold tyres The slightly raised pressures of warm tyres must not be reduced gt A General notes on the technical data 261 Snow chains Snow chains may be fitted only to the front wheels Consult the chapter wheels of this manual Wheel bolts After the wheels have been changed the tightening torque of the wheel bolts should be checked as soon as possible with a torque wrench gt A The tight ening torque for steel and alloy wheels is 120 Nm ZN WARNING Check the tyre pressure at least once per month Correct tyre pressure i
183. ffect of the engine For example you should drive down a very steep slope in 3rd gear If the engine brake effect is not sufficient the vehicle will gain speed The automatic gearbox direct shift gearbox automatically changes up to prevent the engine over revving Use the foot brake to reduce speed and change into 3rd gear using Tiptronic gt A Your vehicle has an automatic interlock which prevents the selector lever being put into a position for driving forwards or in reverse from positions P or N if the brake pedal is not depressed The ignition key cannot be removed unless the selector lever is in position P Operating instructions Driving 169 ZN WARNING Asa driver you should never leave your vehicle if the engine is running and a gear is engaged If you have to leave your vehicle while the engine is running you must apply the parking brake and engage parking lock P Ifthe engine is running and if D S or Ris engaged you will need to hold the car on the foot brake The car will creep forward as the power transmis sion is not fully interrupted even when the engine is idling Never press the accelerator when you move the selector lever Risk of accident Never move the selector lever to R or P when driving Risk of accident Before you drive down a steep gradient reduce your speed and use Tiptronic to select a low gear Ifyou have to stop the vehicle on a gradient always hold the vehicle in
184. fig 81 When itis activated the warning lamp lights up 2 m Exterior mirrors The exterior mirrors can be adjusted using the rotary knob in the driver s door Fig 82 Detail of driver door wing mirror controls Basic setting of exterior mirrors 1 Turn knob fig 82 to position left exterior mirror 2 Turn the rotary knob to position the mirror so that you have a good view to the rear of the vehicle 3 Turn knob to position right exterior mirror 4 Swivel the rotary knob to position the mirror so that you have a good view to the rear of the car gt A Electric folding wing mirror housings Turn knob to position a G to fold in the wing mirrors electri cally Folding wing mirrors back out 23 Turnthe knob to another position to fold the exterior mirrors back out gt A Synchronised wing mirror adjustment 1 Turn the control to the position C left exterior mirror 2 Turn the rotary knob to position the mirror so that you have a good view to the rear of the vehicle The right exterior mirror will be adjusted at the same time synchronised If necessary the right wing mirror adjustment may need correcting Heated wing mirrors The heated wing mirrors are heated while the rear window heater gt page 116 and the ignition are switched on Z WARNING The rear view convex or aspheric mirror increase the field of vision however the objects appear smaller and furt
185. fold out the key bit Use the lock on the driver door to unlock the vehicle The anti theft alarm system remains active but an alarm is not triggered immediately Switch on the ignition within 15 seconds When the ignition is switched on the electronic immobiliser recognises a valid vehicle key and deactivates the anti theft alarm system If you do not switch on the ignition within 15 seconds the alarm is trig gered The anti theft alarm makes it more difficult to break into the vehicle or steal it Audible and visible alarms 1 are triggered if the car is opened using the mechanical key or if unauthorised access is gained to the vehicle When does the system trigger an alarm The system triggers an alarm if the following unauthorised actions are carried out when the car is locked Opening of vehicle using mechanical key without switching on ignition within the next 15 seconds Opening a door Opening the bonnet Opening the tailgate Switching on the ignition Movement inside the vehicle in vehicles with interior monitoring The acoustic signals sound and the indicators flash for approx 30 seconds 13 Optional equipment Interior monitoring system The sensors for the interior monitoring system are located at the top of the door post between the front and rear door gt page 97 fig 62 The sensors must not be covered as they will otherwise not be able to function properly The windows must be closed whe
186. g between Celsius and Fahrenheit Press and hold the button and press the button The selected temperature unit is then displayed Operating instructions Heating Ventilation and Air conditioning ZN WARNING For road safety all windows must be clear of ice snow and condensation This is essential to ensure good visibility Please familiarise yourself with the correct operation of the heating and ventilation system including the demist defrost functions for the windows Note Please observe the general notes gt page 158 m Automatic mode In automatic mode air temperature flow and distribution are automatically regulated so that a specified temperature is attained as quickly as possible and then maintained Switching on automatic mode Press the button AUTO Select the desired temperature We recommend 22 C 72 F A comfortable interior climate is quickly reached when a temperature of 22 C 72 F is set in automatic mode It can be changed as necessary to suit individual preferences or particular circumstances It is possible to select interior temperatures from 18 C 64 F to 29 C 86 F These are approxi mate temperatures and the actual temperature may be slightly higher or lower depending on the outside conditions If a temperature below 18 C 64 F is selected the display switches to LO The temperature is not controlled and in AUTO mode the system runs at maximu
187. g effect and relieve the load on the brakes exhaust gas warning lamp page 72 If this happens unburnt fuel can enter the exhaust system and escape into the environment The catalytic converter Never let the brakes rub by only applying light pressure Continuous k can also be damaged by overheating braking will cause the brakes to overheat and will increase the braking distance Apply and then release the brakes alternately Never let the vehicle coast with the engine switched off The braking A WARNING distance is increased considerably as the brake servo does not work The catalytic converter reaches very high temperatures Fire hazard Very heavy use of the brakes may cause a vapour lock if the brake fluid A z is left in the system for too long This impairs the braking effect Never park where the catalytic converter could come into contact with dry grass or inflammable materials under the vehicle Non standard or damaged front spoilers could restrict the airflow to the brakes and cause them to overheat Observe the notes gt page 202 before buying accessories Do not apply additional underseal or anti corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes catalytic converter or the heat shields on the exhaust system because the heat from the engine could ignite them gt Ifa brake circuit fails the braking distance will be increased consider ably Contact a qualified workshop immediately and avoid
188. g time increased consumption and a higher emission level If a top up is required then different oils may be mixed as long as they all conform to the VW standards The specifications VW standards set out in the following page should appear on the container of the service oil the container will display together the different standards for petrol and diesel engines the oil can be used for both types of engines m Checking and refilling levels Oil properties Viscosity The viscosity class of the oil is selected according to the diagram When the ambient temperature falls outside the limits of the scale for a short period an oil change is not required 1 EE fs FE SAE Sw alr Si di SAE 10w 30 10w 47 Fig 139 Types of oil according to temperature Engine type Specification Petrol VW 501 01 VW 502 00 VW 504 00 Diesel VW 505 00 VW 505 01 VW 507 00 VW 506 01 Diesel Injector Pump VW 505 01 VW 507 00 VW 506 01 Diesel Injector Pump Motor 118 kw VW 506 01 VW 507 00 Diesel Engines with Particulate filter DPF VW 507 00 a Only use recommended oils otherwise you may damage the engine Mono grade oil These oils are only useful in a climate that is constantly very cold or very Single grade oils are generally not suitable for all year round use due to warm f viscosity 2 Sang Se viscosity Engine oil additives No type of additive should be mixed with the engine oil
189. ger fuse you could cause damage to another location in the electrical system m The table shows the fuse locations for the most important consumers The right hand columns contain the insert location the figures in brackets indi cate the Amp re rating for the fuse One single consumer could have more than one fuse Several consumers could run over one single fuse The fuse box has space for replacement fuses There are other fuses in the vehicle These should be changed by a qualified dealership Electrical consumer Symbol Dipped headlights zD Electrical socket for trailer Turn signals ay Brake lights gt If and when ous Electrical consumer Main beam headlights Rear window heater Rear windscreen wiper Horn 4 J f j JE Interior lights FE Electric windows 4m a Usable electric windows Ey Fog lights Ar Rear fog light O HF Hazard warning light switch gt Instrument panel lighting anes Vi Climate control Heating R Radio navigation system E Rear light Registration plate light gt Tips and Maintenance 26a If and when Electrical consumer Symbol Windscreen washers W Windscreen washer system CEN Sliding sunroof D Seat heating a Mirror adjustment EA Heating the exterior mirrors mi Side lights Socket luggage compartment Qw
190. gether with the anti lock brake system warning lamp Z WARNING Before opening the bonnet read and observe the warnings on Ifthe brake warning lamp does not go out or if it lights up when driving the brake fluid level in the reservoir is too low Risk of accident Stop the vehicle and do not drive on Obtain technical assistance Ifthe brake warning lamp lights up together with the ABS warning lamp the control function of the ABS could be out of action This could cause the rear wheels to lock quickly when you brake This could cause the rear to break away Risk of skidding Drive carefully to the nearest qualified workshop and have the fault corrected m Alternator This warning lamp signals a fault in the alternator The warning lamp Flights up when the ignition is switched on It should go out when the engine has started running If the warning lamp lights up while driving the alternator is no longer charging the battery You should immediately drive to the nearest qualified workshop You should avoid using electrical equipment that is not absolutely necessary because this will drain the battery If the indicator flashes the voltage is insufficient for normal vehicle operation m Fuel level reserve fl This symbol lights up to indicate that the fuel tank is down to the reserve level This lights when only 7 litres of fuel remain in the tank Also an audible warning is give
191. ght washers clean the headlight lenses The headlight washers are activated automatically when the windscreen washer is used and the windscreen wiper lever is pulled towards the steering wheel page 117 fig 79 for at least 5 seconds provided the dipped headlights or main beams are switched on Clean off stubborn dirt insects etc from the headlights at regular intervals for instance when filling the fuel tank Note To ensure that the headlight washers work properly in winter keep the nozzles in the bumper free of snow and remove any ice with a de icer spray m Mirrors Interior mirror It is dangerous to drive if you cannot see clearly through the rear window Fig 81 Automatic anti dazzle function for inte rior mirror Manual anti dazzle function for interior mirror When the rear view mirror is in standard position the lever on the lower edge of the mirror should face forwards Pull the lever to the back to select the anti dazzle function Automatic anti dazzle function for interior mirror22 When the ignition is on the interior mirror will darken automatically according to the amount of light it receives The mirror will return to the normal position if the reverse gear is selected gt 22 Optional equipment Safety First Tips and Maintenance Technical Data Lights and visibility This function can be activated and deactivated by pressing the rearview mirror switch gt page 119
192. ghtening torque checked Use the fuse tables to find out where and in which fuse box the ifthe spare tyre is not the same as the tyres that are mounted on the car damaged fuse is located gt page 242 for example with winter tyres you should only use the spare tyre for a short period of time and drive with extra care Refit the normal road wheel as soon as possible Fig 161 Left side of dash eric panel fusebox Switch off the ignition and the component concerned Remove the fuse box cover gt fig 161 Have the flat tyre replaced as quickly as possible m Use the plastic pliers in the fuse box to remove the fuse Ifthe fuse has blown the metal strip will have melted replace it with a new fuse of the same amp rating same colour and same imprint and size The individual electrical circuits are protected by fuses It is advisable to carry several spare fuses at all times gt Tips and Maintenance 202 If and when Colour coding of fuses Colour Amp rating violet 3 light brown 5 brown TES red 10 blue 15 yellow 20 transparent 25 green 30 Fuse table ZN WARNING Never repair damaged fuses and never replace them with higher rating fuses This could cause fires Note ifa newly inserted fuse blows after a short time you must have the elec trical system checked by a qualified dealership as soon as possible Ifyou replace a fuse with a stron
193. ging a wheel 0 eee e eee ee 236 FUSES aeiiae EDER EE EE 241 Changing alight siisienciewisciisie sence asians ee 245 JUMP StAILING ois cciivaece esac vein ee se taal ae 249 Towing and tow starting 252 Lifting the vehicle 00 000008 255 Technical Data 257 General notes on the technical data 257 What you should be aware of 257 How are the figures measured 259 TOWING a trailer yesistoerrersi esner acauavese nia 260 Wheels iscsi dreide preian a 260 The structure of this manual Before reading this manual it must be understood This manual contains a description of the vehicle equipment at the time of publication Some of the equipment described here will not be available until a later date or is available only in certain markets Because this is a general manual for the ALHAMBRA some of the equipment and functions that are described in this manual are not included in all types or variants of the model they may vary or be modified depending on the technical requirements and on the market this is in no way deceptive adver tising The illustrations are intended as a general guide and may vary from the equipment fitted in your vehicle in some details The direction indications left right front rear appearing in this manual refer to the normal forward working direction of the vehicle except when otherwise indicated The equipment marked
194. h a manual gearbox Depress the brake or clutch pedal or Push the switch gt page 177 fig 132 to OFF or Press the lower part of the button CANCEL Switching off the control temporarily in vehicles with an automatic gearbox Press the brake pedal or Select positions N or 1 or Push the switch gt page 177 fig 132 a to OFF or Press the lower part of the rocker button CANCEL The speed stored will remain in the memory if the control is switched off temporarily unless you select positions N or 1 In this case the speed stored in the memory will be deleted Tips and Maintenance Intelligent technology Brakes Brake servo The brake servo supplements the pressure you exert on the brake pedal It works only when the engine is running If the brake servo does not operate for example when the vehicle is being towed or due to a fault in the system the brake pedal must be depressed harder ZN WARNING The braking distance can also be affected by external factors Never let the vehicle coast with the engine switched off Failure to do so could result in an accident The braking distance is increased considerably as the brake servo does not function Ifthe brake servo is out of action for example if the car is being towed you will have to press the brake pedal considerably harder than normal m Brake pads wear display If this light comes on c
195. h for the prevailing road traffic or weather conditions This may cause an accident 176 Driving Caution Vehicles with a manual gearbox if the cruise control is activated the gearbox should not be set in neutral without first releasing the clutch as the the engine speed will increase and this may cause damage a Note When travelling down hills the CCS cannot maintain a constant speed The vehicle will accelerate under its own weight Reduce gears with an automatic gearbox reduce gears using the Tiptronic or brake using the footbrake m Lever for cruise control The CCS can be operated using the controls on the turn signal lever or on the multi function steering wheel Fig 132 Turn signal and main beam headlight lever control a and rocker switch B for cruise control Fig 133 Multifunction steering wheel CCS controls Operating instructions Switching on the system Move the control gt fig 132 to the left to ON The symbol lights up in the combi instrument when the cruise control system is switched on Switching off system Move the control gt fig 132 to the right to OFF or press the key fig 133 CANCEL once Setting speed Press the lower part SET of the rocker switch gt fig 132 once briefly when you have reached the speed you wish to set gt fig 133 ST This speed is then stored and maintained Increasing the stored speed To rea
196. h the engine and the ignition switched off You could loose control of the vehicle The brake servo only functions when the engine is running as does the elector mechanical steering system You need more strength to steer and brake the vehicle when the engine and the ignition are switched off As you cannot steer and brake in the normal manner there is a greater risk of accidents and serious injury Caution If you allow the car to roll with the selector lever in position N with the engine switched off the automatic gearbox will be damaged as it will not be lubri cated Operating instructions 472 Driving Changing gear with Tiptronic The Tiptronic system allows the driver to change gears manually gearbox selector lever with locking button Fig 130 Instrument panel display showing position of selector lever Fig 129 Centre console Changing gear with Tiptronic selector lever Press the selector lever from position D to the right into the Tiptronic selector gate gt fig 129 Lightly press the selector to the front to change up Lightly press the selector lever back to change down When accelerating the automatic gearbox automatically shifts up to the next gear shortly before the maximum permitted engine speed is reached If a lower gear is selected the automatic gearbox does not change down until the point is reached where the engine could no longer over
197. hat all work should be performed by an Authorised Service Centre using genuine and SEAT approved parts and accessories 2021 Accessories parts replacement and modifications gt Z WARNING Incorrectly performed modifications or other work on your vehicle can lead to malfunctions and cause accidents m Roof aerial The vehicle may be fitted with a collapsible roof aerial with antitheft system which can be folded backwards when for example going through an automatic carwash To fold Unscrew the aerial rod tilting it backwards into a horizontal position and then screw in again To return to working position Continue in the reverse order to that given in the previous instruction m Mobile telephones and two way radios You will require an external aerial for mobile phones and two way radios SEAT has approved your vehicle for use with mobile telephones and two way radios providing the following conditions are observed The correct installation of an external aerial transmitting power of maximum 10 watts An external aerial is needed to give the equipment its optimal range Accessories parts replacement and modifications 203 First consult your Authorised Service Centre if you wish to use a mobile tele phone or a two way radio with a transmitting power in excess of 10 watts Here you will receive information concerning the technical possibilities for retrofitting this equipment Mobil
198. he battery Before using any electrical accessories see the instructions on page 202 m 34 Optional equipment Hazard warning triangles and first aid kit Warning triangle Seats and stowage Jaa Luggage compartment Loading the luggage compartment The hazard warning triangle may be fitted in the bracket behind the right trim of the luggage compartment a Note The warning triangle is not part of the vehicle s standard equipment m First aid kit In the bracket located behind the right hand trim in the luggage compartment there is space for a standard first aid kit and the hazard warning triangle For reasons of space in vehicles fitted with a removable tow bar the bracket only holds a smaller first aid kit and the hazard warning triangle a Note Insome vehicles the first aid kit bracket is behind the left hand trim in the luggage compartment The first aid kit is not issued as a standard feature with the vehicle The first aid kit must comply with legal requirements Observe the expiry date of the contents of the first aid kit You should purchase a new first aid kit as soon as possible after the shelf life date of the first aid kit has expired Before buying accessories and replacement parts refer to the note Accessories modifications and renewal of parts m 35 Optional equipment Operating instructions All luggage and other loose objects must be safel
199. he lever up to position Continuous wipe Move the lever up to position G Brief wipe Move the lever down to position G to give the windscreen a brief wipe Windscreen wiper and washer system Pullthe lever to position A jet of water will be sprayed on the windscreen while the lever is held in this position Release the lever The wipers will keep running for approximately 4 seconds Switching off the wipers Move the lever to position 0 ZN WARNING Worn and dirty wiper blades obstruct visibility and reduce safety levels in cold conditions you should not use the wash wipe system unless you have warmed the windscreen with the heating and ventilation system The washer fluid could otherwise freeze on the windscreen and obscure your view of the road Observe the warnings Changing wiper blades Lights and visibility Caution In icy conditions always check that the wiper blades are not frozen to the glass before using the wipers for the first time If you switch on the wipers when the wiper blades are frozen to the windscreen you could damage both the wiper blades and the wiper motor m Rear window wiper L The windscreen wiper lever controls the rear window wipers and the automatic rear window wash and wipe Fig 80 Windscreen wiper and windscreen wash lever rear window wiper Connecting the intermittent wipe Press the lever forwards to position gt
200. he light switch to position 20 page 109 fig 70 Press the lever forward G to switch on the main beams Pull the lever back towards you to switch the main beam head lights off again Headlight flasher Pull the lever towards the steering wheel to operate the flasher Switching on parking lights Switch off the ignition and remove the key from the lock Move the lever up or down to turn on the right or left hand parking lights respectively ZN WARNING The main beam can dazzle other drivers Risk of accident Never use the main beam headlights or the headlight flasher if they could dazzle other drivers Operating instructions Lights and visibility a3 Note The turn signals only work when the ignition is switched on The corre sponding warning lamp or gt flashes in the combi instrument The warning lamp2 gt flashes when the turn signals are operated provided a trailer is correctly attached and connected to the vehicle If a turn signal bulb is defec tive the warning lamp flashes at double speed If the trailer turn signal bulbs are damaged warning lamp does not light up You should have the bulbs replaced Both warning lamps will flash at the same time when the hazard warning lights are switched on If one turn signal fails whether that of the vehicle or of the trailer the warning lamp will start flashing twice as fast The main beam headlights can only be
201. heavy objects modifies the driving condi tions as the centre of gravity has been altered There is a risk of accident Therefore it is essential to adjust your speed and driving style accordingly to avoid accidents Never exceed the allowed axle loads or allowed maximum weight If the allowed axle load or the allowed total weight is exceeded the driving char acteristics of the vehicle may change leading to accidents injuries and damage to the vehicle Never leave the vehicle unattended especially when the tailgate is open Children could climb into the luggage compartment closing the door behind them they will remain trapped without help and there is a mortal risk Never allow children to play in or around the vehicle Close and lock both the tailgate and all the doors when you leave the vehicle Before you lock the vehicle make sure that there are no adults or children in the vehicle Never transport passengers in the luggage compartment Every passenger must be properly belted in Caution Avoid overloading small areas by placing heavy objects on the vehicle floor Thewires of the heating element in the rear window and the window aerial in the rear side windows could be damaged if objects on the luggage compartment cover rub against them Ifyou have removed the seats from the passenger compartment you should place a large robust covering over the floor anchorings to prevent damage Note
202. heck the brake pads immediately At the same time a text message or the necessary operations may appear on the instrument panel Intelligent technology 179 ZN WARNING If the warning lamp lights up or the corresponding message appears on the instrument panel immediately have the brake pads checked and replaced if necessary at a specialised workshop m Brake warning lamp If the warning lamp comes on this may be caused by the following reasons With the handbrake on the warning light comes on on the instrument panel If you are travelling at over 6 km h with the hand brake on a text message or the required operations may appear on the instrument panel In addition a warning signal is heard nthe event of insufficient brake fluid the warning lamp lights up on the instrument panel At the same time a text message or the necessary oper ations may appear on the instrument panel Stop the vehicle immediately and check the level of the brake fluid page 221 nthe event of a fault in the brake system the warning lamp lights up on the instrument panel and three buzzes are emitted At the same time a text message or the necessary operations may appear on the instrument panel Stop the vehicle and do not drive on You should obtain professional assistance This warning lamp can light up together with the anti locking brake system warning lamp gt A Tips and Maintenance 180 Int
203. hen should the roof carrier be removed When it is not needed to save fuel reduce wind noise and avoid theft Before cleaning in an automatic car wash ZN WARNING Ifyou do not use mounts approved by SEAT or fail to fit them according to instructions the load or the roof carrier itself may fall off the vehicle roof and onto the street Risk of accident or injury The risk of an accident is increased by transporting heavy or bulky loads on the roof which affects the car s handling by shifting the centre of gravity and increasing susceptibility to cross winds Both circumstances increase the risk of accident Therefore you must adapt your driving style and speed to the prevailing conditions avoid sudden braking or driving manoeuvres when there is a load on the roof carrier The roof carrier system must always be installed exactly according to the instructions provided Caution Check all bolted connections and fastenings for the roof carrier system before every trip If necessary tighten bolted connections and check the system at regular appropriate intervals e g at each stop during a long trip The height of your vehicle is changed by the installation of the roof carrier and the load secured on it Bear this in mind when driving through garage doors or low underpasses there is danger of damage to the vehicle 36 Optional equipment Damage to the vehicle caused by incorrect installation
204. her away in the mirrors If you use these mirrors to estimate the distance to vehicles behind you when changing lane you could make a mistake Risk of accident gt 23 Optional equipment Lights and visibility 2a Z WARNING continued If possible use the interior mirror to estimate distances to vehicles behind you Make sure that you do not get your finger trapped between the mirror and the mirror base when folding back the mirrors Risk of injury For the sake of the environment The exterior mirror heating should be switched off when it is no longer needed Fuel is wasted otherwise a Note lf the electrical adjustment ever fails to operate the mirrors can be adjusted by hand by lightly pressing the edge of the mirror glass In vehicles with electric wing mirrors the following points should be observed if due to an external force e g a knock while manoeuvring the adjustment of the mirror housing is altered the mirror will have to be completely folded electrically Do not readjust the mirror housing by hand as this will interfere with the mirror adjuster function m Operating instructions Seats and stowage The importance of correct seat adjustment 122 Seats and stowage Proper seat adjustment optimises the level of protection offered by seat belts and airbags The driver seat front passenger seat and seats in the passenger compart ment can be a
205. here is a fault if The warning symbol does not go out again after a few seconds The warning lamp lights up or flashes while the vehicle is moving while three acoustic warning signals gt are emitted This means that either the coolant level is too low or the coolant temperature is too high Coolant temperature too high First look at the coolant temperature gauge The coolant temperature is too high if the needle is over the warning area on the dial Stop the vehicle switch off the engine and wait for it to cool down Check the coolant level Ifthe coolant level is correct the overheating may be caused by a malfunction of the radiator fan Check the radiator fan fuse and have it replaced if neces sary gt page 241 If the warning lamp lights up again after driving on for a short distance stop the vehicle and switch off the engine Contact an Authorised Service Centre or a qualified workshop Coolant level too low The following information text is displayed in the instrument panel display First look at the coolant temperature gauge If the needle is in the normal range top up with coolant at the earliest opportunity gt A 80 Cockpit ZA WARNING continued Never open the bonnet if you can see or hear steam or coolant escaping from the engine compartment Risk of scalding Wait until you can no longer see or hear escaping steam or coolant The engine compartment of any motor vehicle is a dangerou
206. herwise there is a danger that during a collision the system may fail to trigger or not trigger correctly m Safety First Function of curtain airbags Fully inflated airbags reduce the risk of head or chest injury in a side collision Fig 27 Deployed curtain airbags During some side collisions the curtain airbag is triggered on the impact side of the vehicle gt fig 27 In certain types of accident the front side and curtain airbags may be trig gered together When the system is triggered the airbag is filled with propellant gas In the process the curtain bag covers the side windows and door pillars In order to provide the desired extra protection in an accident the airbags have to deploy extremely rapidly within fractions of a second A fine dust may develop when the airbag deploys This is normal and is no indication that there was a fire in the vehicle The fully deployed airbags cushion the movement of the front occupants and help to reduce the risk of injury to the upper body Airbag system us The special design of the airbag allows the controlled escape of the propel lant gas when an occupant puts pressure on the bag Thus the head and chest are surrounded and protected by the airbag m Safety notes on the operation of the curtain airbag system If you use airbags correctly they can considerably reduce the risk of injury in many kinds of accident Z WARNING In order for
207. hicles losing traction during acceleration The system works in the entire speed range in conjunction with ABS If a malfunction should occur in the ABS the TCS will also be out of action TCS helps the car to start moving accelerate and climb a gradient in slippery conditions where this may other wise be difficult or even impossible When does the warning lamp light up or flash The warning lamp lights up when the ignition is switched on and should go out again after a few seconds The warning lamp will start flashing to indicate that the ESP and TCS are counteracting an unstable driving condition t vwill light up continuously if there is a malfunction in the ESP It will light up continuously if the ESP is switched off twill also come on if a fault should occur in the ABS because the ESP operates in conjunction with the ABS Intelligent technology 183 If the warning lamp lights up and stays on after the engine is started this may mean that the control system has temporarily switched off the function In this case the ESP can be reactivated by switching the ignition off and then on again If the warning lamp goes out this means the system is fully func tional If the battery is disconnected the warning lamp 1 lights after turning the ignition on This should turn off after a brief trip Z WARNING Try to always adapt the speed of the vehicle to weather road and traffic conditions Do not let th
208. hild seat help to protect your child Proper use of child seats substantially reduces the risk of injury in an accident It can be adjusted to suit the child s size and is suitable for children in the following groups according to the ECE R 44 norm Group 1 9 18 Kg Group 2 15 25 kg and Group 3 22 36 kg The integrated child seat for children in the Groups 1 and 2 must be used with the slumber roll delivered with the seat For safety reasons we recommend that the child seat for children in Group 1 is installed facing against the direction of travel To do this simply remove the seat and fit it again facing in the opposite direction The child must be fastened in using the harness belt Fig 35 Using the inte grated child seat The child seat may only be fitted in the direction of travel for children in Groups 2 and 3 who are fastened in using the three point belt fitted in the Setting up the child seat vehicle Pull the loop to the front in the direction of the arrow fig 35 Z WARNING With the integrated child seat the backrest may only be adjusted to the Push the seat cushion in direction of the arrow 2 until it first or second backrest position for children in Groups 1 to 3 engages in position 7 p The slumber roll must always be fitted for children in Groups 1 and 2 Pull the loop Oto fold down tha child Saareuchion indirection The integrated child seat must not be modifie
209. hould support the tailgate or remove the objects from the rack Risk of injury Never allow children to play in or around the vehicle A locked vehicle can be subjected to extremely high and low temperatures depending on the time of year This could cause serious injuries illness It could even have fatal consequences Close and lock both the tailgate and all the other doors when you are not using the vehicle Make sure first that there is no one in the vehicle Ifyou have to drive with the tailgate open observe the all notes gt page 100 to reduce the risk for example of poisoning caused by exhaust fumes entering the passenger compartment m Operating instructions Windows Opening and closing the windows electrically All electric windows can be operated using the controls in the driver door The other doors each have a switch for their own window Fig 64 Detail of driver door buttons for front and rear electric windows Opening and closing the windows Press button fig 64 4 or to open the corre sponding window Pull button to close a window gt A Always close the windows fully if you park the vehicle or leave it unattended A Unlocking and locking You can use the electric windows for approx 10 minutes after switching off the ignition if neither the driver door nor the front passenger door has been opened Buttons in the driver door Button for the left front
210. ies In addition properly worn seat belts reduce the danger of being thrown from the car Passengers wearing their seat belts correctly benefit greatly from the ability of the belts to absorb kinetic energy The front crumple zones and other passive safety features such as the airbag system are also designed to absorb the kinetic energy generated in a collision Taken together all these features reduce the forces acting on the occupants and consequently the risk of injury Our examples describe frontal collisions Of course properly worn seat belts reduce substantially the risk of injury in all other types of accidents This is 22 Seat belts why it is so important to fasten seat belts before every trip even when just driving around the corner Ensure that your passengers wear their seat belts as well Accident statistics have shown properly worn seat belts to be an effective means of substantially reducing the risk of injury and improving the chances of survival in a serious accident Furthermore properly worn seat belts improve the protection provided by airbags in the event of an accident For this reason wearing a seat belt is required by law in most countries Although your vehicle is equipped with airbags the seat belts must be fastened and worn The front airbags for example are only triggered in some frontal accidents The front airbags will not be triggered during minor frontal collisions minor side collisions rear coll
211. ifferential To prevent the disc brake of the braked wheel from overheating the EDL cuts out automatically if subjected to excessive loads The car remains operational and will behave in the same way as a car without EDL For this reason the driver is not informed that the EDL has been switched off The EDL will switch on again automatically when the brake has cooled down When accelerating on a slippery surface for example on ice and snow press the accelerator carefully Despite EDL the driven wheels may other wise start to spin This could impair the car s stability e Always adapt your driving style to suit road conditions and the traffic situation Modifications to the vehicle or work carried out incorrectly e g to the engine the brake system running gear or any components affecting the wheels and tyres could affect the efficiency of the ABS EDL ESP and TCS and lessen their efficiency m ZN WARNING Try to always adapt the speed of the vehicle to weather road and traffic conditions Do not let the extra safety afforded by the system tempt you into taking any risks when driving Risk of accident Electronic stabilisation programme ESP The electronic stabilisation programme helps to reduce the danger of skidding The electronic stabilisation programme ESP consists of ABS EDL and TCS and only works when the engine is running The ESP should generally be left switched on at all times
212. ight rear in kg 1280 Permitted roof load in kg 75 Trailer weights With no brakes gradients up to 12 700 With brakes gradients up to 12 1900 Engine oil capacity Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4 3 litres ii Petrol engine 1 81 110 kW 150 bhp Automatic General engine data Power output in kW bhp rpm 110 150 5500 Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 210 1850 4500 No of cylinders capacity in cm 3 4 1780 Compression 9 5 Fuel 95 super RON gt a Research Octane Number Measure of the predetonation power of the petrol Technical Data 268 Technical Data Performance figures Maximum speed in km h 195 Acceleration from 0 80 km h in sec 8 3 Acceleration from 0 100 km h in sec 12 1 Consumption litres 100 km CO g km Urban cycle 14 1 337 Extra urban cycle 8 2 197 Combined 10 3 247 Weights Gross vehicle weight in kg 2480 Weight in working order with driver in kg 1707 2005 1707 2027 Gross axle weight front in kg 1240 Gross axle weight rear in kg 1280 Permitted roof load in kg 75 Trailer weights With no brakes gradients up to 12 700 With brakes gradients up to 12 1900 Engine oil capacity Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4 3 litres Technical Data 269 Petrol engine 2 81 VR6150 kW 204 bhp 6 gear Gene
213. ill have plenty of traction in winter conditions even with the standard tyres Nevertheless we still recommend that in keeping with cars with front or rear wheel drive winter tyres or all season tyres should be fitted on all four wheels when winter road conditions are expected mainly because this will give a better braking response Snow chains On roads where snow chains are mandatory they must be fitted to the front wheels of cars with four wheel drive Driving and the environment Running in Running in a new engine The engine needs to be run in over the first 1 500 km Up to 1 000 kilometres Do not drive faster than three quarters of top speed Do not use full throttle Avoid high engine revolutions Do not tow a trailer From 1000 to 1500 km Speeds can be gradually increased to the maximum road speed or maximum permissible engine speed rpm During its first few hours of running the internal friction in the engine is greater than later on when all the moving parts have bedded down For the sake of the environment Ifthe engine is run in gently the life of the engine will be increased and its oil consumption reduced m Driving and the environment J185 Running in tyres and brake pads New tyres should be run in carefully for the first 500 km New brake pads should be run in carefully for the first 200 km During the first 200 km you can compensate for the reduced braking effect by app
214. immobiliser 163 Electronic stabilisation program 182 Electronic stabilisation programme 76 Description ieisesisna aes bg weeds dosha pnis 161 warning lamp 2005 162 183 Electronic stabilisation programme ESP Warming lamp 336 ssscseeecceieasa wees 76 Emergency opening OOS ars siss srvice chavanariians rann arno ra 97 Engine RUNING IN Sassi sisverntsinvars gen grovacauspeigie suavas 185 Engine compartment Working in the engine compartment 209 Engine coolant e eee eee eee 216 Engine fault indicato eosin haapaa e danas bates 75 Engine hood See BONN sensere iii iiaea 211 Engine management Warning lamp se eee eee eee 75 ENGINE Gilain ea GE E RS 212 Changing vs rscsasiacdevew aamir ri ae 215 Checking level eee eee eee 214 Oil properties ee eee eee 213 Specifications sss crsscsocerise risers 212 TOPPING UD orria PAn CAE EAA 215 Engine oil dipstick 214 Engine oil pressure Warning lamp eee e eee eee 79 Engine oil temperature display 67 Engine oil temperature gauge 64 Environment ssssscrresssiseia nikiri nsed 191 Environmental friendliness 192 ESP oss ceeaiisaeeraaad a nE 76 182 warming lamp sssssssisesriseriso soss 183 Exhaust gas indicator 00 76 Exhaust gas purification system diesel particulate filter
215. in an upright position If a bench seat is not properly secured it could become a life threatening hazard for all vehicle occupants Make sure that the seat feet of seats are not soiled or damaged when removed from the vehicle Alladjustment to the seats including fitting and removal may be carried out only when the vehicle is stationary m bag m 29 Optional equipment Seats and stowage Some seat settings for the Alhambra Oryou turn 2 the driver and front passenger seats 180 to use the Alhambra as a conference room or breakfast room Or you can easily remove the seats Examples of how the seating layout can be altered in the third row 2 in order to travel with a lot of luggage Z WARNING Luggage and other items in the luggage or passenger compartment can be thrown forward in a braking manoeuvre Please ensure that these items are secured properly Do not release the backrest of a seat in the second row when folding a seat in the third row of seats forwards Serious injuries can occur if a back rest has not been properly engaged in position m Fig 96 Alhambra loaded with luggage Fig 97 Alhambra trans formed into conference room Of course the illustrations show only some of the many seat combinations possible in the Alhambra You can for example purchase corresponding retainers for your bicycle from SEAT Service That means you will be able to protect your
216. in the engine management system while you are driving the control lamp will flash 00 Take the vehicle to an Authorised Service Centre as soon as possible and have the engine checked At the same time a text message or the necessary operations may appear on the instrument panel m Operating instructions Cockpit 75 Turn signals 1 gt gt The warning lamp flashes when the turn signals are in oper ation Depending on which turn signal is operated either the left amp or right gt gt indi cator lamp flashes Both warning lamps will flash at the same time when the hazard warning lights are switched on If one turn signal fails the warning lamp will start flashing twice as fast Further information on the turn signals gt page 112 m Engine management EPC This warning lamp monitors the engine management system for petrol engines The warning lamp EPC Electronic Power Control lights up when the ignition is switched on to show that the lamp is working properly It should go out when the engine has started running If a fault develops in the electronic engine management system while you are driving this warning lamp will light up Take the vehicle to an Authorised Service Centre as soon as possible and have the engine checked m Main beam headlights D This warning lamp lights up when the main beams are on The warning lamp O lights up when the main beams are on or when the headlight flasher is operated
217. incorrectly e g to the engine the brake system running gear or any components affecting the wheels and tyres could affect the efficiency of the ABS EDL ESP and TCS workshop and have the fault corrected m and lessen their efficiency m Brake assist system BAS Anti locking brake system ABS The brake servo BAS works only when the engine is running In an emergency most drivers brake in time but not with maximum force This results in unnecessarily long braking distances In these cases the brake assist servo comes into action on activating the brake pedal quickly the assistant interprets this as an emergency It then very quickly builds up the full brake pressure so that the ABS can be activated more quickly and efficiently thus reducing the braking distance Do not reduce the pressure on the brake pedal The brake assist system switches off automatically as soon as you release the brake The anti lock brake system prevents the wheels locking during braking The anti lock brake system ABS is an important part of the car s active safety system How the ABS works If one of the wheels is turning too slowly in relation to the road speed and is close to locking the system will reduce the pressure for this wheel The driver is made aware of this control process by a pulsating of the brake pedal and audible noise This is a deliberate warning to the driver that one or more of the wheels is tend
218. ing in the engine compartment always observe the safety Slide the turn signal forwards gt fig 162 and remove warnings page 209 m Remove the lamp holder and separate gt Tips and Maintenance 246 If and when n Remove the failed glass bulb and replace with a new bulb Lights on vehicle body Insert the lamp holder in the turn signal guide rail First fit the turn signal in the opening of the chassis securing with the tabs gt fig 163 and then fit the bulb as shown by the arrow 2 m Rear lights Before changing a bulb the tailgate should always be opened The lights have the following layout Fig 164 Lights on vehicle body On the body Turn signals pilot light and brake rear light h in the l rtment trim On the tailgate rear door Open the cover in the luggage compartment Reversing light and rear antifog light m Press the side tabs in the direction of arrow fig 164 Press the defective bulb into the bulb carrier then turn it to the left and remove it Fit the new bulb and turn to the right as far as possible Fit the lampholder press in until the tabs click into place m Lights on tailgate Press the elastic tab in the direction of the arrow gt page 247 fig 165 and remove the lampholder downwards Press the defective bulb into the bulb carrier then turn it to the left and remove it Fit the new bulb and turn to
219. ing lights also work when the ignition is switched off Z WARNING The risk of an accident increases if your vehicle breaks down Always use the hazard warning lights and a warning triangle to draw the attention of other road users to your stationary vehicle Never park where the catalytic converter could come into contact with inflammable materials under the vehicle for example dry grass or spilt petrol This could start a fire Lights and visibility a Note The battery will run down if the hazard warning lights are left on for along time even if the ignition is switched off ifthe hazard warning lights are not working you must use an alternative method of drawing attention to your vehicle This method must comply with traffic legislation The use of the hazard warning lights described here is subject to the rele vant statutory requirements m Turn signal and main beam headlight lever The turn signal and main beam lever also operates the parking lights and the headlight flasher Fig 73 Turn signal and main beam headlight lever The turn signal and main beam headlight lever has the following functions Switching on the turn signals Move the lever all the way up gt page 112 fig 73 to indicate right and all the way down to indicate left Signalling a lane change Move the lever upwards or downwards to change lanes Switching main beam on and off Turn t
220. ing the harness belt for children in Group 1 A correctly adjusted seat belt helps to protect your child Fig 39 Integrated child seats adjusting harness belt Press and hold the release button fig 39 in the direction of the arrow With the release button pressed pull the lower part of the harness belt 3 down in the direction of the arrow m Group 2 integrated child seat A suitable child seat and a correctly adjusted seat belt can help to protect your child Fig 40 Integrated child seats lift up the cushion Setting up the child seat Pull the loop to the front in the direction of the arrow fig 40 Push the seat cushion in direction of the arrow until it engages in position Remove the head restraint out of the backrest of the integrated child seat and replace the head restraint together with the slumber roll a Fastening the three point belt Guide the shoulder part of the belt underneath the slumber roll gt Safety First Operating instructions Tips and Maintenance Technical Data To fasten the three point belt take hold of the tongue and pull it slowly across the chest and lap Push the tongue of the belt into the lock for that seat so that it engages audibly pull to check Adjust the three point belt to suit body size gt A Restoring the normal seat Pull the loop in the direction of the arrow and push the seat cushion down un
221. ing to lock and the ABS control function has intervened In this situation it is important to keep the brake pedal fully depressed so the ABS can regulate the brake application Do not pump the brake pedal gt On braking sharply on slippery ground this system helps to keep the vehicle under control as the wheels do not lock However ABS will not necessarily guarantee shorter braking distances in all conditions The braking distance could even be longer if you brake on gravel or on fresh snow covering a slippery surface Z WARNING Try to always adapt the speed of the vehicle to weather road and traffic conditions Do not let the extra safety afforded by the system tempt you into taking any risks when driving Risk of accident The anti lock brake system cannot defy the laws of motion Slippery and wet roads are dangerous even with ABS If you notice that the ABS has been activated you should reduce speed immediately to suit the road and traffic conditions The ABS cannot reduce the risk of accident if for example you are driving with an unsuitable load or too close to the preceding vehicle Modifications to the vehicle or work carried out incorrectly e g to the engine the brake system running gear or any components affecting the wheels and tyres could affect the efficiency of the ABS EDL ESP and TCS and lessen their efficiency The effectiveness of ABS is also determined by the tyres fitted gt page
222. irbags The parts of the airbag system are installed in various places in your vehicle If you work on the airbag system or remove and install parts of the system when performing other repair work parts of the airbag system may be damaged The consequence may be that in the event of an accident the airbag inflates incorrectly or does not inflate at all The relevant safety requirements must be observed when the vehicle or components of the airbag are scrapped The specialist workshops and the Vehicle disposal centres are familiar with these requirements Z WARNING ZN WARNING If there is a malfunction the airbag and belt tension device system cannot properly perform its protective function Ifa malfunction should occur have the system checked immediately by a qualified workshop Otherwise there is a risk that in the event of an acci dent the airbag system and belt tension devices may not be triggered or may not be triggered correctly m 1 Depending on the version of the model Ifrepairs are not carried out by a professional or if the airbags are used incorrectly the risk of severe or fatal injuries is increased The airbags may fail to inflate or could inflate in the wrong circumstances Do not cover or stick anything on the steering wheel hub or the soft plastic surface of the airbag unit on the passenger side of the dashboard and do not obstruct or modify them in any way iti
223. is very hard to turn ZN WARNING O Never drive too fast on icy slippery or wet surfaces You could lose control Caution of your vehicle if you drive too fast This may result in serious injury Do not keep the steering wheel in the full lock position for longer than 15 seconds when the engine is running This could cause damage to the power steering system m Therefore it is essential that you adjust your speed to suit the road and traffic conditions Do not let the extra safety afforded by four wheel drive tempt you into taking any risks when driving The four wheel drive gives the vehicle good acceleration even in winter When braking a four wheel drive vehicle handles in the same way as a Four wheel drive front drive vehicle asa ee Cad et oh aa et ee ren On wet roads the front wheels may start to aquaplane and lose In vehicles with four wheel drive the engine power is distrib contact with the road if the car is driven too fast If this should happen uted to all four wheels there will be no sudden increase in engine speed to warn the driver as with a front wheel drive car m The four wheel drive system is fully automatic and does not require interven tion by the driver The engine power is permanently distributed to all four wheels The engine power is distributed automatically to both axles according to the road conditions and how you drive Winter tyres Thanks to its four wheel drive your car w
224. isions rolls or accidents in which the airbag trigger threshold in the control unit is not exceeded Therefore you should always wear your seat belt and ensure that your passengers have fastened their seat belts properly before you drive off m Safety notes on using seat belts If seat belts are used correctly they can reduce the risk of injury in an accident Always wear the seat belt as described in this booklet Ensure that the seat belts can be fastened at all times and are not damaged Z WARNING Ifthe seat belts are worn incorrectly or not at all the risk of severe inju ries increases The optimal protection from seat belts can be achieved only if you use them properly ZA WARNING continued ZA WARNING continued Fasten your seat belt before every trip even when driving in town That applies also to your front and rear passengers danger of injury The seat belt cannot offer its full protection if the belt web is not posi tioned correctly Never allow two passengers even children to share the same seat belt Keep both feet in the foot well in front of your seat as long as the vehicle is in motion Never unbuckle a seat belt while the vehicle is in motion Risk of fatal injury The belt webbing must never be twisted while it is being worn The belt webbing should never lie on hard or fragile objects such as glasses or pens etc because this ca
225. isk of the Fig 46 Instrument panel hPa cm fuel gauge engine overheating m The fuel tank has a capacity of approx 70 litres When the needle reaches the reserve zone gt fig 46 arrow the warning lamp lights up in the display The text PLEASE REFUEL may appear in the combi instrument display At the same time an audible warning is givenasa reminder to fill up At this point there are still about 8 litres of fuel in the tank m 5 Depending on model version Depending on model version Engine oil temperature display Fig 47 Engine oil temperature gauge Do not drive at full throttle if the temperature gauge indicates that the oil in the engine is still cold The engine revs should be reduced if the pointer goes into the red area gt fig 47 arrow The needle must then return to the normal zone If the pointer remains in the red zone switch off the engine and check the engine oil level If the oil level is correct and the oil pressure warning lamp does not start flashing when the engine is started you can drive on to the nearest qualified dealer but do not run the engine at high speeds m Operating instructions Setting the clock The setting knob is located beneath the rev counter Setting the hour Turn the setting knob gt page 64 fig 44 briefly in an anti clockwise direction to move the hour forward by one hour or Turn and hold the setting knob in an anti clockwise direction
226. istances or if the vehicle is not driven for long periods the battery should be checked by a qualified workshop between the scheduled services If the battery has discharged and you have problems starting the vehicle the battery might be damaged If this happens we recommend you have the vehicle battery checked by an Authorised Service Centre where it will be re charged or replaced Charging the battery The vehicle battery should be charged by a qualified workshop only as batteries using special technology have been installed and they must be charged in a controlled environment Replacing a vehicle battery The battery has been developed to suit the conditions of its location and has special safety features Genuine SEAT batteries fulfil the maintenance performance and safety spec ifications of your vehicle ZN WARNING We recommend you use only maintenance free or cycle free leak proof batteries which comply with the standards T 825 06 and VW 7 50 73 This standard applies as of 2001 Before starting any work on the batteries you must read and observe the warnings in Warnings on handling the battery on page 223 gt For the sake of the environment Batteries contain toxic substances such as sulphuric acid and lead They must be disposed of appropriately and must not be disposed of with ordinary household waste m Wheels General notes Avoiding damage Ifyou have to drive
227. ith a symbol If the symbol lights up again after a fault has been corrected you should stop the vehicle immediately switch off the engine and seek professional advice Fault message Symbol Action STOP BRAKE FAULT SERVICE MANUAL Stop the car turn the engine off and check the brake fluid level gt page 221 HANDBRAKE ON Release the handbrake STOP BRAKE FAULT SERVICE MANUAL and Stop the car turn the engine off and seek professional help page 179 STOP CHECK COOLANT SERVICE MANUAL E Checking coolant level page 216 gt Operating instructions 70 Cockpit Fault message Symbol Action STOP OIL PRESSURE ENGINE OFF SERVICE MANUAL ya Stop the car turn the engine off and check the brake fluid level gt page 214 ALTERNATOR WORKSHOP Take the vehicle to a qualified workshop as soon as possible and have the alternator checked FASTEN SEATBELT A Fasten your seat belt correctly and make sure your passengers are also properly belted in gt page 18 Information symbols priority 2 Fault message Symbol Action CHECK OIL LEVEL ao nr fi Check the oil level and top up with the right engine oil page 214 Take the vehicle to an Authorised Service Centre as soon as possible and OIL SENSOR WORKSHOP wa have the engine checked STOP BRAKE FAULT SERVICE MANUAL Take the vehicle to a qualified workshop as soon as possible and have the
228. itting position 33 Why should head restraints be correctly adjusted 13 Why wear Seat belts 0000 18 20 Why wear Seatbelts 00 33 Window aerial cece cece eee eee eee 144 WING OWS rasa atian ana E NEIERE a ee 102 Opening and closing electrically 102 Windscreen heating eee eee eee 116 Windscreen washer fluid Warming lamp sisicsecs cc cceciae eases 79 Windscreen wiper eee eee ees 117 Windscreen wiper blades Cleaning vaicivacsvaniarraeisaes canes 197 Windscreen wipers Changing the front blades 219 Changing the rear blade 220 Winter driving Diesel engine 220000 208 Winter tyres ses hisses atpiienain avin npn Esisi 229 Four wheel drive 000005 184 Working in the engine compartment 209 SEAT S A is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models For this reason we ask you to understand that at any given time changes regarding shape equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered For this reason no right at all may derive based on the data drawings and descriptions in this current handbook All texts illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing Except for error or omission the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print Re printing
229. iving can cause them to become unbalanced which results in steering vibration Unbalanced wheels should be rebalanced as they otherwise cause excessive wear on steering suspension and tyres A wheel must also be rebalanced when a new tyre is fitted Incorrect wheel alignment Incorrect wheel alignment causes excessive tyre wear impairing the safety of the vehicle If tyres show excessive wear you should have the wheel align ment checked by an Authorised Service Centre Checking and refilling levels 227 ZN WARNING There is a serious danger of accidents if a tyre bursts during driving The tyres must be replaced at the latest when the tread is worn down to the tread wear indicators Failure to do so could result in an accident Worn tyres do not grip well at high speeds on wet roads There is also a greater risk of aquaplaning At continuously high speeds a tyre with insufficient pressure flexes more This causes it to overheat This can cause tread separation and tyre blow out Risk of accident Always observe the recommended tyre pres sures Iftyres show excessive wear you should have the running gear checked by an Authorised Service Centre Keep chemicals such as oil fuel and brake fluid away from tyres Damaged wheels and tyres must be replaced immediately ca For the sake of the environment Under inflated tyres will increase fuel consumption m New tyres and wheels New tyres
230. iving char acteristics of the vehicle may change leading to accidents injuries and damage to the vehicle Never leave your vehicle unattended especially when the tailgate is open Children could climb into the luggage compartment closing the door 16 Safe driving ZA WARNING continued behind them they will remain trapped without help and there is a mortal risk Never allow children to play in or around the vehicle Close and lock both the tailgate and all the doors when you leave the vehicle Before you lock the vehicle make sure that there are no adults or children in the vehicle Never transport passengers in the luggage compartment Every passenger must be properly belted in page 18 a Note Aircirculation in the vehicle helps reduce fogging of the windows Used air escapes through ventilation slits in the side trim of the luggage compart ment Ensure that the ventilation slits are never covered Straps for securing the load to the fastening rings are commercially available m Fastening rings There are four fastening rings in the luggage compartment which can be used to secure luggage and other objects Always use suitable and undamaged straps to secure luggage and other objects to the fastening rings gt in Loading the luggage compartment on page 15 Pull up the fastening rings to attach the straps Safe driving The retainers for the detachable seat
231. l as soon as possible m Wheel bolts Wheel bolts must be tightened to the correct torque The design of wheel bolts is matched to the rims If different wheel rims are fitted the correct wheel bolts with the right length and correctly shaped bolt gt heads must be used This ensures that wheels are fitted securely and that the brake system functions correctly In certain circumstances you may not use wheel bolts from a different car even if it is the same model gt page 202 ZN WARNING If the wheel bolts are not tightened correctly the wheel could become loose while driving Risk of accident The wheel bolts must be clean and turn easily Never apply grease or oil to them Use only wheel bolts which belong to the wheel Ifthe prescribed torque of the wheel bolts is too low they could loosen whilst the vehicle is in motion Risk of accident If the tightening torque is too high the wheel bolts and threads could be damaged Caution The prescribed torque for wheel bolts for steel and alloy wheels is 120 Nm m Winter tyres Winter tyres will improve the vehicles handling on snow and ice In winter conditions winter tyres will considerably improve the vehicles handling The design of summer tyres width rubber compound tread pattern gives less grip on ice and snow Winter tyres must be inflated to a pressure 0 2 bar higher than the pressures specified for summer tyres see sticker
232. l equipped for operation in winter This ensures that the fuel system remains operational to approx 24 C provided you use winter grade diesel which is safe to 15 C gt Checking and refilling levels 209 However if the fuel has waxed to such an extent that the engine will not start Working in the engine com partment at temperatures of under 24 C simply place the vehicle in a warm place for a while Safety instructions on working in the engine compartment Caution Any work carried out in the engine compartment or on the Do not mix fuel additives thinners or similar additives with diesel fuel m engine must be carried out cautiously Before starting any work on the engine or in the engine compart Supplementary heating system ment 1 Switch off the engine and remove the key from the ignition The supplementary heating system raises the calorific capacity of the heating while the engine is running and outside temperatures are very low The 2 Apply the handbrake supplementary heating system connects and disconnects automatically 3 Move the gear stick to neutral or the selector lever to position P The exhaust fumes produced are eliminated through an exhaust pipe below the vehicle 4 Wait for the engine to cool down a 5 Keep children away from the vehicle Note For short journeys very low outside temperatures and a percentage of 6 Raise the bonnet gt page 99 biodiesel fuel of over 50 too much s
233. lations to the contrary For technical reasons vehicles with an automatic gearbox must not be tow started m Tips and Maintenance 254 If and when Notes for tow starting or towing If a cable is used for towing the vehicle please observe the following As the driver of the towing vehicle Switch on the hazard warning lights However observe any regu lations to the contrary Drive slowly at first until the tow rope is taut Then accelerate gradually Begin and change gears cautiously If you are driving an auto matic vehicle accelerate gently Remember that the brake servo and power steering are not working in the vehicle you are towing Brake earlier than you would normally but with a more gentle pressure on the brake As the driver of the vehicle being towed Switch on the hazard warning lights However observe any regu lations to the contrary Place the gearstick in neutral or position N Ensure that the tow rope remains taut at all times Tow rope or tow bar It is easier and safer to tow a vehicle with a tow bar You should only use a tow rope if you do not have a tow bar A tow rope should be slightly elastic to reduce the loading on both vehicles It is advisable to use a tow rope made of synthetic fibre or similarly elastic material Attach the tow rope or the tow bar only to the towing eyes provided ora towing bracket Driving tips Towing requires some experience esp
234. le Depending on the time of year the interior of a parked vehicle can reach extreme temperatures which may endanger the life of people and animals Children who are less than 1 5 metres tall must not wear a normal seat belt without a child restraint system as this could cause injuries to the abdominal and neck areas during a sudden braking manoeuvre or in an accident Do not allow the belt webbing to become twisted or jammed or to rub on any sharp edges Incorrectly worn seat belts can cause injuries even in a minor collision or sudden braking manoeuvres Safety First Child seats Categorisation of child seats into groups Use only child seats that are officially approved and suitable for the child Child seats are subject to the regulation ECE R 44 ECE R means Economic Commission for Europe Regulation The child seats are grouped into 5 categories Group 0 Children up to 10 kg Group 0 Children up to 13 kg Group 1 from 9 to 18 kg Group 2 from 15 to 25 kg Group 3 from 22 to 36 kg Child seats that have been tested and approved under the ECE R 44 standard bear the test mark on the seat the letter E in a circle with the test number below it m ag Child safety Group 0 and 0 child seats A suitable child seat and a correctly adjusted seat belt can help to protect your child Fig 30 A group 0 rear facing child seat fitted on the rear seat Group 0 For babies from about 9 mon
235. lgate is locked after closing If not it may open unexpect edly while driving Never allow children to play in or around the vehicle A locked vehicle can be subjected to extremely high and low temperatures depending on the time of year This could cause serious injuries illness It could even have fatal consequences Close and lock both the tailgate and all the other doors when you are not using the vehicle Never close the tailgate without observing and ensuring it is clear to do otherwise could cause serious injury to you and others Make sure that no one is in the path of the tailgate m 15 Optional equipment Unlocking and locking 101 Safety instructions for the tailgate ZN WARNING For safety reasons you should always keep the tailgate fully closed when driving Always close the tailgate properly Risk of accident or injury Ensure the tailgate is locked after closing If not it may open unexpect edly while driving Never close the tailgate without observing and ensuring it is clear to do otherwise could cause serious injury to you and others Make sure that no one is in the path of the tailgate Loose objects which could fall out of the vehicle when the tailgate is opened could cause injury Ifyou have objects for example bicycles on a rack fitted to the tailgate you may not be able to open the tailgate fully or the additional weight could close the tailgate For this reason you s
236. ling and heating box as installed Switching on the cooling function Insert the cable plug in the cooling and heating box so that the blue marking on the plug is pointing to the notch Insert the connector cable plug into one of the vehicle s 12 volt sockets Keep the lid of the cooling and heating box closed gt Switching on the heating function Insert the cable plug in the cooling and heating box so that the red marking on the plug is pointing to the notch Insert the connector cable plug into one of the vehicle s 12 volt sockets Keep the lid of the cooling and heating box closed Switching the cooling and heating box off fully Disconnect the power supply to the 12 Volt socket The internal temperature of the cooling and heating box is dependent on the temperature in the vehicle In cooling mode the internal temperature can be max 20 degrees below the temperature in the vehicle In heating mode it can be max 35 degrees above the temperature in the vehicle gt A in Safety notes on using the cooling and heating box on page 151 If you switch directly from cooling to heating or vice versa it will take a rela tively long time for the interior to reach the desired temperature Faults If the cooling and heating box does not work proceed as follows Check whether there is power and whether the plug is securely in the socket Make sure the power cable is not damaged Check the fuse for th
237. lling or changing tyres wheels or wheel trims Z WARNING We recommend that you use only wheels and tyres which have been approved by SEAT for your model Failure to do so could impair vehicle handling Risk of accident 228 Checking and refilling levels ZA WARNING continued Avoid running the vehicle on tyres that are more than six years old If you have no alternative you should drive slowly and with extra care at all times Never use old tyres or those with an unknown history of use fwheel trims are retrofitted you must ensure that the flow of air to the brakes is not restricted This could cause them to overheat All four wheels must be fitted with radial tyres of the same type size rolling circumference and the same tread pattern For the sake of the environment Old tyres must be disposed of according to the laws in the country concerned a Note For technical reasons it is not generally possible to use the wheels from other vehicles This can also apply to wheels of the same model The use of wheels or tyres which have not been approved by SEAT for use with your model may invalidate the vehicle s type approval for use on public roads ifthe spare tyre is not the same as the tyres that are mounted on the vehicle for example with winter tyres you should only use the spare tyre for a short period of time and drive with extra care Refit the normal road whee
238. lose all windows Close the sliding tilting roof Switch off air recirculation Open the air outlets in the dash panel Set the fresh air blower to the highest speed Drive particularly carefully and think ahead If possible avoid sudden braking and driving manoeuvres as this could cause the open tailgate to move unpredictably Risk of injury When carrying objects that protrude from the boot the correct signals should be used otherwise there is a risk of accident Observe legal require ments when doing so Always secure objects in the boot Loose items could fall out of the vehicle and injure other road users Ifa baggage rack is fitted on the tailgate it should be removed before travelling with the tailgate open Read and always observe the safety information concerning the use of the tailgate page 101 m 100 Unlocking and locking Closing the tailgate Before closing the tailgate make sure that the key has not been left inside the boot Closing the tailgate Take hold of the grip in the inside trim of the tailgate gt A and pull the tailgate down Pull hard A display appears in the combi instrument if the tailgate is not properly closed gt ZN WARNING Always close the tailgate properly Risk of accident or injury Do not close the tailgate by pushing it down with your hand on the window The glass could shatter Risk of injury Ensure the tai
239. ludes the ABS EDL and TCS The warning lamp has the following functions It will light for about 2 seconds when the ignition is switched on while a test of the function is carried out It flashes when the ESP is activated when driving It will light up continuously if there is a malfunction in the ESP It will light up continuously if the ESP is switched off It will also come on if a fault should occur in the ABS because the ESP operates in conjunction with the ABS If the ESP warning lamp lights up and stays on after the engine is started this may mean that the control system has temporarily switched off the ESP In this case the ESP can be reactivated by switching the ignition off and then on again If the warning lamp goes out this means the system is fully functional m Anti lock brake system ABS A warning lamp system monitors the ABS The warning lamp should light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switched on It goes out again after the system has run through an automatic test sequence There is a fault in the ABS if The warning lamp does not light up when the ignition is switched on The warning lamp does not go out again after a few seconds gt The warning lamp lights up when the vehicle is moving The vehicle can still be braked in the normal way except that the ABS control function will not function Please take the vehicle to a qualified workshop as soon as pos
240. ly cleaned before and after the salting period Your Authorised Service Centre is able to provide the correct cleaning and preserving products and has the necessary equipment For this reason we recommend having this work performed by them The anti corrosion protection is usually removed if the engine compartment is cleaned with grease removing solutions or if you have the engine cleaned If this job is carried out you should ensure that all surfaces seams joints and components in the engine compartment are given anti corrosion treatment afterwards ZN WARNING When working in the engine compartment always observe the safety warnings gt page 209 Cleaning and caring for your vehicle 199 Z WARNING continued Switch off the engine apply the parking brake firmly and always remove the key from the ignition before you open the bonnet Allow the engine to cool before you clean the engine compartment Do not clean the underside of vehicle wheel arches without protecting your hands and arms You may cut yourself on sharp edged metal parts Failure to comply could result in injury Moisture ice and salt on the brakes may affect braking efficiency Risk of accident If possible avoid sudden braking immediately after washing the vehicle Never touch the radiator fan It is temperature controlled and could start automatically even when the key is removed from the ignition For
241. lying more pressure to the brake pedal If you need to make an emer gency stop the braking distance will be longer with new brake pads than with brake pads which have been run in ZN WARNING New tyres do not give maximum grip to start with and need running in This may cause an accident Drive particularly carefully in the first 500 km New brake pads must be run in and do not have the correct friction properties during the first 200 km However you can compensate for the slightly reduced braking effect by applying more pressure on the brake pedal m Braking effect and braking distance The braking effect and braking distance are influenced by driving situations and road conditions The efficiency of the brakes depends directly on the brake pad wear The rate of wear of the brake pads depends to a great extent on the conditions under which the vehicle is operated and the way the vehicle is driven If you often drive in town traffic drive short distances or have a sporty driving style we recommend that you have the thickness of your brake pads checked by SEAT Service more frequently than recommended in the service schedule Tips and Maintenance 186 Driving and the environment If you drive with wet brakes for example after crossing areas of water in Exhaust gas emission control system heavy rainfall or even after washing the car the effect of the brakes is less ened as the brake discs are wet or e
242. m Central locking buttons The vehicle can be locked and unlocked from the inside using the central locking button in the driver door Fig 57 Detail of driver door central locking system button Locking the vehicle Press button e fig 57 gt A Unlocking the vehicle Press button The central locking button is still operative when the ignition is switched off Neither the deadlock mechanism nor the antitheft alarm can be activated or deactivated via the central locking button The central locking button will not function when the deadlock is activated 11 Optional equipment Unlocking and locking Please note the following when you use the central locking button to lock your vehicle The deadlock mechanism and the anti theft alarm are not activated when the button e is pressed It will not be possible to open the doors or the tailgate from the outside this may offer extra safety for instance when stopped at traffic lights The driver door is not locked if it is open This prevents you from locking yourself out of the vehicle You can unlock all the doors separately from inside the car You will have to pull the door release lever once The door will be opened by pulling the door release lever again Z WARNING If the vehicle is locked children and disabled people may be trapped inside Never leave children or disabled people alone in the car
243. m cooling output Heating Ventilation and Air conditioning If a temperature above 29 C 86 F is selected the display switches to HI In this setting the system runs at maximum heating output and the temperature is not controlled Climatronic maintains a constant temperature level fully automatically This is done by automatically adjusting the temperature of the air supplied to the interior the blower setting and the air distribution The system also allows for the effect of strong sunlight so there is no need for manual adjustment Therefore automatic mode provides the best comfort for the vehicle occu pants in virtually all conditions throughout the year Manual mode Automatic mode is switched off whenever an adjustment is made using the buttons for air distribution or blower The temperature continues to be regu lated Note In the automatic mode at least one outlet in the instrument panel must be open The cooling system could otherwise ice over m In manual mode you can adjust the air temperature flow and distribution yourself T I Switching on manual mode Press one of the air distribution buttons fig 118 5 or several times or one of the temperature buttons 7 or 48 Fig 118 Instrument panel Climatronic controls is deleted from the display gt Temperature The selected temperature setting is shown on the display It is possible to select interior temperatures from 18 C 6
244. m speed in km h 192 Acceleration from 0 80 km h in sec 8 5 Acceleration from 0 100 km h in sec 12 2 Consumption litres 100 km CO g km without DPF 46 46 Diesel particulate filters Urban cycle 8 3 219 8 5 225 Extra urban cycle 5 7 151 5 7 151 Combined 6 6 175 6 7 177 Technical Data 279 Weights Gross vehicle weight in kg 2510 Weight in working order with driver in kg 1740 2024 Gross axle weight front in kg 1240 Gross axle weight rear in kg 1280 Permitted roof load in kg 75 Trailer weights With no brakes gradients up to 12 700 With brakes gradients up to 12 2000 Engine oil capacity Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4 3 litres ii Technical Data 280 Technical Data Dimensions and capacities Dimensions Length width 4 634 mm 4 739 mm 1 810 mm 1 816 mm Height at kerb weight 1 707 mm 1 820 mm Front and rear projection 892 mm 907 mm Wheelbase 2 835 mm Turning circle 11 93 m Front Rear Track width 1 532 mm 1 518 mm 1 520 mm 1 506 mm Capacities Fuel tank 70 l Reserve 8 l Windscreen washer fluid container with headlight washer 3 51 61 Tyre pressure Summer grade tyres The correct tyre pressure can be seen on the sticker on the inside of the tank flap Winter tyres The pressure of these tyres is the same as the summer tyre pressure plus 0 2 bar E
245. ma tion on the different symbols and a description of their function m Check operation Vehicles with a manual gearbox If faults exist these will be indicated after the ignition is switched on The corresponding sound signal is emitted at the same time Vehicles with an automatic gearbox Once the ignition is switched on with the lever in position P or N the driver Fig 50 Display i vehicle warning appears on the display Bal a WITH CAR STOPPED DEPRESS BRAKE TO SELECT GEAR irst Operating instructions After selecting a gear R D etc the warning is erased gt a2 Cockpit Where one or more faults exist the warning disappears some 15 seconds after the engine is started and the corresponding fault symbols with their respective text messages appear on the display For all vehicles A sound signal is emitted in the event of a fault Priority 1 three buzzes Priority 2 one buzz If priority 1 and 2 faults occur at the same time three buzzes are emitted In the event of a fault the symbol with the corresponding text message is displayed a Note Priority 2 faults are displayed after repairing or eliminating priority 1 faults m Priority 1 red symbols Priority 1 symbols warn of a dangerous situation Therefore the engine should be stopped and switched off Where various priority 1 faults exist the symbols appear one by one for approx 2 seconds The symbols will keep flashing until the fault
246. moke may be produced Every time the engine is switched off the fan continues to operate for a You should not do any work in the engine compartment unless you know short time in order to more quickly cool the heater When refuelling it is not exactly how to carry out the jobs and have the correct tools Have the work necessary to wait until the fan stops operating m carried out by a qualified workshop if you are uncertain All service fluids and consumables e g coolant engine oil spark plugs and batteries are being constantly developed SEAT provides a constant flow of information to the Authorised Service Centres concerning modifications For this reason we recommend that you have service fluids and consumables replaced by an Authorised Service Centre Please observe the relevant instructions gt page 202 The engine compartment of any motor vehicle is a hazardous area gt A gt Tips and Maintenance A WARNING All work on the engine or in the engine compartment e g checking and refilling fluids involves the danger of injury and scalding as well as the risk of accident or fire Never open the bonnet if you see steam smoke or coolant escaping from the engine compartment Otherwise there is a risk of sustaining burns Wait until no more steam or coolant is emitted then allow the engine to cool before carefully opening the bonnet Switch off the engine and remove the key from the ignition Apply the hand
247. mp in the direction of the arrow gt fig 169 and separate Remove the defective lamp with glass bulb Fit a new lamp Replace the mount in the casing and guide it towards the right as far as possible Replace the bracket first on the left and then insert it in the opening in the ceiling trim m Jump starting Jump leads The jump lead must have a sufficient wire cross section If the engine fails to start because of a discharged battery the battery can be connected to the battery of another vehicle to start the engine Jump leads Jump leads must comply with the standard DIN 72553 see manufacturer s documentation The wire cross section must be at least 25 mm for petrol engines and at least 35 mm for diesel engines a Note Thevehicles must not touch each other otherwise electricity could flow as soon as the positive terminals are connected The discharged battery must be properly connected to the vehicles elec trical system E Safety First Operating instructions Tips and Maintenance Technical Data 250 If and when How to jump start description 58 Boe oe 3 Fig 171 How to connect 4 0 the jump leads In gt fig 171 the flat battery is and the charged battery Jump lead terminal connections 1 Switch off the ignition on both vehicles gt A Connect one end of the red jump lead to the positive fig 171 terminal of the vehicle with the flat battery
248. n This serves as a reminder to fill up with fuel at the earliest opportunity m Bulb defect amp The warning lamp lights up when a bulb in the vehicle s exte rior lighting is defective The warning lamp lights up when a bulb in the vehicle s exterior lighting e g left hand main beam is defective m Tailgate open display lt 5 When the ignition is switched on the warning light indicates that the tailgate is open The warning light only goes off when the tailgate is completely closed m Washer fluid 3 This warning lamp lights up to indicate that the windscreen washer level is too low This serves as a reminder to fill up the reservoir at the earliest opportunity gt page 218 m Door open display This light comes on when a door is open or incorrectly closed m Brake pad wear indicator O As the brake pad wear indicator only monitors the front brake pads it is advis able to have the rear brake pads inspected at the same time Z WARNING Have the brake pads inspected immediately by a qualified dealership if the warning display lights up m Operating instructions Cockpit 79 Engine oil pressure 7 The warning light indicates that the engine oil pressure is too low or that the oil gauge does not operate correctly It lights up or flashes in red oil pressure too low If the warning light lights up or starts to flash in red while driving a sound signal will also b
249. n away from the sealant m Changing a wheel Preparation You must park the vehicle correctly before changing a tyre Ifyou have a flat tyre or puncture park the car as far away from the flow of traffic as possible on a flat surface Switch off the engine Switch on the hazard warning lights Apply the handbrake firmly and engage a gear or put the selector in the P position Chock the wheel opposite the wheel being changed with a stone or similar object Ifyou are towing a trailer unhitch it from your vehicle Remove the spare wheel and the vehicle tools from the luggage compartment All passengers should leave the car They should wait in a safe place for instance behind the safety barrier Ifyou have a puncture stop the car well away from moving traffic Switch on the hazard warning lights and set the emergency triangle in position Please observe legal requirements when doing so All passengers should leave the car Apply the handbrake firmly and engage a gear or put the gear selector in the P position Chock the wheel opposite the wheel being changed with a stone or similar object Ifyou are towing a trailer unhitch it from your vehicle Only use jacks which have been approved for your vehicle by SEAT Never use other jacks even if they have been approved for use on other SEAT models The jack could slip Risk of injury Never start the engine when
250. n cause injuries Do not allow the seat belt to be damaged or jammed or to rub on any sharp edges Never wear the seat belt under the arm or in any other incorrect posi tion Loose bulky clothing such as an overcoat over a jacket impairs the proper fit and function of the belts reducing their capacity to protect The slot in the seat belt buckle must not be blocked with paper or other objects as this can prevent the latch plate from engaging securely Never use seat belt clips retaining rings or similar instruments to alter the position of the belt webbing Frayed or torn seat belts or damage to the connections belt retractors or parts of the buckle could cause severe injuries in the event of an acci dent Therefore you must check the condition of all seat belts at regular intervals Seat belts which have been worn in an accident and stretched must be replaced by a qualified workshop Renewal may be necessary even if there is no apparent damage The belt anchorage should also be checked Safety First Do not attempt to repair a damaged seat belt yourself The seat belts must not be removed or modified in any way The belts must be kept clean otherwise the retractors may not work properly m Seat belts Fastening seat belt one buckle The seat belts on the front seats and the seats in the second and third row are fastened using one buckle Fig 10 Belt buckle and la
251. n dioxide CN Cetane number indication of the ignition quality of the diesel RON Research octane number indication of the knock resistance of petrol a Technical Data 258 General notes on the technical data Vehicle identification data Vehicle identification number The vehicle identification number chassis number can be read from outside the vehicle through a viewer in the windscreen This is located on the left hand side of the vehicle in the lower area of the windscreen It is also located on the right hand side of the engine compartment Type plate The type plate is located on the left rib inside the engine compartment Vehicle data The data sticker is placed on the inside of the spare wheel recess in the luggage compartment The following information can be found in the vehicle information Vehicle identification number chassis number Vehicle type engine power gearbox type Engine and gearbox code paint number interior equipment Optional extras PR numbers This information also figures in the Maintenance Program m General notes on the technical data 259 How are the figures measured Fuel consumption The consumption and emission details shown on the vehicle data sticker differ from one vehicle to another The fuel consumption CO emissions and actual kerb weight of the vehicle The consumption and emission figures are calculated in accordance with the are noted on the vehicle data stick
252. n the interior monitoring system is active as the anti theft alarm could be triggered by a draft of air Note f after the alarm goes off access is gained to a second secured zone e g the tailgate is opened after a door has been opened the warning signal is triggered again Vehicle monitoring remains active even if the battery is disconnected or not working for any reason m Unlocking and locking log Tailgate warning will be given either while the vehicle is stationary or when you drive Opening the tailgate Locking and unlocking the tailgate The doors and the tailgate will be locked by turning the vehicle key to position fig 63 A The doors and the tailgate will be unlocked by turning the vehicle key to position 8 Key slot positions Windows orthe sliding roof which are still open can be closed automat ically on vehicles equipped with electric windows and electric vent windows or with an electric sliding roof To do this the vehicle key must be kept held in position gt fig 63 until all windows and the sliding roof are fully closed If the key is held in position B all windows apart from the electric vent l wing will be opened on vehicles equipped with electric windows Fig 63 Key slot positions The tailgate can if the central locking system or the servomotor lock is memm j Of tallgate lori defective be unlocked manually by turning the vehicle key to position Unlo
253. n to push the backrest up again gt Fig 91 Rear of seat fold the backrest and lift seat weza forwards Operating instructions 130 Seats and stowage A WARNING If you do not hold the backrest firmly when you operate the lever for adjusting the backrest angle the backrest will be pushed forward by springs Risk of injury Always hold the backrest firmly when you adjust the backrest angle Please observe safety recommendations concerning seats gt page 132 m Fig 93 Assembling seat Removing and fitting individual seats bar and retaining bolts The seats can be fitted and removed more easily by two people than by one person Removing an individual seat Push the head restraint down as far as it will go gt page 124 Fold down the backrests page 129 Fold the seat forwards gt page 129 When removing a seat in the third row 28 push the seat back as far as it will go and forwards as far as it will go when removing a seat in the second row Push the two bars gt fig 92 under the seat together in the direc tion of the arrow and lift the seat out of the floor anchorings Fig 92 Bar for removing and installing the indi vidual seat Assembling seat Push the bars underneath the seat together in the direction of the arrow and hold them in this position gt 28 Optional equipment Place the seat frame gt page 130 fig 93 betw
254. ncy People could become trapped inside in an emergency m 12 Optional equipment Operating instructions Unlocking and locking los Door release lever Fig 58 Driver s door release lever in normal position The doors and the tailgate can also be locked and unlocked centrally by oper ating the driver s door release lever Press or pull lever gt fig 58 In this case the deadlock is not activated The door release lever for the front passenger door and the rear doors have no influence on the other safety areas When used these release levers will only lock and unlock their own areas The opened driver s door cannot be locked using the door release lever This prevents you from locking yourself out of the vehicle a Note The deadlock mechanism will be activated if the vehicle is locked from the inside by accident using the radio remote control The doors can then no longer be opened from the inside or the outside The deadlock mechanism will be released if the ignition is switched on The doors can be opened using the door release levers First push the door release lever in and then pull it out m Childproof locks The childproof lock prevents the rear doors being opened from the inside Fig 59 Release for the child lock in the rear left a hand door Activating the childproof lock Unlock the car and open the door you wish to child proof Move the lever using the vehicle key in th
255. ne brakes and tyres depends in large part on your driving style Fuel consumption may be reduced from 10 to 15 by driving defensively and economically Below we will give you some suggestions to alleviate some of the strain in the environment and at the same time your wallet Anticipate the traffic situation well in advance A vehicle uses most fuel when accelerating When you anticipate the situa tion you will have to brake less often and thus accelerate less If it is possible let the vehicle roll with a gear engaged for example if you see a red light ahead Change gear early to save energy An effective way of saving fuel is to change up through the gears quickly Running the engine at high rpm in the lower gears uses an unnecessary amount of fuel Manual gearbox Change from first to second gear as quickly as possible We recommend that whenever possible you change to a higher gear upon reaching 2 000 rpms Automatic gearbox Accelerate slowly and avoid the kick down position Avoid driving at high speed We advise you not to drive at the top speed permitted by the vehicle Fuel consumption exhaust emissions and noise levels all increase very rapidly at higher speeds Driving at moderate speeds will help to save fuel Avoid idling It is worthwhile switching off the engine when waiting in a traffic jam at level crossings or at traffic lights with a long red phase The fuel saved after only 30 40 seconds is gr
256. ning the coolant expansion tank When the engine is warm or hot the system is pressurised Therefore wait until the engine cools before opening the cap gt ah Cockpit ZA WARNING continued To protect your face hands and arms from hot steam or fluid cover the fan cap with a large cloth in order to open it Take care to avoid coolant spilling on the exhaust pipe or any other hot component as antifreeze is inflammable m Priority 2 yellow symbols If a yellow symbol appears a sound signal is emitted The symbols indicate a dangerous situation The function shown should be controlled as fast as possible If various faults occur at the same time the symbols will be displayed one by one for approx 2 seconds Oil level too low The corresponding warning is CHECK LEVEL OIL If the symbol lights up stop switch off the engine and check the oil level topping up where necessary Oil level too low 7 The corresponding warning is OIL SENSOR WORKSHOP If the symbol flashes this probably means that the oil level sensor is defec tive The vehicle should immediately be taken to a Technical Service Centre It is possible to continue driving but the oil level should be continually moni tored e g every time the vehicle is refuelled Engine fault Petrol engine EPC Diesel engine 00 The corresponding warning is ENGINE FAULT WORKSHOP If a fault in the running of the engine arise
257. o this the key must be kept held in the locking position until all windows and the sliding roof are fully closed Z WARNING If the vehicle is locked children and disabled people may be trapped inside Never leave children or disabled persons in the vehicle in case of emer gency they may not be able to leave the vehicle or look after themselves e Always take you car keys with you when you leave the vehicle Misuse of the keys for example by children may result in serious damage and accident The engine may accidentally be started and be out of control If the ignition is switched on the electric equipment could be acti vated with risk of injury for example in the electric windows Operating instructions Unlocking and locking CE Z WARNING continued The doors can be locked using the remote control key This could result in people being trapped in the vehicle in an emergency Always take the key with you when you leave the vehicle Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion Risk of accident The steering lock could engage suddenly and you would not be able to steer the vehicle O Caution Each key contains electronic components Protect the keys from moisture and excessive vibration a Note Any SEAT Service centre can programme the central locking system so that only the driver s door is unlocked when the key is turned once to open
258. observe information and warnings concerning the use of child seats gt A in Safety notes on using child seats on page 46 Please always read and follow the information and warnings provided by the child seat manufacturer m Outer seats in the second row of seats and seats in the third row of seats Only the use of an officially approved child seat corre sponding to the weight and height of the child is permitted In the outer seats of seats in the second and third row universal child seats for groups 0 O 1 2 or 3 gt page 54 gt A may be fitted Seat with ISOFIX retainers These seats are suitable for ISOFIX child seats specially designed for this type of vehicle in accordance with regulation ECE R 44 gt A Vehicle seat with integrated child seat Universal child restraint systems for any group can be fitted to this seat if the integrated child seat gt page 54 Integrated child seat is not used gt A gt 52 Child safety e A WARNING ZN WARNING Children must travel in a child seat appropriate to their weight and height The vehicle seat must always be fitted in the direction of travel when securing child restraint systems in weight class 0 or 0 Read and always observe information and warnings concerning the use of child seats gt in Safety notes on using child seats on page 46 e Please always read and follow the information and warnings provided
259. of mounts or roof carrier systems not approved by the factory are excluded from the vehicle warranty m Securing the load Loads transported on the roof carrier must be securely attached The car s handling is affected when transporting loads The maximum permissible roof load for your vehicle is 75 kg The load limit applies to the combined weight of the carrier system and the load itself Distribute the load evenly However if you are using a roof carrier with a lower weight rating you will not be able to carry the maximum roof load Do not exceed the maximum weight limit for the roof carrier which is listed in the fitting instructions ZN WARNING If damaged fine or inadequate securing straps are used to fasten objects carried on the roof they could break in the event of sharp braking This could cause an accident and serious injury e Always use appropriate securing straps to secure objects on the roof carrier against sliding or flying off This could cause an accident The load must be correctly secured Always respect the maximum authorised weight for the roof the maximum authorised weight on the axles and the total maximum author ised weight of the vehicle Otherwise there is danger of causing an acci dent The risk of an accident is increased by transporting heavy or bulky loads on the roof which affects the car s handling by shifting the centre of gravity and increasing susceptibility to cross winds
260. of scalding Ensure when driving that no can or other object is dropped in the driver footwell as it could get under the pedals and obstruct their working In the event of a sudden driving or braking manoeuvre you will not be able to operate the brake clutch or accelerator pedal Risk of accident Never leave closed drinks cans in direct sunlight for any length of time If the inside temperature is high they could explode Caution When driving do not leave open cans in the cup holders The drink might be spilt on braking for example and could damage the vehicle a Note There is no left hand cup holder on vehicles fitted with a hands free tele phone system 2 Fig 106 Folding table on right hand front seat Folding out the folding table E Fold the table up in the direction of the arrow fig 106 until it engages Folding the table back Push the table down in the opposite direction of the arrow gt fig 106 until it engages 32 Optional equipment Seats and stowage EN Z WARNING ZN WARNING The folding tables may not be folded down whilst the vehicle is in motion and anyone is seated on the second row of seats There is a risk on injury during a sudden braking manoeuvre The table must therefore be closed and properly secured whilst the vehicle is in motion m Clothes hangers Fig 107 Clothes hangers on the front seat Removing the clothes hange
261. on for passengers in the rear seats Passengers in the individual seats must sit up straight keep their feet in the footwells and wear their seat belts properly To reduce the risk of injury in the event of a sudden braking manoeuvre or an accident passengers in the individual seats must observe the following The backrest of the 3 seat seat bench must be in the upright position and securely engaged in this position 22 Safe driving Adjust the head restraint so that its upper edge is at the same level as the top of your head Keep both feet in the footwell in front of the individual seat Fasten your safety belt securely Usean appropriate child restraint system when you take children in the vehicle ZN WARNING If the passengers on the individual seats are not sitting properly they could sustain severe injuries e Adjust the head restraint properly to achieve maximum protection The seat belts can only provide optimal protection when the backrests are properly engaged in the upright position and the passengers are wearing their seat belts properly If passengers on the individual seats are not sitting in an upright position the risk of injury due to incorrect posi tioning of the belt web increases m Correct sitting position for passengers in the rear seats Passengers in the rear seats must sit up straight keep their feet in the foot well s and wear their seat belts properly
262. on tank flap Winter tyres must be fitted on all four wheels Checking and refilling levels 229 Information on permitted winter tyre sizes can be found in the vehicle s regis tration documents Use only radial winter tyres All tyre sizes listed in the vehicle documentation also apply to winter tyres Winter tyres lose their effectiveness when the tread is worn down to a depth of4 mm The speed rating code gt page 227 New tyres and wheels determines the following speed limits gt Q max 160 km h S max 180 km h T max 190 km h H max 210 km h In some countries vehicles which can exceed the speed rating of the fitted tyre must have an appropriate sticker in the driver s field of view These stickers are available from your Authorised Service Centre The legal require ments of each country must be followed Do not have winter tyres fitted for unnecessarily long periods Vehicles with summer tyres handle better when the roads are free of snow and ice If you have a flat tyre please refer to the notes on the spare wheel gt page 227 New tyres and wheels ZN WARNING The maximum speed for the winter tyres must not be exceeded Otherwise this could lead to tyre damage and thus an accident risk amp For the sake of the environment Fit your summer tyres in good time They are quieter do not wear so quickly and reduce fuel consumption m Tips and Maintenance 230 Checking and
263. only intend to be gone for a short period This is especially important if you must leave children or disabled people in the vehicle they could accidentally start the engine or work electrical equipment such as the windows possibly resulting in an accident Unsupervised use of the keys could result in the engine being started or electrical systems such as the electric windows being used This can result in serious injury Caution The starter must not be used unless the vehicle is at a standstill key position If the starter is used as soon as the engine is switched off the starter or the engine could be damaged m Operating instructions Driving J163 Safety interlock for ignition key The ignition key can only be taken out of the ignition lock ifthe selector lever is in position P After switching off the ignition you can remove the ignition key only if the automatic gearbox gear selector lever page 168 is in position P The selector lever is blocked after the ignition key has been removed m Electronic immobiliser The immobiliser prevents unauthorised persons from driving the vehicle Inside the key there is a chip that deactivates the electronic immobiliser auto matically when the key is inserted into the ignition The electronic immobiliser is automatically activated when you take the key out of the ignition lock The engine can only be started using a genuine SEAT key with the correct code
264. onsibility for his passengers and the operational worthiness of the vehicle For your own Safety and the safety of your passengers always note the following points before every trip Ensure that the vehicle s lights and turn signals operate flaw lessly Check tyre pressure Ensure that all windows provide a clear and good view of the surroundings Securely restrain all parcels gt page 15 Make sure that no objects can interfere with the pedals Adjust front seat head restraint and mirrors properly for your size Instruct passengers to adjust the head restraints according to their height Protect children with appropriate child seats and properly applied seat belts page 46 Assume the correct sitting position Instruct your passengers also to assume a proper sitting position gt page 10 Fasten your safety belt securely Instruct your passengers also to fasten their seat belts properly gt page 18 m What affects driving safety Driving safety is largely determined by your driving style and the personal behaviour of all occupants As driver you are responsible for yourself and your passengers When your concentration or driving safety is affected you endanger yourself as well as others on the road gt A for this reason Do not allow yourself to be distracted from the traffic around you e g by passengers or telephone conversations Never drive when your driving ability is impaired e g by medica
265. oof ZN WARNING continued Never close the sliding tilting sunroof without observing and ensuring it is clear to do otherwise could cause serious injury to you and others Make sure that no one is in the path of the sliding tilting sunroof m Fig 67 Interior roof trim control of sliding tilting The sliding tilting roof has a roll back function which prevents larger objects getting trapped when the roof is closed gt A The roll back function does not prevent fingers getting pinched against the roof opening The sliding tilting sunroof stops and opens again immediately if it is obstructed when closing If the sliding tilting roof has been opened again by the roll back function it can be closed only by pressing button page 105 fig 66 until the sliding tilting roof has closed fully The sliding tilting roof then closes without the roll back function If it still does not close consult a specialised workshop A WARNING Incorrect use of the sliding tilting sunroof can result in injury Safety First Operating instructions Tips and Maintenance Technical Data Unlocking and locking Manual release Fig 68 Manual release Fig 69 Manual release In the event of a breakdown the sunroof may be closed manually Remove the interior light To do so insert a screwdriver on the right hand side between the light and the covering and turn the screwdriver Invert the screwdriver head an
266. ors luggage compartment or bonnet Otherwise there is a risk of malfunc tion For the sake of the environment In the interests of environmental protection the car should be washed only in specially provided wash bays This prevents toxic oil laden waste water entering the sewerage system In some districts washing vehicles anywhere else may be prohibited Note Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight m Washing the car with a high pressure cleaner Be particularly careful when using a high pressure cleaner Always observe the instructions for the high pressure cleaner particularly those concerning the pressure and the spraying distance Increase the spraying distance for soft materials and painted bumpers Do not use a high pressure cleaner to remove ice or snow from windows gt page 196 Never use concentrated jet nozzles or so called dirt blasters gt If possible avoid sudden braking directly after washing the vehicle Dry the brakes by braking several times Cleaning and caring for your vehicle 195 ZN WARNING Never wash tyres with a concentrated jet or cylindrical jet rotating nozzle Even at large spraying distances and short cleaning times visible and invisible damage can occur to the tyres This may cause an accident Moisture ice and salt on the brakes may affect braking efficiency Risk of accident Caution Do not use
267. osition or 0 to the second stop A warning lamp lights up in the control panel 0 The dipped beam headlights will only work with the ignition on The head lights are automatically switched to the side light setting while the engine is being started and after the ignition has been switched off The daylight driving light automatically comes on when the ignition is switched on It is not necessary to turn on the light switch The daylight driving lights are switched on as long as the ignition is switched on Rear fog light The rear fog light is so bright that it may dazzles drivers behind You should use the rear fog light only when visibility is very poor 17 Optional equipment 18 for selected markets only Lights and visibility gt If you are towing a trailer equipped with a rear fog light on a vehicle with a factory fitted towing bracket the rear fog light on the car will automatically be switched off A WARNING Never drive with just the side lights on Risk of accident The side lights are not bright enough to illuminate the road ahead and to ensure that other road users are able to see you Always use your dipped headlights if it is dark or if visibility is poor a Note Ifthe lights are left on after the key has been taken out of the ignition lock a buzzer sounds when the driver door is opened This is a reminder to switch off the lights The rear fog light is so bright tha
268. ossible to go from one display to Navigation system the other using the button on the windscreen wiper lever by holding it pressed in for over 2 seconds Navigation display Multifunction display When the navigation display or the multifunction display are activated the possible faults are mainly displayed on the on board computer screen Instructions for the use of the SEAT navigation system are included in a sepa rate handbook m Fig 51 Button on the windscreen washer lever Operating instructions 86 Steering wheel controls Steering wheel controls Steering wheel Multifunction steering wheel These controls enable you to perform various functions without taking your hands off the steering wheel The controls in the multi function steering wheel fig 53 work only when the ignition is switched on Rocker switch for the cruise control system CCS By briefly pressing the button the programmed speed is recov ered Ifthe button is held down the speed increases The speed of the vehicle at the moment the button is released will be stored By briefly pressing the button SET the actual speed is stored Fig 53 Multi function steering wheel with controls Ifthe button SET is held down the speed decreases The speed of the vehicle at the moment the button is released will be stored Button for switching off CCS temporarily The target speed remains stored Further inform
269. our backrest far to the rear never lean against the dash panel never lie on the rear bench never sit on the front edge of a seat never sit sideways never lean out of a window never put your feet out of a window never put your feet on the dash panel never put your feet on the surface of a seat never travel in a foot well never travel on a seat without wearing the seat belt never carry any person in the luggage compartment ZN WARNING Every incorrect sitting position increases the risk of severe injuries Sitting in an incorrect position exposes the occupants to severe injuries if airbags deploy striking an occupant who has assumed an incorrect sitting position Before the vehicle moves assume the proper sitting position and main tain it throughout the trip Before every trip instruct your passengers to assume the proper sitting position and to maintain it during the trip gt page 10 Proper sitting position for occupants m Safety First Pedal area Pedals The operation and freedom of movement of all pedals must never be impaired by objects or floor mats Ensure that you can always press the accelerator brake and clutch pedals unimpaired to the floor Ensure that the pedals can return unimpaired to their initial posi tions Use only floor mats which leave the pedal area free and can be securely fastened in the foot well If a brake circuit fails the brake
270. oximately 20 seconds after the ignition is switched on or if the engine is running The distance quoted to the next scheduled service is reduced in increments of 100 miles The following information text displayed in the instrument panel display SERVICE IN KM OR SERVICE IN DAYS The service message will disappear approximately 20 seconds after the ignition is switched on or the engine is running The normal display can be resumed by pressing the reset button on the trip counter or by pressing the rocker switch of the windscreen wiper lever If a service is due a gong signal will sound and the flashing spanner symbol will appear for approximately 20 seconds The following information text displayed in the instrument panel display SERVICE NOW 7 Optional equipment 68 Cockpit With the ignition switched on you can call up the current service message by pressing the trip counter reset knob for 2 seconds An overdue service is indicated by a minus sign in front of the mileage or day information Resetting the service display The display is reset by the SEAT dealer after the service has been carried out You will receive a print out from the SEAT dealership as confirmation that this work has been carried out If the service is not carried out by a SEAT Service centre the service interval display will have to be reset manually as follows Switch off ignition Press and hold the reset knob for the trip met
271. position of the front passenger can lead to severe injuries Adjust the front passenger seat so that there is at least 25 cm between your breastbone and the dash panel If you are sitting nearer than 25 cm the airbag system cannot protect you properly ZA WARNING continued Ifyour physical constitution prevents you from maintaining the minimum distance of 25 cm contact a qualified workshop The workshop will help you decide if special specific modifications are necessary Always keep your feet in the foot well when the vehicle is moving never rest them on the instrument panel out the window or on the seat An incor rect sitting position exposes you to an increased risk of injury in the event of a braking manoeuvre or an accident If the airbag is triggered you could sustain severe injuries due to an incorrect sitting position To reduce the risk of injury to the front passenger during sudden braking manoeuvres or an accident never travel with the backrest tilted far back The airbag system and seat belts can only provide optimal protection when the backrest is in an upright position and the front passenger is wearing his or her seat belt properly The further the backrests are tilted to the rear the greater the risk of injury due to incorrect positioning of the belt web or the incorrect sitting position Adjust the head restraint properly to achieve maximum protection m Correct sitting positi
272. position using the foot brake to stop it from rolling back Never allow the brake to rub and do not use the brake pedal too often or for long periods Constant braking will cause the brakes to overheat and will considerably reduce the brake effect This increases the braking distance and could cause the brake system to fail Never allow the car to roll down a gradient with the gear in neutral N or in selector lever position D even if the engine is not running Caution Ifyou stop the vehicle on a gradient do not attempt to stop it from rolling by depressing the accelerator when a gear has been selected Otherwise the automatic gearbox direct shift gearbox may overheat causing damage Pull the handbrake on fully or depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling away Ifyou allow the car to roll with the selector lever in position N with the engine switched off the automatic gearbox direct shift gearbox will be damaged as it will not be lubricated a Note The two clutch system of the direct shift gearbox has a system to protect against excess strain which may occur for example when the vehicle is held ona hill with the clutch and the gearbox oil overheats When the clutch is overloaded the vehicle begins to jerk and the position indicator of the selector lever begins to flash To avoid breakdowns the clutch breaks the power transmission between the engine and the gearbox as a result of which
273. product to the windscreen washer fluid Approved windscreen cleaning products exist on the market with high deter gent and anti freeze properties these may be added all year round Please follow the dilution instructions on the packaging gt Checking and refilling levels 219 Z WARNING Any work carried out in the engine compartment or on the engine must be carried out cautiously When working in the engine compartment always observe the safety warnings page 209 Caution Never put radiator anti freeze or other additives into the windscreen washer fluid Always use approved windscreen cleansing products diluted as per instructions If you use other washer fluids or soap solutions the tiny holes in the fan shaped nozzles could become blocked m Fig 145 Removing front wipers Check the condition of the wiper blades regularly Change them as required Changing the front windscreen wiper blades i Change the windscreen wiper blades Damaged wiper blades should be replaced immediately Lift the wiper arm away from the glass Do not pull the arm by the blade Turn the wiper blade as shown by arrow gt fig 144 as far as it will go and then pull it off as shown by arrow gt fig 145 Push a new wiper blade of the same length and version onto the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade to the stop against the direc tion shown by arrow Place the wiper arm in the starting
274. ptional equipment fittings or for the addition of accessories the weight of the vehicle will increase gt A ZN WARNING Please note that the centre of gravity may shift when transporting heavy objects this may affect the vehicle s handling and lead to an acci dent Always adjust your speed and driving style to suit road conditions and requirements Never exceed the gross axle weight rating or the gross vehicle weight rating If the allowed axle load or the allowed total weight is exceeded the driving characteristics of the vehicle may change leading to accidents injuries and damage to the vehicle m Towing a trailer Trailer weights Trailer weights The trailer weights and drawbar loads approved are selected in intensive trials according to precisely defined criteria The approved trailer weights are valid for vehicles in the EU for maximum speeds of 80 km h in certain circumstances up to 100 km h The figures may be different in other coun tries All data in the official vehicle documents take precedence over these data gt 260 General notes on the technical data Drawbar load The maximum permitted weight exerted by the trailer drawbar on the ball joint of the towing bracket must not exceed 85 kg In the interest of road safety we recommend that you always tow approaching the maximum drawbar load The response of the trailer on the road will be poor if the drawbar load is too small I
275. r Remove the head restraint gt page 124 33 Pull the clothes hanger off the rods of the head restraint fig 107 33 Optional equipment Operating instructions The hanger must never be attached to the head restraint of a seat used by children as the head restraint does not engage completely and will come off in the event of an accident A hanger may only be fitted on a head restraint when no one is seated in the seat behind In the event of an accident it could cause injury Caution The clothes hangers should only be secured on the driver and front passenger seats and not on the seats in the passenger compartment The side trim will otherwise be damaged when folding the seats backwards and forwards m Net bag for small objects Fig 108 Net bag onseats w in second row 140 Seats and stowage The seats in the second row are fitted with a net bag gt page 1339 fig 108 for the stowage of small objects The bag will hold a newspaper can or standard bottle of up to a maximum of 0 5 litres gt ZN WARNING Ensure when driving that no can or other object is dropped in the driver footwell as it could get under the pedals and obstruct their working In the event of a sudden driving or braking manoeuvre you will not be able to operate the brake clutch or accelerator pedal Risk of accident m Ashtrays cigarette lighter and electrical sockets
276. r on the right and are secured using a thumb screw gt fig 150 The Make sure that the spare wheel removed wheel and the tools are stored tool kit comprisesthefollowingitems safely in the luggage compartment m Tool box Screwdriver with hexagon socket in the handle for slackened wheel bolts The screwdriver blade is reversible The screwdriver is in the wheel bolt Towing eye removable Open jaw spanner 10x13 mm Wire hook for pulling off the centre cover and the wheel bolt caps gt 44 Optional equipment Tips and Maintenance Box spanner for wheel bolts Jack Before you return the jack to the tool box you must fully wind in the claw The crank must then be folded tight against the side of the jack The removable towing bracket the key for unlocking the sunroof in an emergency and the anti theft wheel bolt adaptor are stored next to the vehicle tools Adapter for anti theft wheel bolts We recommend you carry the wheel bolt adapter in the vehicle tool kit at all times The code number of the anti theft wheel bolt is stamped on the front of the adapter You will need this number to replace the adapter if lost Make a note the code number of the anti theft wheel bolt and keep it in a safe place but not in your vehicle Z WARNING Do not use the hexagonal socket in the screwdriver handle to tighten the wheel bolts It is not suitable for tightening the bolts to
277. r passengers In the event of an accident the safety equipment could reduce the risk of injury The following list includes most of the safety equipment in your SEAT optimised three point seat belts for all seats seat belt tension devices for driver and passenger Belt height adjustment for the front seats and outer seats in the second row frontal airbags for driver and passenger side airbags for driver and passenger curtain airbags ISOFIX anchorage for ISOFIX child seats in the outside seats in the second and third rows Height adjustable head restraints and adjustable steering column The safety equipment mentioned above works together to provide you and your passengers with the best possible protection in accident situations But this safety equipment cannot help you or your passengers if you or your passengers assume an incorrect sitting position or do not properly adjust or use this equipment Safe driving gt 8 Safe driving Therefore you have been provided with information about why this equip ment is so important how it protects you what you have to observe when using it and how you and your passengers can achieve the greatest possible benefit from the safety equipment fitted This manual includes important warnings that you and your passengers should observe in order to reduce the risk of injury Safety is everyone s business m Before every trip The driver bears the resp
278. r the sake of the environment The display only works when the ignition is switched on The symbol Changing up a gear early will help you to save fuel and minimise engine will also light up in the display for some seconds as a function noise m check Needle in cold zone a Avoid high engine speeds and heavy engine loads fig 45 Needle in normal zone In normal driving conditions the needle should be in the middle section of the scale The temperature may also rise when the engine is working hard especially at high outside temperatures This is no cause for concern as long as the warning lamp does not light up page 72 Needle in warning zone The warning lamp Q will light up if the needle is in the warning zone The warning text 5 STOP CHECK COOLANT SERVICE MANUAL may also appear in gt Operating instructions hee Cockpit the combi instrument display Stop the car and switch off the engine Allow Fuel gauge N the engine to cool and check the coolant level gt A Even if the coolant level is correct do not continue driving You should obtain technical assistance ZN WARNING Read and observe the warnings Working in the engine compartment before opening the bonnet to carry out work in the engine compartment Caution c 4 E d A Accessories in front of the air inlet reduce the cooling effect of the coolant At k high outside temperatures and high engine loads there is a r
279. raint systems that have been checked according to ECE R 44 are suitable for installation on the front passenger seat or on the rear seats a Note The passenger seat and the rear seats comply with directive 77 541 EEC for the installation of child restraint systems m Front passenger seat Only the use of an officially approved child seat corre sponding to the weight and height of the child is permitted Universal seats for children in groups 0 0 1 2 or 3 gt page 54 gt A can be fitted in the passenger seat To fit a child seat position the seat in the upright position and move the passenger Seat as far back as possible The seat must be in the highest posi tion on vehicles with a height adjustable A front passenger seat ZN WARNING Never fit a child seat in the passenger seat where the child faces back wards to the direction of travel and the frontal airbag has not been deacti vated This is highly dangerous for the child If it is necessary in excep 3 Optional equipment Child safety sa ZA WARNING continued tional cases to transport a child on the front passenger seat you must always disable the front and side passenger airbags page 44 Children must travel in a child seat appropriate to their weight and height The vehicle seat must always be fitted in the direction of travel when securing child restraint systems in weight class 0 or 0 Read and always
280. rake system gt An audible signal is also given if the car is driven faster than 6 km h approx 4 mph with the handbrake applied Coolant temperature level gauge The corresponding warning is STOP CHECK LEVEL COOLANT SERVICE MANUAL f the symbol flashes while driving this means that either the coolant temper ature is too high or the coolant level is too low Stop immediately switch off the engine and check the level Top up coolant if necessary f the coolant level is correct the overheating may be caused by a malfunction of the radiator fan In this case check the radiator fan fuse and replace if necessary f the warning light does not go out although the coolant level is correct and the fan fuse is correct do not continue driving Obtain technical assistance f the fault is only in the radiator fan it is possible to continue driving as far as the nearest Technical Service Centre as long as the coolant level is correct and the display light is off Alternator i The corresponding warning is ALTERNATOR WORKSHOP The warning lamp lights up when the ignition is switched on It should go out when the engine is started The alternator is operated by a long lasting drive belt If the warning light lights up while driving stop switch off the engine and check the drive belt If the belt is loose or broken do not continue driving as the coolant pump will not be driven The belt should be checked or replaced
281. ral engine data Power output in kW bhp rpm 150 204 6200 Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 265 3400 No of cylinders capacity in cm 3 6 2792 Compression 10 75 0 25 Fuel Super 98 RON Super 95 RON a Research Octane Number Measure of the predetonation power of the petrol gt with a slight power loss Performance figures Maximum speed in km h 217 Acceleration from 0 80 km h in sec Tsa Acceleration from 0 100 km h in sec 9 9 Consumption litres 100 km CO g km Urban cycle 14 5 348 Extra urban cycle 8 2 198 Combined 10 5 252 gt Technical Data 270 Technical Data Weights Gross vehicle weight in kg 2470 Weight in working order with driver in kg 1694 2014 Gross axle weight front in kg 1240 Gross axle weight rear in kg 1280 Permitted roof load in kg 75 Trailer weights With no brakes gradients up to 12 700 With brakes gradients up to 12 2000 Engine oil capacity Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 5 5 litres E Petrol engine 2 8L VR6 150 kW 204 bhp Automatic General engine data Power output in kW bhp rpm 150 204 6200 Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 265 3400 No of cylinders capacity in cm 2 6 2792 Compression 10 75 0 25 Fuel Super 98 RON Super 95 RON gt a Research Octane Number Measure of the predetonation power of the petrol
282. rd ance with the trailer manufacturer s recommendations Exterior mirrors Check whether you can see enough of the road behind the trailer with the standard mirrors If this is not the case you should have additional mirrors fitted Both exterior mirrors should be mounted on hinged extension brackets Adjust the mirrors to give sufficient vision to the rear Headlight adjustment If towing a trailer the dipped light may dazzle other drivers Use the headlight range control to lower the cone of light If you do not have headlight range control have the headlights adjusted by a qualified dealership Z WARNING Never transport people in a trailer This could result in fatal accidents To avoid dazzling other drivers adjust the dipped beam according to the load If not an accident may occur a Note Towing a trailer places additional demands on the vehicle We recom mend additional services between the normal inspection intervals if the vehicle is used frequently for towing a trailer Find out whether special regulations apply to towing a trailer in your country m Driving and the environment 189 Ball coupling of towing bracket The removable ball coupling of the towing bracket is stored with the tools on board behind the right hand side trim ofthe luggage compartment Fig 134 Location of towing bracket It is necessary to first tense the towing bracket removing the ball coupling Remove
283. red A bottle of tyre sealant can be obtained at any SEAT dealer Dispose of used or expired sealant observing any legal requirements Likewise note any instructions from the anti puncture kit s manufacturer if included a Note Invehicles fitted with a towing bracket it is first necessary to remove the tools in order to reach the anti puncture kit m Preparation of anti puncture kit Small punctures up to 4 mm in diameter particularly ones in the tread can be sealed using the anti puncture set If you have a puncture stop the car well away from moving traffic Switch on the hazard warning lights and set the emergency triangle in position Please observe legal requirements when doing so Take the compressor and the bottle of sealant from the luggage compartment Remove the anti puncture sticker gt fig 153 and apply it to the instrument panel where it can be seen clearly Leave the foreign body e g screw nail in the tyre Take the cap off the tyre valve If and when Use the enclosed extractor gt page 234 fig 153 to unscrew Connect the compressor using the ON OFF switch for at least the valve insert Place the valve insert on a clean surface six minutes Vigorously shake the sealant bottle gt page 234 fig 153 Go for Run the compressor until a tyre pressure of between 2 0 and 2 5 several seconds m bar has been reached This should take a maximum of 6
284. refilling levels Snow chains Snow chains may be fitted only to the front wheels and only to certain tyre sizes gt page 260 Snow chains must have fine pitch links which do not protrude more that 15 mm including tension device Remove wheel hub covers and trim rings before fitting snow chains For safety reasons cover caps available in any Authorised Service Centre must then be fitted over the wheel bolts ZN WARNING Observe the fitting instructions provided by the snow chain manufacturer Caution You must remove the snow chains to drive on roads which are free of snow Otherwise they will impair handling damage the tyres and wear out very quickly a Note In some countries the speed limit for using snow chains is 50 km h The legal requirements of the country should be followed m If and when Vehicle tools spare wheel breakdown set Vehicle tools and towing bracket Location The vehicle tools the spare wheel and the removable ball coupling of the towing bracket are stored in the luggage compartment Vehicle tool kit and removable ball coupling The vehicle tool kit and removable towing bracket ball coupling are stored on the right of the luggage compartment behind a cover Fig 150 Storage of vehicle tools Spare wheel The spare wheel is stored underneath the vehicle gt page 232 The vehicle tools are stored in the luggage compartment behind the side Caution cove
285. rength to steer and brake the vehicle when the engine is switched off As you cannot steer and brake in the normal manner there is a greater risk of accidents and serious injury The steering lock can engage immediately when the key is removed from the ignition lock The vehicle cannot be steered Risk of accident Caution If the engine has been driven hard for a long period the engine could over heat when it is switched off Risk of engine damage For this reason you should idle the engine for approx 2 minutes before you switch it off m A Driving Manual gearbox Manual gearbox Fig 126 Manual gearbox with shift diagram Selecting the reverse gear Thevehicle should be stationary with the engine idling Press the clutch right down Put the gearlever fig 126 in the middle neutral Press the gearstick down and then to the left and forwards into the reverse position shown on the gearstick The reverse gear can only be engaged when the vehicle is stationary When the engine is running before engaging this gear wait about 6 seconds with the clutch pressed in fully in order to protect the gearbox When reverse gear is engaged and the ignition is switched on the following takes place The reversing lights come on The heating or air conditioning automatically change to air recirculation mode The rear window heater switches on when the windscreen wiper is acti vated Z
286. rev Gear selection display for Tiptronic If the automatic gearbox is shifted manually or using Tiptronic the indi vidual gears are shown on the display gt fig 130 m Kick down function The kick down feature is designed to give maximum acceler ation If you press the accelerator right down the gearbox automatically changes down a gear depending on speed and engine speed to give the vehicle full acceleration The gearbox does not shift up to the next gear until the engine reaches the maximum determined engine speed for the gear Z WARNING You could lose control of the vehicle if you accelerate quickly on slippery surfaces This may result in serious injury gt ZA WARNING continued Be particularly careful therefore when using the kick down function on slippery road surfaces You should use the kick down function only when traffic and weather conditions allow it to be used safely m Handbrake Using the handbrake The handbrake should be applied firmly to prevent the vehicle from accidentally rolling away Always apply the handbrake when you leave your vehicle and when you park Using the handbrake Firmly pull the handbrake lever up all the way Releasing the handbrake Firmly pull the handbrake lever up all the way Push in the lock button on the handbrake lever Keep the locking knob pressed and push the lever all the way down gt
287. right position m Warning lamp for airbag and belt tensioner system 2 This warning lamp monitors the airbag and belt tension device system The warning lamp monitors all airbags and belt tension devices in the vehicle including control units and wiring connections Safety First Monitoring of airbag and belt tension device system The functionality of the airbag and belt tension device system is constantly monitored electronically The warning lamp amp will light up for four seconds every time the ignition is switched on selfdiagnosis If at least one airbag has been deactivated in a specialised workshop the warning light flashes for 12 seconds before starting the engine This does not apply when the front and side airbags have been deactivated using the key switch gt page 44 The system must be checked when the warning lamp amp does not come on when the ignition is switched on does not go off after four seconds after switching on the ignition goes out and then comes on again after the ignition is switched on orif it comes on or flickers while the car is moving In the event of a malfunction the warning lamp remains on continuously In addition depending on the malfunction an appropriate fault message appears in the display D of the instrument panel In this event you should have a qualified workshop check the system immediately Airbag system 35s Repair care and disposal of the a
288. rning notes on ESP m 1621 Driving Ignition lock Position of the ignition key Fig 125 Ignition key we positions Ignition switched off steering lock In position gt fig 125 the ignition is switched off and the steering wheel lock can be engaged To engage the steering wheel lock take out the key and turn the wheel slightly until you hear the pin engage You should always lock the steering wheel when you leave your vehicle This makes vehicle theft more difficult A Switching on the ignition or glow plug system Turn the ignition key to this position and let go of the key If the key cannot be turned or is difficult to turn from position to position move the steering wheel to take the load off the steering lock mechanism until the key turns freely Starting G The engine is started when the key is in this position Electrical components with a high power consumption are switched off temporarily Each time that the vehicle must be started the ignition key must be turned to the position The repetitive start prevention lock of the ignition prevents possible damage to the starter motor if the engine is already running Z WARNING Wait for the vehicle to come to a standstill before removing the ignition key from the lock The steering lock could be activated immediately Risk of accident Always remove the key from the ignition lock when leaving the vehicle even if you
289. rotected with an appro priate child restraint system m Seat belt warning lamp amp The warning lamp acts as a reminder to the driver to fasten the seat belt Before starting the vehicle Fasten your safety belt securely Seat belts lig Instruct your passengers to fasten their seat belts properly before driving off Protect children by using child seats of the correct height for the age of the child The warning lamp amp in the combi instrument lights up if the driver seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched on In addition an acoustic signal can also be heard for a couple of seconds The warning lamp amp does not go out until the driver seat belt is fastened while the ignition is switched on m Safety First Operating instructions Tips and Maintenance Technical Data Why wear seat belts Frontal collisions and the laws of physics In the event of a frontal collision a large amount of kinetic energy is generated Fig 5 Vehicle about to hit a wall the occupants are not wearing seatbelts 20 Seat belts Fig 6 The vehicle hits the wall the occupants are not wearing seatbelts It is easy to explain how the laws of physics work in the case of a head on collision When a vehicle starts moving fig 5 there is a certain amount of energy known as kinetic energy both in the vehicle and in the occupants The amount of kinetic energy depends on the spe
290. rst 500 km Drive particu larly carefully to avoid risk of accident Never drive with damaged tyres This may cause an accident Ifyou notice unusual vibration or if the vehicle pulls to one side when driving stop the vehicle immediately and check the tyres for damage m Tips and Maintenance 226 Checking and refilling levels Checking tyre pressure Tyre service life The correct tyre pressure can be seen on the sticker on the The service life of tyres is dependent on tyre pressure driving inside of the tank flap style and fitting 1 Read the required tyre inflation pressure from the sticker The values refer to Summer tyres For Winter tyres you must add 0 2 bar to the values given on the sticker 2 The tyre pressures should only be checked when the tyres are cold The slightly raised pressures of warm tyres must not be reduced 3 Adjust the tyre pressure to the load you are carrying Tyre pressure The correct tyre pressure is especially important at high speeds The pressure should therefore be checked at least once a month and before starting a journey Z WARNING Atyre can easily burst if the pressure is too low causing an accident Fig 148 Tyre tread wear indicators T At continuously high speeds a tyre with insufficient pressure flexes more In this way it becomes too hot and this can cause tread separation and tyre blow out Always observe the recommended tyre pressures
291. rting children use a child seat appro priate to the age and size of each child A WARNING If a child seat is mounted in the front passenger seat the child is exposed to a greater risk in theevent of an accident Never secure a rear facing child seat to the front passenger seat if the front passenger airbag is enabled The child can suffer critical or fatal inju ries when the front passenger airbag is triggered e An inflating front passenger airbag can strike the rear facing child seat and hurl it with great force against the door the roof or the backrest If under special circumstances it should be necessary to transport a child in a rear facing child seat on the front passenger seat it is absolutely essential that you observe the following safety measures Disabling front and side airbags for front passenger gt page 44 The child seat must be approved by the child seat manufacturer for use on a front passenger seat with front or side airbag Follow the installation instructions of the child seat manufacturer and absolutely observe the warnings page 46 Before properly installing the child seat push the front passenger seat all the way to the rear so that the greatest possible distance to the front passenger airbag is ensured Ensure that no objects prevent the front passenger seat from being pushed completely back The backrest of the front passenger seat must be in an up
292. rument panel Using the ignition key turn the switch to ON gt page 44 fig 28 Check if when the ignition is switched on that the warning lamp PASS AIRBAG OFF on the instrument panel page 44 fig 29 does not light up gt A Close centre compartment on instrument panel Airbag system as ZA WARNING continued Have the airbag system inspected immediately by a qualified work shop Do not use a child seat on the front passenger seat The front and side passenger airbag may deploy during an accident in spite of the fault Itis impossible to determine whether the front or side airbags will be triggered in case of accident Inform your passengers of this m ZAN WARNING The driver is responsible for the proper position of the key operated switch You should only disable the front and side passenger airbags if in exceptional cases you have to use a rear facing child seat on the front passenger seat gt page 46 Never fit a child seat in the passenger seat where the child faces back wards to the direction of travel and the frontal airbag has not been deacti vated This is highly dangerous for the child However if it is necessary in exceptional circumstances to transport a child in a rear facing child seat on the front passenger seat you must always disable the front passenger airbag As soon as the child seat will no longer be used on the front passenger sea
293. ry to close it again within five seconds The roll back function is now deactivated The window closes with maximum force If more than 5 seconds pass the windowwill open fully when you operate one of the buttons One touch closing is reactivated The one touch function and roll back function will not work if there is a malfunction in the electric windows Contact an Authorised Service Centre ZN WARNING Incorrect use of the electric windows can result in injury e Always take the key with you when leaving the vehicle even if you only intend to be gone for a short time Please ensure that children are never left unsupervised in the vehicle The electric windows will work until the ignition has been switched off and one of the front doors has been opened Never close the windows without observing and ensuring it is clear to do otherwise could cause serious injury to you and others Make sure that no one is in the path of a window Never allow people to remain in the vehicle when you close the vehicle 104 Unlocking and locking ZA WARNING continued The roll back function does not prevent fingers or other parts of the body getting pinched against the window frame Risk of accident Note The roll back function is deactivated if the windows are closed from the outside of the vehicle using the ignition key for convenience closing gt page 106 m Convenience opening and closing Th
294. s and hard wax on painted parts with a matte finish or on plastic parts Do not polish your vehicle in a sandy or dusty environment m Caring for plastic parts Solvents will damage plastic parts If normal washing fails to clean plastic parts clean them with special solvent free plastic cleaning and care products Caution The use of liquid air freshener directly over the air vents of the vehicle may damage the plastic parts if the liquid is accidentally spilled Cleaning products which contain solvents will damage the material m Cleaning windows and exterior mirrors Cleaning the windows Moisten the windows with commercially available alcohol based glass cleaner Dry the windows with a clean chamois leather or a lint free cloth Removing snow Usea small brush to remove snow from the windows and mirrors Removing ice Use a de icer spray Use a clean cloth or chamois leather to dry the windows Chamois leathers which have been used on painted surfaces are not suitable for use on windows They will be soiled with wax deposits which would smear the windows If possible use a de icing spray to remove ice If you use an ice scraper push it in one direction only Do not move it to and fro Use window cleaner or a silicone remover to clean off rubber oil grease and silicone deposits Wax deposits have to be removed with a special cleaner which is available from your Authorised Service C
295. s area Before carrying out any work in the engine compartment switch off the engine and allow it to cool down Always note the corresponding warnings gt page 209 m A WARNING Ifyour vehicle is immobilised for any technical reasons move it to a safe distance from traffic Turn off the engine turn on the hazard lights and place the warning triangle On board computer with multifunction display The information from the multi function indicator and on board computer is shown on these displays The functions and indications of the multi function indicator are described in the chapter Intruments Description When the ignition is switched on the on board computer continually controls the working of certain systems and vehicle components while the vehicle is in motion Faults in the operation or urgent repairs or services are indicated by sound signals and light warnings in red or yellow depending on priority on the instrument panel In addition to the red and yellow symbols text messages appear on the driver s display a Note Fig 49 Vehicle instru Depending on the model version or the country it is possible that the ment panel display with equipment installed in your vehicle does not display certain messages or pik or navigation they do not correspond with those in this manual For this reason we advise system you to consult the chapter Luminous Indicators for complementary infor
296. s have been rectified The following priority 1 warnings or faults may appear Engine oil pressure 7 The corresponding warning is STOP PRES OIL STOP ENGINE If this symbol begins to flash while driving stop and switch off the engine immediately Check the oil level and replace if necessary If the symbol continues flashing even though the oil level is correct do not continue driving The engine should not turn over even at idling speed tech nical assistance is necessary Brake system The corresponding warning is STOP BRAKE FLUID SERVICE MANUAL This symbol lights up if the level of brake fluid is too low Stop the vehicle immediately and check the level of the brake fluid 2 ABS EDL TCS and ESP systems The corresponding warning is STOP BRAKES FAULTY SERVICE MANUAL If the brake warning light flashes while the ABS warning light is lit up this indicates that the ABS system is faulty and that the behaviour of the normal brake system may be damaged The EDS system works in conjunction with the ABS If the EDS stops working the ABS warning lamp comes on When the ASR and the ESP fail this light also comes on Consult a Technical Service Centre as soon as possible 3 Handbrake The corresponding warning is HANDBRAKE ON The handbrake warning lamp lights up when the handbrake is applied with the ignition on It should go out when the handbrake is released If it does not this indicates a fault in the b
297. s important not to attach any objects such as cup holders or tele phone mountings to the surfaces covering the airbag units To clean the steering wheel or dash panel you may use only a dry cloth or one moistened with water Never clean the dash panel and surface of the airbag module with cleansers containing solvents Solvents cause the surface to become porous If the airbag inflates disintegrating plastic parts can cause substantial injuries Never attempt to repair adjust remove or install parts of the airbag system Anywork on the airbag system or removal and installation of the airbag components for other repairs such as repairs to the steering wheel should be performed only by a qualified workshop Qualified workshops have the necessary tools repair information and qualified personnel 36 Airbag system ZA WARNING continued We urgently recommend that you go to a qualified workshop for all work on the airbag system Never attempt to alter the front bumper or the body The airbags provide protection for one accident only if they have been deployed they must be replaced m Airbag system ls7 Front airbags The front airbag for the driver is located in the steering wheel fig 22 and the airbag for the front passenger is located in the dash panel fig 23 Airbags are identified by the text AIRBAG Description of front airbags In conjunction with the seat belts the
298. s involved and the forces acting in a collision apply to children just as much as adults page 20 But unlike adults children do not Always ensure that the belt webbing is properly positioned have fully developed muscle and bone structures This means that children according to the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the are subject to a greater risk of injury child seat To reduce this risk children must always use special child restraint systems when travelling in the vehicle When travelling do not allow children to distract you from traffic We recommend the use of child safety products from the SEAT Genuine Acces Take breaks regularly during long trips Take a break at least sories Program including systems for all ages made by Peke 2 every two hours These systems have been especially designed and approved complying with the ECE R44 regulation We recommend that you include the manufacturer s directions for child seat use in the vehicle wallet and always keep them in the vehicle Follow the manufacturer s instructions and observe any statutory require ments when installing and using child seats Always read and observe page 46 Z WARNING Never fit a child seat in the passenger seat where the child faces back wards to the direction of travel and the frontal airbag has not been deacti 2 Not for all countries vated This is highly dangerous for the child If it is necessary in excep P
299. s very important If the tyre pressure is too high or too low there is an increased danger of accidents particularly at high speeds Ifthe torque of the wheel bolts is too low they could loosen whilst the vehicle is in motion Risk of accident If the tightening torque is too high the wheel bolts and threads could be damaged a Note We recommend that you ask your Authorised Service Centre for information about appropriate wheel tyre and snow chain size m Technical Data 262 Technical Data Technical Data Checking fluid levels Overview Further explanations instructions and restrictions on the technical data are From time to time the levels of the different fluids in the contained as of gt page 257 m vehicle must be checked Never fill with incorrect fluids to do so may cause serious damage to the engine Fig 176 Diagram for the location of the various elements Engine oil dipstick Oil filler neck Brake fluid reservoir Vehicle battery underneath a cover Coolant temperature deposit Windscreen washer fluid reservoir The checking and replenishment of the service fluids are carried out on the components mentioned above These operations are described in the gt page 209 Petrol engine 2 01 85 kW 115 bhp 6 gear Technical Data 263 General engine data Power output in kW bhp rpm 85 115 5200 Maximum torqu
300. s while driving the corresponding light will come on petrol engine or flash diesel engine In this case the engine should be checked immediately by a Technical Service Centre Anti lock brake system ABS The corresponding warning is ABS FAULT A fault in the ABS system is shown in the following manner If the ABS warning light comes on separately it is possible to brake the vehicle using the normal brake system without ABS Consult a Technical Service Centre as soon as possible Electronic immobiliser The corresponding warning is IMMOBILIS ACTIVE When the ignition is switched on the vehicle key data is automatically consulted The warning light will flash to confirm that the data is being checked If an unauthorised key is used the warning light will flash constantly It will not be possible to start the vehicle Tailgate bonnet open display lt 3 The corresponding warning is TAILGATE OPEN This warning light only indicates that the tailgate is open gt The warning light only goes off when the tailgate is completely closed to the second position Windscreen washer ij The corresponding warning is TOP UP WASHER FLUID This symbol lights up to indicate that the windscreen washer level is too low Top up windscreen and headlight washer fluid Fuel level low J The corresponding warning is Fig 52 On board PLEASE REFUEL m computer display If the vehicle has a navigation system it is p
301. s with the steering wheel on the left m Instruments Instrument overview h Cockpit The instruments display the vehicle operating status Rev counter gt page 65 Engine coolant temperature gauge page 65 Display in the combi instrument and warning lamps gt page 724 G Fuel gauge gt page 66 Speedometer 4 Optional equipment Fig 44 Detailed view of dash panel instrument panel Engine oil temperature gauge gt page 67 Clock gt page 67 Setting knob for the clock Adjust kilometre button Odometer total mileage trip recorder gt page 67 Voltmeter page 67 m Rev counter Engine coolant temperature display The rev counter displays the engine speed in revolutions per This gauge shows the engine coolant temperature minute If for example the needle is directly over the 2 this corresponds to an engine speed of 2000 rpm revolutions per minute page 64 fig 44 The start of the red zone on the dial indicates the maximum engine speed which may be used briefly when the engine is warm and after it has been run in properly However it is advisable to change up a gear or move the selector lever to D or lift your foot off the accelerator before the needle reaches the red zone Caution i Fig 45 Instrument panel The rev counter needle must never enter the red zone on the scale Risk of 3 p engine coolant tempera engine damage ture gauge Se Fo
302. seat back as far as possible to keep a safe distance away from the instrument panel Failure to respect the minimum distance means that the airbag will not protect you Risk of fatal injury In addition the front seats and head Side airbags Description of side airbags The airbag system is not a substitute for the seat belts Fig 25 Side airbag in left rear seat The side airbags are located in the driver seat and front passenger seat back rests gt fig 25 In conjunction with the seat belts the side airbag system gives the front seat occupants additional protection for the upper body in the event of a severe side collision gt page 41 Safety notes on the operation of the side airbag system In a side collision the side airbags reduce the risk of injury to passengers on the front seats to the areas of the body facing the impact In addition to their normal function of protecting the occupants in a collision the seat belts also hold the passengers on the front seats in a position where the side airbags can provide maximum protection 40 Airbag system The airbag system is not a substitute for seat belts but is an integral part of the vehicle s overall passive safety system Please bear in mind that the airbag system can only work effectively when the occupants are wearing their seat belts For this reason it is most important to wear the seat belts at all times not only because this is required
303. seat belts have been fastened properly Never put the latch plate in the buckle of another seat If you do this the seat belt will not protect you properly and the risk of injury is increased fan occupant is incorrectly belted in the belt cannot protect him or her properly An incorrectly positioned belt web can cause extremely severe injuries a Note An illustration of how to fasten the seat belts can be found on each buckle m Fig 12 Correct belt web and head restraint posi tions viewed from front Fig 13 Correct belt web and head restraint posi tions viewed from side gt Safety First The following features are available to adjust the seat belt in the shoulder region Belt height adjustment for the front seats and the outer seats in the second row front seat height adjustment ZN WARNING An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause severe injuries in the event of an accident The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie on the centre of the shoulder never across the neck The seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably on the torso The lap part of the seat belt must lie across the pelvis never across the stomach The seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably on the pelvis Pull the belt tight if necessary to take up any slack Read and observe the warnings page 23 m 26 Seat belts Pregnant women must also fasten their seat belts properly The
304. sible For further information on the ABS see the gt page 180 If a fault occurs in the ABS the ESP warning lamp will also light up Brake system fault If the ABS warning lamp lights up together with the brake warning lamp this indicates not only a fault in the ABS function but also a possible fault in the brake system gt A ZN WARNING Before opening the bonnet read and observe the warnings on gt page 209 Working in the engine compartment Ifthe brake warning lamp should light up together with the ABS warning lamp stop the vehicle immediately and check the brake fluid level in the reservoir gt page 221 Brake fluid If the fluid level has dropped below the MIN mark you must not drive on Risk of accident Obtain technical assistance Ifthe brake fluid level is correct the fault in the brake system may have been caused by a failure of the ABS system This could cause the rear wheels to lock quickly when you brake This could cause the rear to break away Risk of skidding Drive carefully to the nearest qualified workshop and have the fault corrected m Operating instructions Cockpit CA Differential lock fault EDL EDL operates along with the ABS in vehicles equipped with an Electronic Stabilisation Program ESP A malfunction in the EDL is indicated by the ABS warning lamp Please take the vehicle to a qualified workshop as soon as possible
305. sk of accident m Washing by hand Washing the vehicle First soften the dirt with plenty of water and rinse off Clean the vehicle with a soft sponge a glove or a brush Start on the roof and work your way down Use only light pressure Rinse the sponge or glove as much as possible Special car shampoo should only be used for very stubborn dirt Clean the wheels sill panels etc last using a different sponge or glove If it is cold dry the rubber seals and the surfaces they touch with a cloth to prevent them freezing Apply silicone spray to the rubber seals After cleaning the vehicle If possible avoid sudden braking directly after washing the vehicle Dry the brakes by braking several times ZN WARNING The ignition must always be switched off before the vehicle is washed Protect your hands and arms from cuts on sharp metal edges when cleaning the underbody the inside of the wheel housings etc Risk of injury Moisture ice and salt on the brakes may affect braking efficiency Risk of accident Caution Never attempt to remove dirt mud or dust if the surface of the vehicle is dry Never use a dry cloth or sponge for cleaning purposes This could scratch the paintwork or glass on your vehicle Washing the vehicle in low temperatures if the vehicle is rinsed with a hose do not direct the water into the lock cylinders or the gaps around the do
306. sons in the vehicle particularly if they have access to the keys Unsupervised use of a key could mean that the engine is started or that electrical equipment is used e g electric windows Risk of accident The doors can be locked using the remote control key This could result in people being trapped in the vehicle in an emergency The sliding tilting sunroof operates as long as the ignition is switched on a Note The roof can be closed by hand if the system is defective m 106 Unlocking and locking Convenience closing Using the door lock keep the key in the driver s door lock in the close position until the sliding tilting sunroof has closed Release the key to interrupt this function During convenience closing first the windows and then the sliding roof will be closed Z WARNING Never close the sliding tilting sunroof without observing and ensuring it is clear to do otherwise could cause serious injury to you and others The sliding tilting sunroof closes with the roll back function activated However always make sure that no one is in the path of the sliding tilting sunroof Note The sliding tilting sunroof rotary button remains in the last position selected if the roof is closed using convenience closing from outside the vehicle and will have to be re positioned the next time you drive m Unlocking and locking 107 Roll back function of the sliding tilting r
307. ss and hold the brake pedal Press and hold the lock button button on the knob of the selector lever gt page 167 fig 127 select gear position R D or S Release the lock button and wait for the gearbox to engage the gear a slight movement can be felt Release the brake and press the accelerator gt A Stopping briefly Use the foot brake to prevent the car creeping forwards e g at traffic lights The selector lever does not need to be put into the positions P or N for this Do not press the accelerator Parking the vehicle Press and hold the brake pedal until the vehicle comes to a standstill gt A Apply the handbrake firmly gt Press and hold the lock button move the selector lever to P and release the lock button Driving up and down hills Press the selector lever from position D to the right into the Tiptronic selector gate Lightly press the selector lever back to change down Holding the car on a hill You should always hold the vehicle in position with the footbrake to stop it from rolling backwards gt A Do not try to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards by increasing the engine speed while a range of gears is selected Moving away on an incline With a gear engaged take your foot from the brake and depress the accelerator The steeper the gradient the lower the gear you will need This increases the braking e
308. ss cise een ae aeceieaea aac 206 FUCIHSAV Sarai ica civertracs menn n EEA 191 FUSE DOX 2 2 cities minnet iae KEENAN 242 FUSES nasan a E EE ttn vors wai Sig 241 G GIZ Sakina Ree E EER 216 Gear selector lever See Automatic gearbox 170 See Automatic gearbox with Tiptronic 172 General overview of the engine compartment 262 Glove compartment 000 134 Glove compartment light 114 Glow plug system cece eee eee eee 165 Guide lights sii0 05 ewarawsaisniaas ndatas ace 110 H Hand brake warning lamp esse eee eee 179 Handbrake lt acisivecasuccsetsees sans des 173 Warning lamp 05 78 173 Hazard warning lights 111 head restraints ACjUStING sso ccigaiandagea decaes 123 124 FUELING o s db sepa as issue E ET 124 REMOVING ie sssacsignste de aaentand wanes 124 Headlamp washer e sees ee eee 119 Headlight flasher 005 113 Headlight range control 110 Headlights Driving abroad e ee ee eee 188 Heated rear window Heating elements 05 144 High pressure cleaners 05 195 HUBDCADS she eee dean eE EE 237 l Identification number 05 258 Ignition Key ssi scsi ce eee sseaseens 162 Ignition lock ssiiscee casi erin eseri nis 162 Illumination of instruments and switches ndicator lights indication lamp
309. ssing the button Pu the warning lamp in the button goes out or exceeding speeds of approx 25 km h Z WARNING The parking distance warning system cannot replace the driver s assessment of the situation The driver is personally responsible for safe parking and other manoeuvres The sensors have blind spots in which obstacles and people are not registered Operating instructions Driving 75 ZA WARNING continued Be particularly aware of small children or animals when reversing The sensors may not always be able to detect them Caution The system may not always be able to detect objects such as trailer draw bars thin rails fences posts etc This could result in damage to your car The parking distance warning system works only at speeds of under approx 15 km h The parking distance warning sensors in the bumpers must be kept clean and free of ice When cleaning with pressure hoses and steam cleaners the sensors should be sprayed only briefly A distance of 10 cm between the sensors and the steam hose nozzle must be observed Note Asystem fault will be indicated via a tone when activated for the first time and by the warning lamp flashing in the button Switch the system off at the button and have it checked by a qualified dealership as soon as possible lf your vehicle has a factory fitted towing attachment the parking distance warning system is not
310. t ZN WARNING Never leave objects food or medicines in front of the air outlets in the rear seats The hot air could damage or destroy heat sensitive objects food or medicines Caution Do not use the area in front of the outlets to store objects This could cause the blower to overheat and switch off The blower could also be damaged a Note In the cooling mode at least one air outlet in the roof must be open The cooling system could otherwise ice over m 39 Optional equipment General notes The pollution filter The pollution filter serves as a barrier against impurities in the ambient air e g dust and pollen For the air conditioning system to work with maximum efficiency the pollen filter must be replaced at the intervals specified in the Service Schedule f the filter loses efficiency prematurely due to use in areas with very high evels of air pollution the pollen filter must be changed more frequently than stated in the Service Schedule Instructions for use f the air conditioning or Climatronic4 is not switched on for a long period deposits on the evaporator can cause unpleasant smells To prevent these odours the cooling system should be run at the highest blower setting at least once a month when temperatures are over 5 C Briefly open a window at the same time Faults in the operation of the air conditioning There is a fault if the all the symbols in the Climatronic flash
311. t enable the front and side passenger airbag again Only deactivate the front and side passenger airbag when the ignition is off otherwise a fault may occur in the airbag system this will create the risk of the front curtain or side airbag not deploying properly or not at all in the event of an accident If while the front and side passenger airbag are turned off the indi cator PASS AIRBAG OFF does not remain lit this could indicate a fault in the airbag system 6 Child safety Child safety Brief introduction We recommend that you include the manufacturer s directions for child seat use in the vehicle wallet and always keep them in the vehicle m Introduction Statistics show that children are generally safer on the rear Safety notes on using child seats Sear than onthe front passenger seat Proper use of child seats substantially reduces the risk of We recommend that children under 12 years of age be transported on the rear injury in an accident seats Children travelling on the rear seat must use a child restraint system or the seat belts provided depending on their age height and weight For As the driver you are responsible for any children you transport in safety reasons the child restraint system should be installed in the centre of your vehicle the rear seat or behind the front passenger s seat N Protect your children by properly using appropriate child seats The physical principle
312. t belt take hold of the tongue and pull it slowly across the chest and lap Push the tongue of the belt into the lock for that seat so that it engages audibly pull to check Adjust the three point belt to suit body size gt A Restoring the normal seat Pullthe loop in the direction of the arrow and push the seat cushion down until it engages Use the following measures to guarantee the proper routing of the shoulder belt Seatbelt height setting Adjustment of the seat forwards and backwards Backrest angle adjustment ZN WARNING For safety reasons the seat for children in Group 3 may only be fitted in the direction of travel and in one of the outer positions not on the centre seat The risk of injury is increased if the belt is not correctly routed The shoulder part of the belt should be positioned roughly over the centre of the shoulder never across the neck and fit closely against the upper part of the body Child safety 59 ZN WARNING continued The lap belt part must lie across the pelvis not across the stomach and always fit closely check the fitting of the belt m Cleaning the child seat Fig 42 Section of inte grated child seat Open the zip fig 42 fully and undo it at the end Pull the cover from the Velcro fastening in area Guide the belt lock and the harness belts through the cover and remove the child s
313. t it can dazzle drivers behind you You should use the rear fog light only when visibility is very poor lf you are towing a trailer equipped with a rear fog light on a vehicle with a factory fitted towing bracket the rear fog light on the car will automatically be switched off The use of the lighting described here is subject to the relevant statutory requirements m Coming Home function guide lights The Coming Home function guide lights allows the vehicle lights to stay on for approximately 3 minutes after the ignition is switched off To activate the Coming Home function the vehicle lights should have already been switched on Lights and visibility Switch off vehicle lights Switch off ignition Keep all doors closed Briefly pull the turn signal lever towards the steering wheel within a maximum of 2 minutes after switching off the lights Open the driver door When the driver s door is opened the vehicle lights automatically light up for approx 3 minutes If the door is closed within 3 minutes the guide lights will stay on for approximately 30 seconds If the door is closed after 3 minutes the vehicle lights switch off and the guide lights are not activated m ox li Illumination of instruments and switches 9 and headlight range control ZO Fig 71 Instrument panel headlight range control and illumination of instruments and switches Illumination of instruments and switch
314. t of a sudden braking manoeuvre you will not be able to use the brake clutch or accelerator Risk of accident Clothing hung on the coat hooks must not restrict the driver s view Risk of accident The coat hooks are intended only for use with light arti cles of clothing Do not leave any hard sharp or heavy objects in hanging articles of clothing During sudden braking manoeuvres or accidents espe cially those involving airbag deployment these objects could injure the vehicle occupants m 31 Optional equipment Operating instructions Seats and stowage 137 Cup holders In the centre console there are two cup holders Fig 105 Cupholderinthe centre console Opening cup holder Press the symbol on the cup holder briefly The spring mecha nism will release the holder Closing the cup holder Push the cup holder up in the direction of the arrow fig 105 until it engages ZN WARNING Improper use of the cup holders can cause injury For reasons of safety the cup holders should be used only for standard drinks cans and bottles with a maximum capacity of 0 5 litres gt Seats and stowage Z WARNING continued Folding table Never place hot drinks in the drink holders During normal or sudden Folding tables are fitted to the rear of the front seat backrests driving manoeuvres sudden braking or an accident the hot drink could be spilled Danger
315. t the glow plugs are preheating the engine When the warning lamp goes out turn the key to position to start the engine Do not press the accelerator Let go of the ignition key as soon as the engine starts the starter motor must not be allowed to run on with the engine When starting from cold the engine may be a little noisy for the first few seconds until oil pressure has built up in the hydraulic valve lifters This is quite normal and no cause for concern If you have problems starting the engine please refer to Help with Ignition Glow plug system To avoid unnecessary loads on the battery do not use any other major elec trical equipment while the glow plugs are preheating Start the engine as soon as the glow plug warning lamp goes out Starting a diesel engine after the fuel tank has been completely run dry If the fuel tank has been completely run dry it may take longer than normal up to one minute to start a diesel engine after refuelling This is because air needs to be bled from the fuel system while starting Driving 165 ZA WARNING continued poisonous gas Risk of fatal accidents Carbon monoxide can cause people to lose consciousness It can also cause death Never leave the vehicle unattended if the engine is running Never use cold start sprays they could explode or cause the engine to run at high revs Risk of injury O Caution When the engine is cold yo
316. t the seat adjustment possibilities how to create a suitable climate in the passenger compartment etc 3 Tips and Maintenance Advice relating to driving care and maintenance of your vehicle and certain problems which you may solve yourself 4 Technical Data Figures data dimensions and measurements for example fuel consump tion of your vehicle 5 Alphabetic index At the end of this manual there is a detailed alphabetical index this will help you to rapidly find the information you require m Safety First Safety First Safe driving Brief introduction Dear SEAT Driver Safety first This chapter contains important information tips suggestions and warnings that you should read and follow in the interest of your own safety and the safety of your passengers Z WARNING This manual contains important information concerning the driver s and passengers handling of the vehicle The other booklets in the vehicle wallet also contain further information that you should be aware of for your own Safety and for the safety of your passengers Ensure that the onboard documentation is kept in the vehicle at all times This is especially important when lending or selling the vehicle to another person E Safety equipment The safety equipment is a part of the occupant protection system and can reduce the risk of injury during an accident Never gamble with your safety and the safety of you
317. tacle an intermittent sound signal is emitted The shorter the distance the shorter the intervals between tones If the vehicle is too close to the obstacle the sound signal becomes constant The distance to an obstacle at the front is indicated via a high tone and via a low tone at the rear The shorter the distance the shorter the intervals between tones If the vehicle is too close to the obstacle the sound signal becomes constant The obstacle may no longer be detected if the vehicle gets even closer to it The warning signal will stop when the vehicle moves away from the obstacle the outer sensors measure a constant distance for approximately 3 seconds The signal will not be switched off once the vehicle has reached the perma nent tone area Registering the obstacle Exterior front and rear sensors from approx 80 cm Front central sensors from approx 120 cm Rear central sensors from approx 160 cm m Switching the parking distance warning system on and off Fig 131 Detailed view of dash panel Control button for the parking distance warning system Switching on the parking distance warning system The parking distance warning system is activated by either pressing the button fig 131 Pa or by selecting the reverse gear A warning lamp in the button will indicate that the system is active Switching off the parking distance warning system The parking distance warning system is switched off by pre
318. tch plate of seat belt The seat belt cannot offer its full protection if the belt web is not positioned correctly gt Adjust the seat and head restraint correctly To fasten the belt take hold of the latch plate and pull it slowly across your chest and lap gt A Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the appropriate seat and push it down until it is securely locked with an audible click gt page 23 fig 10 Pullthe belt to ensure that the latch plate is securely engaged in the buckle Every seat belt is equipped with an automatic belt retractor on the shoulder belt Full freedom of movement is permitted when the shoulder belt is pulled slowly However during sudden braking during travel in mountains or bends and during acceleration the automatic retractor on the shoulder belt is locked The automatic belt retractors on the front seats are fitted with belt tension devices a Seat belts Fastening seat belts with two buckles The seat belt for the centre seat in the second row of seats is fastened using two buckles Fig 11 Fastening the seat belt on the centre seat in the second row of seats ZN WARNING An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause severe injuries in the event of an accident The seat belts offer best protection only when the backrests are in an upright position and the seat belts have been fastened properly Never put the latch plate in the buckle of
319. ted if you use the accelerator more quickly Note A programme will depending on the driving resistance be selected automat ically that guarantees more pulling power thus avoiding having to shift gear constantly m Selector lever lock The selector lever lock in position P or N prevents gears from being engaged inadvertently which would cause the vehicle to move The selector lever lock is released as follows Switch on the ignition Press and hold the brake pedal and press the selector lever lock on the left of the selector lever at the same time page 167 fig 127 The selector lever lock only works if the vehicle is stationary or driving at speeds up to 5 km h approx 3 mph At higher speeds the selector lever lock is disengaged automatically in the N position The selector lever lock is not engaged if the selector lever is moved quickly through position N e g when shifting from R to D This makes it possible for instance to rock the vehicle backwards and forwards if it is stuck in snow or mud The selector lever lock engages automatically if the brake pedal is not depressed and the lever is in position N for more than about 1 second m A Driving Driving a car with an automatic gearbox The gearbox changes the forward gears up and down auto matically Switching on Start the engine with the selector lever in position P or N Further information gt page 164 Driving Pre
320. ted only when the vehicle is stationary Risk of accident gt Driving 161 A WARNING continued Safety Adjust the driver seat or steering wheel so that there is a distance of at ena least 25 cm between the steering wheel and your breast bone gt page 160 Electronic stabilisation programme ESP fig 123 If you fail to observe the minimum distance the airbag will not B I y protect you Risk of fatal injury ESP helps make driving safer in certain situations Ifyour physical constitution prevents you from maintaining the minimum distance of 25 cm contact an Authorised Service Centre The Authorised Service Centre will help you decide if special specific modifica tions are necessary Ifyou adjust the steering wheel so that it points towards your face the driver airbag will not protect you properly in the event of an accident Make sure that the steering wheel points towards your chest When driving always hold the steering wheel with both hands on the outside of the ring at the 9 o clock and 3 o clock positions Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o clock position or in any other manner e g in the centre of the steering wheel or on the inside of the rim In such cases you could receive severe injuries to the arms hands and head m Fig 124 Detailed view of dash panel ESP button The Electronic Stabilisation Programme ESP contains the electronic differ ential lock EDL and
321. tegiaersaesawn ss EA EURA 166 G Instrument lighting control Headlamp range control 110 GA Ash tray lighter sees 2s char ecg ye te vena EEEE 140 Air outlets 3 Electric side window controls eeeeeeeeeeee ees 102 main beam and turn signal light lever Cruise control 112 176 D Hand brake seriricisspiisreniiii Ernia KA e ERER 173 nstrument panel warning lights 0 e0 64 72 Pedals Hom Driver s airbag csssiessaessivenssiwersevenss 37 G8 Steering control adjustment lever cece eee eee 160 ONION lock isis ccaeeteiiiessenaw TEENE EEEE 162 Fusebox COVEl oc cece cccccccccucucecccucueucncucnenens 241 Windscreen wiper lever eeeeceeeee cette eens 117 Unlock bonnet lever ccccccecccecccccucucucucuencns 211 2 Switches for rear window heater ce cece cece cece ence enees 116 a Not ote windscreen heate cece cece i Deri akain 116 i i Bags Some of the items of equipment listed here are fitted only on certain leftseat heating 2 0 cece eee cece cee eee eee 126 models model years or are optional extras 7 ESPS E SE 182 inversions with the steering wheel on the right the layout of the control Climatronic ssssssseseseseseseresrerererererereren 152 elements is somewhat different But the symbols assigned to the controls gt 4 Radio Operating instructions correspond to the symbols used in the version
322. th the lifting platform lifting point at rear left gt Tips and Maintenance Your vehicle may only be lifted by a lifting platform at the points shown in the illustrations gt page 255 fig 174 and page 255 fig 175 gt A Using the jack to lift the vehicle gt page 239 To prevent damage to the underside of the vehicle when lifting the vehicle rubber pads must be used Before driving onto a lifting platform you must check there is sufficient clear ance between low parts of the vehicle and the lifting platform ZN WARNING If the lifting platform is inappropriate or the vehicle is lifted incorrectly accidents or injuries may be caused The vehicle could even fall from the lifting platform e Alloccupants should leave the vehicle before it is lifted The vehicle must only be lifted at the points indicated in the diagrams gt page 255 fig 174 and page 255 fig 175 If the vehicle is not lifted at the indicated points it may fall from the platform while the engine or gearbox is being dismounted for example Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised Risk of accident The vehicle may fall from the platform due to the engine vibrations When work is being carried out underneath the vehicle it must be secured using suitable frames If not an accident may occur To lift the vehicle only two pillar or two post lifting platforms with sufficiently long arms and load bearing capacity shoul
323. the ambient air If the water content in the brake fluid is too high the brake system could corrode This also considerably reduces the boiling point of the brake fluid Heavy use of the brakes may then cause a vapour lock which could impair the braking effect It is important that you use only brake fluid compliant with the US standard FMVSS 116 DOT 4 We recommend the use of Genuine SEAT brake fluid ZN WARNING Brake fluid is poisonous Old brake fluid impairs the braking effect 222 Checking and refilling levels Z WARNING continued Before opening the bonnet to check the brake fluid level read and observe the warnings gt page 209 Brake fluid should be stored in the closed original container in a safe place out of reach of children There is a toxic risk Complete the brake fluid change according to the Maintenance Program Heavy use of the brakes may cause a vapour lock if the brake fluid is left in the system for too long This would seriously affect the efficiency of the brakes and the safety of the vehicle This may cause an accident Caution Brake fluid could damage the paintwork Wipe off any brake fluid from the paintwork immediately For the sake of the environment Brake fluid must be drained and disposed of in the proper manner observing environmental regulations m Battery Warnings on handling the battery Wear eye protection Battery acid is v
324. the battery Remote control key 04 96 Replacing tyres Four wheel drive 2 cece ee eee 184 Retractor See Automatic belt retractor 23 Retrofitting a towing bracket 204 Rev COUNTED o oo cscs cesceacancoeaseenaces 65 Reverse gear Automatic gearbox 0 170 Manual gearbox ee eee eee eee 166 Risk of front passenger seat airbag for a rear facing Child S atis ivssiiaierseceareau as 34 RME fuel biodiesel e cece ee 207 Roll back function Sliding tilting roof 05 107 WINdOWS iicceasience nero bose vat 104 ROOfdeHal cccivanieewwGvacawaseeeaas 203 ROOF CAME osc cee kiesews ekiana 148 149 SAVING Tuel vas vv vwsawisarannaaix eneceeaace ace 149 Roof lodd siccces cy csarkcaeweckeanvaawns 149 Rubber seals wistcscescsecaguacx agendas 197 Running in Brake padS asusisncecaguenes negieaa cs 185 ENGINE ii nevan E O seater gratia cee 185 TES slag satutias aigvaase aE EROP ANSA 185 RUMMIAG iN Iyre Seos srsnerroeiirinsa iss 185 S Safe driving ssecrsrresied s Crta tir Entana 7 Safety crsopiar iriarte Sna EEEa 8 Safety equipment eee eee TA Safety instructions Coolant temperature 0 00 80 Safety notes Belt tension devices 31 Curtain airbags ee ee eee ee eee ee 43 Disabling front and side passenger airbag 45 Front airbags e sees eee 39 Sideai
325. the car Obsta cles between the remote control and the vehicle bad weather conditions and discharged batteries can considerably reduce the range of the remote control gt page 96 96 Unlocking and locking A WARNING Never leave children or disabled persons in the vehicle in case of emer gency they may not be able to leave the vehicle or look after themselves e Always take you car keys with you when you leave the vehicle Misuse of the keys for example by children may result in serious damage and accident The engine may accidentally be started and be out of control Ifthe ignition is switched on the electric equipment could be acti vated with risk of injury for example in the electric windows The doors can be locked using the remote control key This could result in people being trapped in the vehicle in an emergency Always take the key with you when you leave the vehicle Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion Risk of accident The steering lock could engage suddenly and you would not be able to steer the vehicle a Note An Authorised SEAT Service Centre can programme the individual opening of doors In this case when the unlock button on the remote control is pressed once only the driver s door is unlocked page 90 When the button is pressed once more all doors and the tailgate will be unlocked Seat Service will be happy to provide mor
326. the insulated box for a long period disconnect the power supply and clean the inside and outside of the box Place a folded towel between the box and its lid This prevents mould and damp stains forming in the cooling and heating box m Tips and Maintenance Accessories parts replacement and modifications Accessories and parts Always consult an Authorised Service Centre before purchasing accessories and parts Your vehicle is designed to offer a high standard of active and passive safety Before purchasing accessories and parts and before making technical changes to your car we recommend that you consult your Authorised Service Centre SEAT dealerships will be happy to provide you with the latest information about the use legal requirements and recommendations from the manufac turer regarding accessories and parts We recommend you use only SEAT Approved Accessories and SEAT Approved Spare Parts This way SEAT can guarantee that the product in question is suitable reliable and safe Authorised Service Centres have the necessary experience and facilities to ensure that parts are installed correctly and professionally Despite continuous observation of the market SEAT is not able to assess the reliability safety and suitability of parts not approved by SEAT For this reason SEAT cannot assume responsibility for any non genuine parts used even if these parts have been approved by an official testing agency or are covered
327. the necessary torque This may cause an accident The jack supplied by the factory is only designed for changing wheels on this model Never attempt to use it for lifting heavier vehicles or other loads Risk of injury Use the jack only on firm level ground Never start the engine when you have raised the vehicle on the jack Risk of accident Never place your body e g arm or leg underneath the vehicle if it is only supported by the jack Risk of injury Ifyou have to work underneath the vehicle you must use suitable stands additionally to support the vehicle Risk of accident m 232 If and when n Taking out the spare wheel Fig 151 Taking out the spare wheel 1 Lift the cover A gt fig 151 located on the floor of the luggage compartment next to the tailgate lock 2 Pull the ring of the rubber seal 8 upwards 3 Remove the box spanner from the vehicle tools 4 Fit the box spanner on the bolt to the maximum and hold in this position At the same time press the safety ring downwards gt 5 Turn the box spanner several times to the left until the spare wheel can be fitted hanging from a wire vertically behind the vehicle 6 Separate the plastic pieces so that they may be inserted into the central aperture of the rim and so free the wheel Z WARNING Ifyou are driving without the spare wheel the cable should be rolled up and the bracket fastened to the
328. the passenger compartment This increased risk of injury will be further increased if a loose object is struck by an inflating airbag ZN WARNING If pieces of baggage or other objects are secured to the fastening rings with inappropriate or damaged retaining cords injuries could result in the event of braking manoeuvres or accidents To prevent pieces of luggage or other objects from flying forward always use appropriate retaining cords which are secured to the fastening rings Never secure a child seat on the fastening rings m Loading heavy objects Special care is required when loading heavy objects and when driving a vehicle which contains heavy objects Observe the following points to prevent damage and accidents If necessary remove the seats to increase the load area Operating instructions Seats and stowage a5 Before loading the vehicle place a sturdy mat or similar cover flush on floor of the vehicle Where necessary do not cover protruding parts of the vehicle floor Protect the seat anchor points from damage Avoid overloading small areas spread the load Use suitable straps to secure the objects to retaining rings Drive particularly carefully and think ahead If possible avoid sudden braking and driving manoeuvres ZN WARNING For safety reasons you should read and observe all information on loading the vehicle gt page 145
329. the side airbags to provide their maximum protection the prescribed sitting position must always be maintained with seat belts fastened while travelling For safety reasons the head air bag must be disconnected in those vehicles fitted with a passenger compartment separation screen See an Authorised Service Centre to make this adjustment There must be no other persons animals or objects between the occu pants of the outer seats and the deployment space of the curtain airbags so that the curtain airbag can deploy without restriction and provide the greatest possible protection Therefore sun blinds which have not been expressly approved for use in your vehicle may not be attached to the side windows The built in coat hooks should be used only for lightweight clothing Do not leave any heavy or sharp edged objects in the pockets When using the coat hooks do not hang the clothes on coat hangers The airbags provide protection for one accident only if they have been deployed they must be replaced Any work on the curtain airbag system or removal and installation of the airbag components for other repairs such as removal of the roof lining should only be performed by a qualified workshop Otherwise a fault may be introduced into the operation of the airbag system Airbag system A WARNING continued Do not attempt to modify components of the airbag system in any way The side and head airbags
330. the towing bracket from the luggage compartment Open the lock by turning the key fig 134 clockwise Take out the wheel completely in the direction of the arrow and turn clockwise to the maximum Release the wheel The towing bracket is pretensed Remove the towing bracket Tips and Maintenance Storing towing bracket in the luggage compartment First tension the towing bracket Place the towing bracket in its casing on the right hand side of the luggage compartment The bracket engages and the tension is released gt A Check that it is correctly fitted The ball coupling is provided with instructions on fitting and removing the ball coupling of the towing bracket If the ball coupling is fitted it s possible to store the cover of the tow bar ina plastic bag next to the tools ZN WARNING The towing bracket ball coupling must be stored securely to prevent it being flung through the vehicle and causing injury When the pretensed towing bracket is being fitted there is a risk of injury in the event that the wheel goes back on itself a Note By law the ball coupling must be removed if a trailer is not being towed and it obscures the number plate When placing the towing bracket in the casing check that it is no longer tensed and securely fastened m 190 Driving and the environment Driving tips Driving with a trailer always requires extra care Weight distri
331. the vehicle is raised This may cause an accident Never place your body e g arm or leg underneath the vehicle if it is only supported by the jack Risk of injury Ifyou have to work underneath the vehicle you must use suitable stands additionally to support the vehicle Risk of accident m Removing the hubcaps The hubcaps must be removed to gain access to the wheel bolts Fig 155 Removing the hubcaps Take the wire hook from the vehicle tool kit Insert the hook into a hole in the cover gt fig 155 Pull off the cover m Removing the caps from the wheel bolts The caps must be removed from the wheel bolts before the wheel bolts are unscrewed Fig 156 Use the hook to wea pulloffthe cap Take the wire hook from the vehicle tool kit Insert the hook through the opening in the middle of the cap gt fig 156 Use the wire hook to remove the caps The caps protect the wheel bolts and should be replaced after changing the tyre When fitting make sure that the caps click securely into place They could otherwise fall off m Safety First Operating instructions Tips and Maintenance Technical Data Loosening the wheel bolts A special adapter is required to slacken the anti theft wheel bolts It is contained in the vehicle tool kit Fig 157 Changing the wheel loosen the wheel wmm bolts Fig 158 Changing the wheel anti theft wheel uravs bolts and adapter
332. ths old and 10 kg in weight the most suitable seats are those appearing in the illustration gt fig 30 Group 0 For babies from about 18 months old and 13 kg in weight the most suitable seats are those appearing in the illustration Follow the manufacturer s instructions and observe any statutory require ments when installing and using child seats We recommend that you include the manufacturer s directions for child seat use in the vehicle wallet and always keep them in the vehicle Z WARNING Read and always observe information and warnings concerning the use of child seats gt page 46 m Safety First Group 1 child seats A suitable child seat and a correctly adjusted seat belt can help to protect your child Fig 31 A category 1 forward facing child seat m a fitted on the rear seat Child seats using the ISOFIX system or seats in which the child faces the rear of the car are most appropriate for babies and small children weighing between 9 and 18 kg Follow the manufacturer s instructions and observe any statutory require ments when installing and using child seats We recommend that you include the manufacturer s directions for child seat use in the vehicle wallet and always keep them in the vehicle ZN WARNING Read and always observe information and warnings concerning the use of child seats m Child safety lug Group 2 and 3 child seats A suitable child
333. til it engages Removing the slumber roll Remove the head restraint Pullthe slumber roll off the head restraint Reinsert the head restraint and push down until it can be heard to engage Use the following measures to guarantee the proper routing of the shoulder belt Seatbelt height setting Adjustment of the seat forwards and backwards Backrest angle adjustment Z WARNING e For safety reasons the seat for children in Group 2 may only be fitted in the direction of travel and in one of the outer positions not on the centre seat The risk of injury is increased if the belt is not correctly routed 58 Child safety ZA WARNING continued The shoulder part of the belt should be positioned roughly over the centre of the shoulder never across the neck and fit closely against the upper part of the body The lap belt part must lie across the pelvis not across the stomach and always fit closely check the fitting of the belt m Group 3 integrated child seat A suitable child seat and a correctly adjusted seat belt can help to protect your child Fig 41 Using the inte grated child seat Setting up the child seat Pull the loop to the front in the direction of the arrow fig 41 gt Safety First Push the seat cushion in direction of the arrow until it engages in position Fastening the three point belt To fasten the three poin
334. top of your head or as close as possible to the same level as the top of your head fig 2 Move the backrest to an upright position so that your back rests completely against it gt Safety First Fasten your seat belt correctly gt page 18 Keep both feet in the foot well so that you have the vehicle under control at all times Adjustment of the driver s seat gt page 122 Z WARNING Anincorrect sitting position of the driver can lead to severe injuries Adjust the driver s seat so that there is at least 25 cm distance between the centre of the chest and the hub of the steering wheel page 10 fig 1 If you are sitting nearer than 25 cm the airbag system cannot protect you properly Ifyour physical constitution prevents you from maintaining the minimum distance of 25 cm contact a qualified workshop The workshop will help you decide if special specific modifications are necessary When driving always hold the steering wheel with both hands on the outside of the ring at the 9 o clock and 3 o clock positions This reduces the risk of injury when the driver airbag is triggered Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o clock position or in any other manner e g in the centre of the steering wheel In such cases you may sustain injuries to the arms hands and head To reduce the risk of injury to the driver during sudden braking manoeu vres or an accident never drive with the backr
335. turn easily Do not grease or oil them The hexagonal socket in the screwdriver handle should be used for turning wheel bolts only Do not use it to loosen or tighten the wheel bolts m After changing a wheel Place the wheel with the defective tyre in the spare wheel bracket gt page 233 Have the flat tyre replaced as quickly as possible Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts checked as soon as possible with a torque wrench gt page 240 Check tyre pressure at the next opportunity Avoid fast driving manoeuvres F ZN WARNING pia Ifthe prescribed torque of the wheel bolts is too low they could loosen whilst the vehicle is in motion Risk of accident If the tightening torque is Changing a fuse too high the wheel bolts and threads could be damaged Caution The stipulated torque for the wheel bolts on steel wheels and alloy wheels is 170 Nm with a tolerance of 10 Nm You should visit a specialised workshop as soon as possible to check the torque with a torque wrench a Note The wheel bolts should be clean and turn easily Do not grease or oil them The hexagonal socket in the screwdriver handle should be used only for turning wheel bolts which have been slackened off Do not use it to loosen or tighten the wheel bolts Ifyou notice that the wheel bolts are corroded and difficult to turn when changing a wheel they must be replaced before you have the ti
336. u should avoid high engine speeds driving at full throttle and over loading the engine Risk of engine damage The vehicle should not be pushed or towed for more than approximately 50 metres to start the engine Fuel could enter the catalytic converter and damage it Before attempting to push start or tow a vehicle to start it you should first try to start it using the battery of another vehicle Observe the warnings in the chapter Help with Ignition For the sake of the environment Do not warm up the engine by running it with the car stationary You should drive off as soon as you start the engine This helps the engine reach oper ating temperature faster and reduces emissions m Switching off the engine ZN WARNING Never start or run the engine in unventilated or closed rooms The exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide an odourless and colourless Operating instructions Stopping the engine Turn the ignition key to position gt page 162 fig 125 After the engine is switched off the radiator fan may run on for up to 10 minutes even if the ignition is switched off The radiator fan can start auto matically ifthe hot engine causes the coolant temperature to rise orifthe sun heats the engine compartment ZN WARNING Never switch off the engine until the vehicle is stationary The brake servo and the power assisted steering work only when the engine is running You need more st
337. umber on the key tab gt fig 54 Therefore Always keep the key tab in a safe place Never leave the key tab in the vehicle If you sell the vehicle please give the plastic key tab to the new owner Duplicate keys If you need a replacement key take your key tab to an Authorised Service Centre ZN WARNING Incorrect use of the keys can result in critical injuries Never leave children or disabled persons in the vehicle in case of emer gency they may not be able to leave the vehicle or look after themselves Unsupervised use of a key could mean that the engine is started or that electrical equipment is used e g electric windows Risk of accident The doors can be locked using the remote control key This could result in people being trapped in the vehicle in an emergency Never leave any of the vehicle keys in the vehicle Unauthorised use of your vehicle could result in injury damage or theft Always take the key with you when you leave the vehicle Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion Risk of accident The steering lock could engage suddenly and you would not be able to steer the vehicle Caution There are electronic components in the key and remote control Protect the keys from moisture and excessive vibration m Unlocking and locking s9 Remote control keys Folding key Fig 55 Remote control aza keys Fig 56 Folding key
338. up or push down several times if necessary from its home position This adjusts the seat height in stages gt A Adjusting the armrest2 gt Turn the thumb wheel underneath the arm rest to adjust it to the size of the occupant The curvature of the cushioned area is determined by the settings made in the lumbar region This supports the natural curvature of the spine very effec tively ZN WARNING Never adjust the driver or front passenger seat while the vehicle is in motion While adjusting your seat you will assume an incorrect sitting position Risk of injury Adjust the driver or front passenger seat only when the vehicle is stationary 25 Optional equipment 126 Seats and stowage Z WARNING continued To reduce the risk of injury to the driver and front passenger during sudden braking manoeuvres or an accident never drive with the backrest tilted far back Risk of injury The maximum protection of the seat belt can be achieved only when the backrests are in an upright position and the driver and front passenger have properly adjusted their seat belts The further the backrests are tilted to the rear the greater the risk of injury due to improper positioning of the belt web Exercise caution when adjusting the seat height or forwards back wards position Injuries can be caused if the backrest is tilted without due care and attention Never turn the driver or front passenger s
339. ury in the event of a braking manoeuvre or an accident If the airbag is triggered you could sustain fatal injuries due to an improper sitting position Itis important for the driver and front passenger to maintain a distance of at least 25 cm from the steering wheel or dash panel Failure to respect the minimum distance means that the airbag will not protect you Risk of fatal injury The distance between the driver and the steering wheel or between the front passenger and the dash panel should always be as great as possible Adjust the driver or front passenger seat only when the vehicle is stationary Otherwise your seat could move unexpectedly while the vehicle is moving This could increase the risk of an accident and therefore injury In addition while adjusting your seat you will assume an incorrect sitting position Risk of fatal accidents Special guidelines apply to installing a child seat on the front passenger seat When installing a child seat observe the warning note in Child safety The seats in the third row of seats may for safety reasons only be used if the luggage compartment cover has been removed m Seats and stowage 123 Head restraints Correct adjustment of head restraints Properly adjusted head restraints are an important part of occupant protection and can reduce the risk of injuries in most accident situations Fig 84 Side view head restraints and seat belts correctly adjuste
340. ust be safely secured in the luggage compartment Unsecured objects which shift back and forth could impair the driving safety or driving characteristics of the vehicle by shifting the centre of gravity Distribute the load evenly in the luggage compartment Lay and stow heavy luggage as far forward as possible in the luggage compartment Stow heavy luggage as low as possible in the luggage compart ment Secure heavy objects to the fitted fastening rings gt page 16 A WARNING Loose luggage and other objects in the luggage compartment can cause serious injuries e Always stow objects in the luggage compartment and secure them on the fastening rings Use suitable specialist straps to secure heavy objects During sudden manoeuvres or accidents loose objects can be thrown forward injuring vehicle occupants or passers by This increased risk of injury will be further increased if a loose object is struck by an inflating airbag If this happens objects can be transformed into missiles Risk of fatal injury Please note that the centre of gravity may shift when transporting heavy objects this may affect the vehicle s handling and lead to an acci dent Therefore it is essential to adjust your speed and driving style accordingly to avoid accidents Never exceed the allowed axle loads or allowed maximum weight If the allowed axle load or the allowed total weight is exceeded the dr
341. ve covers be fitted over the driver seat or front passenger seat unless the covers have been expressly approved for use in your vehicle Because the airbag deploys from the side of the backrest the use of conventional seat covers would obstruct the side airbag seriously reducing the airbag s effectiveness Any damage to the original seat upholstery or around the seams of the side airbag units must be repaired immediately by a qualified workshop The airbags provide protection for one accident only if they have been deployed they must be replaced When children assume an incorrect sitting position they expose them selves to an increased risk of injury in the event of an accident This is particularly the case if the child is travelling on the front passenger seat and the airbag system is triggered in an accident this could have critical consequences including serious injury or death gt page 46 Any work on the side airbag system or removal and installation of the airbag components for other repairs such as removal of the front seat should only be performed by a qualified workshop Otherwise a fault may be introduced into the operation of the airbag system Do not attempt to modify components of the airbag system in any way E Curtain airbags Description of curtain airbags The airbag system is not a substitute for the seat belts Fig 26 Location of left curtain airbag The curtain airbags are
342. ven frozen in winter in this case dry the brakes by applying the brakes carefully several times Catalytic converter A WARNING To conserve the useful life of the catalytic converter Longer braking distances and faults in the brake system increase the risk Always use unleaded petrol Ofigecldents Do not run the fuel tank dry New brake pads must be run in and do not have the correct friction during the first 200 km The slightly reduced braking effect can be compen Forengine oil changes do not replenish with too much engine oil sated for by increasing pressure on the brake pedal This also applies when gt page 215 Topping up engine oil new brake pads are fitted If brakes are wet or frozen or if you are driving on roads which have Never tow the vehicle to start it use jump leads if necessary been gritted with salt braking power may set in later than normal gt page 249 When driving downhill the brakes work hard and get hot very quickly Before driving down a long steep gradient it is advisable to reduce speed If you notice misfiring uneven running or loss of power when the vehicle is and change to a lower gear or move the selector lever to a lower gear if moving reduce speed immediately and have the vehicle inspected at the your vehicle has automatic transmission In this way you will make use of nearest qualified workshop These symptoms are communicated by the the engine brakin
343. vent scratching chrome surfaces Never use an abrasive care product on chrome 1 Use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt from the rubber seals p i Do not clean or polish chrome parts in a sandy or dusty environment m 2 Apply a specialist care product to the rubber seals The weather strips on the doors windows bonnet and rear lid will remain Cleaning alloy wheels pliable and last longer if they are treated with a suitable care product for g y example silicone spray Every two weeks Caring for rubber seals will also prevent premature ageing and leaks The doors will be easier to open If rubber seals are well looked after they will not freeze so quickly in winter m Wash salt and brake dust from alloy wheels Use an acid free detergent to clean the wheels gt Tips and Maintenance Every three months Apply a hard wax compound to the wheels Alloy wheels require regular attention to preserve their appearance It is important to remove road salt and brake dust by washing the wheels at regular intervals otherwise the finish will be impaired Always use an acid free detergent for alloy wheels Car polish or other abrasive agents should not be used If the protective coating is damaged e g by stone impact the damaged area should be repaired immediately Z WARNING Never wash tyres with a cylindrical jet Even at large spraying distances and short cleaning times visible and invisi
344. wage compartment opens by spring action To close lower the cover by hand until it is completely closed m Stowage compartment on centre console Fig 101 Stowage _ compartment on centre omun console Some versions of the model may include a stowage compartment between the radio and the Climatronic m Safety First Tips and Maintenance Technical Data ey Seats and stowage Stowage compartment in the luggage compartment Fig 102 Stowage compartment in the luggage compartment On the right there is a stowage compartment which can be used to store the hazard warning triangles for example To open pull cover in the direction of the arrow gt fig 102 To close push cover in the direction of the arrow gt fig 102 m Other stowage areas Fig 103 Stowage area in the roof Fig 104 Stowage are in the driver door Further stowage facilities can be found in the front passenger door fig 104 as well as in the roof gt fig 103 in vehicles with a curtain airbag gt Coat hooks are located in the roof They are integrated in the grab handles in the passenger compartment Location of CD changer The CD changer which can be factory fitted is located either in the dash panel or in the right hand stowage compartment in the luggage compart ment ZN WARNING Ensure that no objects can fall from the dash panel or other stowage areas into the driver footwell while the vehicle is moving In the even
345. water hotter than 60 C This could damage the car To avoid damage to the vehicle maintain a sufficient distance from sensi tive materials for example flexible hoses plastic sound proofing etc This is especially important for bumpers painted in the same colour as the vehicle The closer the nozzle is to the surface the greater the wear on the material m Waxing the car Regular waxing protects the paintwork You need to apply wax to your car if water does not form small drops and run off the paintwork when it is clean Good quality hard wax is available from your Authorised Service Centre A good coat of wax helps to protects the paintwork from environmental contaminants gt page 193 It is also effective in protecting against minor scratches Even if a wax solution is used regularly in the car wash it is advisable to protect the paint with a coat of hard wax at least twice a year m Tips and Maintenance 196 Cleaning and caring for your vehicle Polishing the paintwork Polishing brings back gloss to the paintwork Polishing is only necessary if the paint has lost its shine and the gloss cannot be brought back by applying wax Polish can be obtained from your Author ised Service Centre The car must be waxed after polishing ifthe polish used does not contain wax compounds to seal the paint gt page 195 Waxing the car Caution To prevent damage to the paintwork Do not use polishe
346. ways be positioned correctly for the height of the occu pant Ifyou are not wearing a seat belt or if you lean forward or to the side or assume an incorrect sitting position the risk of injury is increased substantially This increased risk of injury will be further increased if you are struck by an inflating airbag Never let a child travel on the front seat without an appropriate restraint system If the airbag is triggered in an accident children can sustain serious or fatal injuries from the airbag as it inflates gt page 46 Occupants sitting in the front of the vehicle must never carry any objects or pets in the deployment space between them and the airbags or allow children or other passengers to travel in this position The airbags provide protection for one accident only if they have been deployed they must be replaced Itis also important not to attach any objects such as cup holders or telephone mountings to the surfaces covering the airbag units Nothing should be placed on the windscreen area above the passenger side airbag for example notebooks or telephone holders If the airbag is activated these objects may fly uncontrollably around the vehicle interior and could cause injury Do not attempt to modify components of the airbag system in any way m Z WARNING Itis important that the driver keeps at a minimum of 25 cm from the steering wheel It is important that the passenger moves the
347. wheel Using the hexagonal socket in the screwdriver handle unscrew the slackened wheel bolts and place them on a clean surface Take off the wheel Store the defective wheel as described on page 233 Fitting the spare wheel Put the spare wheel in place Screw in the wheel bolts and tighten them lightly using the hexagonal socket Lower the vehicle on the jack Tighten the wheel bolts firmly using the box spanner Do not tighten the bolts in clockwise or anti clockwise sequence Tighten them in diagonal sequence Tyres with directional tread pattern Tyres with directional tread pattern must be mounted so that they rotate in the correct direction A directional tread pattern can be identified by arrows on the sidewall that point in the direction of rotation Always observe the direction of rotation 240 If and when indicated when mounting the wheel This is important so that these tyres can give maximum grip and avoid excessive noise tread wear and aquaplaning If in an emergency you have to mount a wheel so it rotates in the wrong direction you must drive extremely carefully The tyre will not give optimum performance This is particularly important when driving on wet roads To benefit from the advantages of tyres with directional tread pattern the tyre should be replaced as soon as possible so that it rotates in the correct direc tion Caution The wheel bolts should be clean and
348. wing bracket gt page 204 fig 135 are underneath the vehicle Always observe the minimum distance from the middle of the ball coupling to the ground 350 to 420 mm This also applies when the vehicle is fully laden including maximum drawbar load Fitting a towing bracket Driving with a trailer implies additional work for the vehicle Therefore before fitting a towing bracket please contact an Authorised Service Centre to check whether your cooling system needs modification Observe the legal requirements in your country e g the fitting of a sepa rate pilot lamp Certain vehicle components e g the rear bumper must be removed and reinstalled The towing bracket securing bolts have to be tightened using a torque wrench and a socket connected to the vehicle s electrical system This requires specialist knowledge and tools The figures in the illustration show the dimensions and attachment points which must be observed if you are retrofitting a towing bracket Z WARNING If a towing bracket is retrofitted it should be done by a qualified dealer Ifthe towing bracket is incorrectly fitted this could cause a safety risk For your own safety please observe the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the towing bracket Caution If the connector socket is not fitted correctly this could cause damage to the vehicle s electrical system m Tips and Maintenance 206 Checking and
349. with an asterisk is supplied as standard on certain versions of the model only it can be supplied as an option on some models or else it is only on sale in certain countries Allregistered marks are indicated with Even if the copyright symbol does not appear this does not mean that the mark is not copyrighted gt The section is continued on the following page E This shows the end of the section ZN WARNING Texts with this symbol contain safety information They warn you of serious dangers possibly involving accident or injury The structure of this manual so Caution Texts with this symbol draw your attention to a possible risk of damage to your vehicle For the sake of the environment Texts with this symbol refer to points relevant to the protection of the environ ment a Note Texts preceded by this symbol contain additional information m ete Content Content This manual is structured to give you the information you need as quickly and clearly as possible The contents of this Manual are grouped into relatively short sections making up chapters e g Air conditioning The entire manual is divided into five large parts which are 1 Safety First Information on the vehicle equipment relating to passive safety such as seat belts airbags seats etc 2 Controls and equipment Information about the distribution of controls in the driver position of the vehicle abou
350. with engine oil Engine oil is poisonous Used oil must be stored in a safe place out of the reach of children until it is disposed of Caution No additives should be used with engine oil This could result in engine damage Any damage caused by the use of such additives would not be covered by the factory warranty For the sake of the environment Because ofthe disposal problems the necessary special tools and specialist knowledge required we recommend that you have the engine oil and filter changed by an Authorised Service Centre Never pour oil down drains or into the ground Use a suitable container when draining the used oil It has to be large enough to hold all the engine oil m 216 Checking and refilling levels Coolant Coolant specifications Coolant is a mixture of water and at least 40 coolant addi tive The cooling system must be filled with a mixture of water and at least 40 of our coolant additive G 12 or an additive with the specification TT VW 774 F it is dyed purple This mixture gives the necessary frost protection down to 25 C and protects the alloy parts of the cooling system against corrosion It also prevents scaling and raises the boiling point of the coolant The concentration of coolant must always be at least 40 even if frost protection is not required If greater frost protection is required in very cold climates the proportion of the antifreeze additive G 12
351. wn into the right hand holder until it engages in position Light items of clothing or other objects on the luggage compartment cover can restrict visibility through the rear window Z WARNING Never leave hard heavy or sharp objects on the shelf unrolled or in the pockets of clothing on the luggage compartment cover Animals must never be allowed onto the luggage compartment cover During a sudden braking or driving manoeuvre or an accident these objects and animals endanger all vehicle occupants Risk of injury Operating instructions Caution The wires of the heating element in the rear window and the window aerial in the rear side windows could be damaged if objects on the luggage compart ment cover rub against them m Fig 115 Net partition fitted in the vehicle To remove the net bag unhook the six hooks gt fig 115 arrows The net bag behind the last row of seats is used to store light items of luggage The net partition can prevent items of luggage from being thrown forward into the vehicle in sudden braking manoeuvres or in accidents Seats and stowage jaar gt A WARNING Always fit the net partition carefully observing the instructions Risk of injury Heavy pointed or sharp items which are not stowed securely can cause injury in the event of sudden braking manoeuvres or accidents even if the net bag is correctly assembled For reasons of safety vehicle oc
352. y secured in the luggage compartment Please observe the following points to ensure the vehicle handles well at all times If necessary remove the seats to increase the load area Distribute the load as evenly as possible in the luggage compart ment Place and stow heavy objects directly on the floor of the vehicle If possible they should be positioned above or in front of the rear axle Drive particularly carefully if you are transporting heavy objects gt page 145 Use suitable straps to secure heavy objects to the fitted fastening rings gt page 144 Ifobjects protrude over the end of the vehicle you must draw the attention of other road users to this Observe legal requirements when doing so When driving with the tailgate open please observe the instructions on page 100 Eri Seats and stowage A WARNING Loose luggage and other objects in the luggage compartment can cause serious injuries e Always stow objects in the luggage compartment and secure them on the fastening rings Use suitable specialist straps to secure heavy objects During sudden manoeuvres or accidents loose objects can be thrown forward injuring vehicle occupants or passers by This increased risk of injury will be further increased if a loose object is struck by an inflating airbag If this happens objects can be transformed into missiles Risk of fatal injury Remember that transporting
353. y stop the seat belt working properly Keep the seat belts clean and check all seat belts regularly Cleaning seat belts Carefully pull the dirty seat belt right out and leave it out Clean the dirty seat belts with a gentle soap solution Allow the seat belt fabric to dry Do not roll up the seat belt until it is dry If large stains form on the belts the belt will not retract correctly into the auto matic belt retractor ZN WARNING Do not use chemical cleaning agents on the seat belts as this can impair the strength of the webbing Ensure that the belts do not come into contact with corrosive fluids gt Cleaning and caring for your vehicle 201 ZA WARNING continued Check the condition of all seat belts at regular intervals If you notice that the belt webbing fittings retractor mechanism or buckle of any of the belts is damaged the belt must be replaced by a specialist workshop Do not attempt to repair a damaged seat belt yourself The seat belts must not be removed or modified in any way Caution After cleaning allow seat belts to dry completely before rolling them up Otherwise the belt retractors could become damaged m Cleaning the cool thermos box Before using the insulated box forthe first time you should clean it using a household detergent Always clean the inside of the insulated box when it is soiled If you do not plan to use
354. y warnings gt page 123 Correct adjustment of head restraints m Adjusting height Hold the side of the head restraint Push the head restraint up in the direction of the arrow or push it down with the button pressed fig 85 arrow Correct setting gt page 123 Make sure that the head restraint engages securely in position Removing the head restraint Push the head restraint up as far as it will go Press the button gt fig 85 arrow Front seats Adjusting front seats Fig 86 Front left seat controls The control elements fig 86 are mirrored for the front right hand seat Adjusting the seat forwards and backwards Pull up the lever and move the seat forwards or backwards gt Then release the grip and move the seat further until the catch engages Adjusting the backrest angle Take your weight off the backrest and turn the hand wheel Operating instructions Seats and stowage 125 Adjusting the lumbar support2 gt Take your weight off the backrest and turn the hand wheel Turning the seat gt Adjust the seat surface to its lowest position and push the seat back as far as it will go On the driver s seat adjust the backrest fully forward so that it will not hit the steering wheel when turning the seat round Lift the lever and turn the seat round gt A G Adjusting the seat height Pull the lever
355. your seat belt Properly worn seat belts can save lives In this chapter you will learn why seat belts are so important how they work and how to properly fasten adjust and wear them Read and observe all the information as well as the warnings in this chapter Z WARNING Ifthe seat belts are worn incorrectly or not at all the risk of severe inju ries increases Properly worn seat belts can reduce severe injuries in the event of sudden braking manoeuvres or accidents Therefore you and your passen gers should always wear the seat belts properly as long as the vehicle is in motion Pregnant women or persons with physical disabilities must also use seat belts Like all other occupants these persons can also sustain severe injuries if they are not wearing their seat belts properly m 4B Seat belts Number of seats Vehicles with five seats Your vehicle has five passenger places two individual front seats and three places on the rear seat The front seats and the outer rear seats are fitted with a three point automatic seat belt Vehicles with seven seats The vehicle has seven seats two seats in the front three seats in the second row and two seats in the third row ZN WARNING Never transport more people than there are seats available in the vehicle Every occupant in the vehicle must properly fasten and wear the seat belt belonging to his or her seat Children must be p
356. ystem ISOFIX child seats can be mounted in the second and third row seats quickly safely and easily Fig 33 Retaining rings for ISOFIX child seats in the frames of the outer seats in the second row of seats Fig 34 Backrest adjust ment when using ISOFIX w am child seats When removing or fitting the child seat please be sure to follow the manufacturer s instructions Press the child seat onto the ISOFIX retaining rings fig 33 arrows until the child seat can be heard to engage securely Pull on both sides of the child seat to ensure that it is secure When a child seat is mounted in seats equipped with the ISOFIX system the backrest should be fitted in one of two positions fig 34 4 or 2 Two ISOFIX retaining rings are secured to the body behind the seats in the second and third rows The ISOFIX retaining rings are attached to the seat frames Child seats with ISOFIX mountings are available from Authorised SEAT Service Centres ZN WARNING The retaining rings are designed only for use with ISOFIX child seats Never secure retaining belts objects or non ISOFIX child seats to the fastening rings Risk of fatal accidents m Safety First Operating instructions Tips and Maintenance Technical Data 5a Child safety Integrated child seat Group 1 integrated child seat A suitable child seat and a correctly adjusted seat belt can Basic information on the integrated c

alhambra

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents